Sport and Spirituality - An Introduction
Sport and Spirituality - An Introduction
Sport science can quantify many aspects of human performance but the spiritual dimen-
sions of sports experience cannot be fully understood through measurement. However, the
spiritual experience of sport – be it described as ‘flow’, ‘transcendence’ or the discovery of
meaning and value – is central both to our basic motivation to take part in sports, and to
achieving success.
Sport and Spirituality: An Introduction explores these human aspects of the sports experi-
ence through the perspectives of sport psychology, philosophy, ethics, theology and religious
studies. It includes discussions of:
This groundbreaking theology and religious studies text will be a valuable resource for
students of sport and exercise studies, sports coaching, physical education, and sport and
health psychology. This book should be read by all those interested in the preparation,
performance and well-being of athletes.
Foreword by Shirl J. Hoffman, author of Sport and Religion and Introduction to Kinesiology.
Jim Parry is Head of the School of Humanities and Senior Lecturer in Philosophy, Univer-
sity of Leeds.
Simon Robinson is Professor of Applied and Professional Ethics, Leeds Metropolitan Uni-
versity. He is also Hon. Fellow in Theology, University of Leeds.
Nick J. Watson is Senior Lecturer in Sport Psychology and Sociology in the Faculty of
Health and Life Sciences, York St John University.
© 2007 Jim Parry, Simon Robinson, Nick J. Watson and Mark Nesti
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reprinted or reproduced or
utilised in any form or by any electronic, mechanical, or other means, now
known or hereafter invented, including photocopying and recording, or in
any information storage or retrieval system, without permission in writing
from the publishers.
British Library Cataloguing in Publication Data
A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library
Library of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data
A catalog record for this book has been requested
List of contributors ix
Foreword xi
Introduction 1
Section I
Sport and spirituality 5
Section II
Religion and sport 59
Section III
Existential psychology and sport 117
Section IV
Ethics, Olympism and spirituality 171
Notes 215
Bibliography 228
Index 252
Contributors
The fascinating aspects of the hyper-kinetic world of sports – the acrobatics of the
goalkeeper, the ballet moves of the basketball player, or the golfer’s precision shot
to the green – have the regrettable tendency of diverting our attention from what
may be the most important thing about them. Statistics may precisely denote all of
the athletes’ accomplishments, photos may underscore their aesthetic brilliance,
and science may clarify their biological concomitants, but none is able to capture
sport’s essence: its capacity for touching us in deep, mysterious and difficult-to-
explain ways. The essence of play, the social historian Johan Huizinga reminded us
in his seminal work Homo Ludens (1938), is far removed from the physical and the
psychological; its primordial quality lies in its ‘intensity, absorption, and power of
maddening’. ‘Play’, said Huizinga, ‘casts a spell over us; it is “enchanting,” “capti-
vating”.’ And in case his readers had missed the point, he added: ‘In play we may
move below the level of serious, as the child does; but we can also move above it
– in the realm of the beautiful and sacred.’ Sport may manifest itself in slam dunks,
touchdowns, goals, takedowns or in record-breaking dashes or marathons, but at
its core it is fundamentally an expression of the human spirit.
Scores of books and articles have explored this third dimension of sports, but
this is the first to do so within the conceptual framework of ‘spirituality’. As such
it is fitting that its release should coincide with the Inaugural International Con-
ference on Sport and Spirituality sponsored by the recently established Centre
for the Study of Sport and Spirituality (see http://sportspirituality.yorksj.ac.uk) at
York St John University. Among the strengths of the volume are its broad range of
perspectives and the diversity of disciplinary backgrounds of its authors. Readers
will find penetrating insights into the intersection between spirituality and sports
ranging from the humanistic to the theological.
Simon Robinson’s brave attempts in Section I to define, explain, and classify
this ambiguous term highlight anew the enormous breadth of formal and implicit
definitions that accompany its use in contemporary discourse. To some, perhaps
most, ‘spirituality’ connotes transcendence; a journey into a ‘spirit world’ that is
beyond words, description and systematization. Others find it impossible to imag-
ine spirituality divorced from the context of religion which, for them, is the only
true source of meaning, myth and symbol. Still others think of spirituality as a
xii Foreword
human rather than transcendent quality: a way of being in the world and relating
to others that can be organized and manipulated to the benefit of others. Unre-
strained by qualifying definitions, spirituality can easily take on the characteristics
of tapioca pudding: an amorphous blob of syntax that can be put into the service
of myriads of shades of meaning. Happily the authors in this book have been care-
ful to avoid this trap.
Those whose understanding of ‘spirituality’ is inseparable from religion will
find Nick Watson and John White’s contributions to Section II particularly in-
formative. The Western church’s relentless accommodation of popular sports over
the past century hasn’t been accompanied by a great deal of thought about the
axiological implications of such an admixture. The authors help fill this gap by
advancing our understanding in such matters. Mark Nesti’s thought-provoking
series of chapters (Section III) on existential psychology chart a new path for sport
psychology: away from mind-numbing reductionism and toward a more holistic
understanding of sport in which pain, suffering, hope, passion, spirit and other un-
quantifiable affections are recognized as central issues. In Section IV, Jim Parry, in
a new and thought-provoking way, explores the values and virtues that underscore
our highest aspirations for sports. In a sports world where nihilism, more often
than Aquinas’ virtue of misericordia, rules the day, Parry’s astute recommendations
for cultivating virtuous dispositions deserve a broad hearing.
These varied inquiries into sport all suggest, directly or indirectly, that the rich-
est experiences of sport await those who are reflective, even contemplative in their
approaches to competition. Simply put, sport contests go best when participants
are able to appreciate them as products of our artistic and imaginative impulse and
to remain sensitive to their impact on the human spirit. Sportspersons talk a lot
about ‘heart’ – that unidentifiable place within us from which stem acts of cour-
age, perseverance and unfailing will. In the context of this book ‘heart’ assumes a
much broader meaning: it is the human spirit that encompasses our hopes, aspira-
tions, choices and actions. Along with movies, media, literature, drama, advertis-
ing, television and other agents of popular culture, sport, for better or worse, adds
form and texture to our hearts. It shapes our spirits and creates alternative realities
and states of consciousness. As such this cultural phenomenon – and particularly
its spiritual dimension – deserves the serious treatment given it in this important
book.
Some might find all of this too heavy a baggage to load onto sport, something
most of us do simply for fun. Others, for whom sport seems little more than mus-
cles and sweat, might think sports are too trivial an enterprise to launch deep
thoughts about one’s place in the universe. This book will disabuse readers of such
thinking. Perhaps it will even convince them that among the various offerings on
the menu of contemporary popular culture, sports are the most organically suited
for offering glimpses into their souls, or that, in their own way, sports can be a
means of grace.
Professor Shirl James Hoffman
Greensboro, NC, USA
March 2007
Introduction
The idea of spirituality has been going through something of a revolution in the
late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries. It has begun to break loose from
the meaning structures that held it together for centuries, not least the framework
of formal religion. Mapping the spiritual terrain, however, is not a straightforward
or simple task.
To begin with, since there is no settled view of what spirituality is, we have
to grapple with the object of our enquiry. One part of the field is taken up by a
generic view of spirituality, one that is gaining in strength. Such a view looks to
the development of life meaning that is based in the experience and practice of
the person or group. Increasingly, this view is informing enquiry in professional
life and the experience of work. The question is asked, for instance, what work
means (Randolph-Horne and Paslawska 2002). Is it simply a means to an end, or is
there a purpose or meaning that might give value to the work, the work place and
the workers? These questions are asked increasingly of education, healthcare and
other professional areas, so that this view of spirituality is both transdisciplinary
and interdisciplinary, and is rooted in and focused on practice. It also seeks to
make connections between the experience of different professions and practices.
This, then, will be our first focus – seeking to explicate this ‘new’ account of
spirituality. One way of making a start on understanding this ‘generic’ view is to
construe ‘life meaning’ in two broad ways, doctrinal and existential (see Robin-
son 2007, chapter 2). On the one hand, there is the development of doctrines
or philosophies that attempt to encapsulate something about the nature of life,
including the social and physical environment. So, theological, psychological and
ethical doctrines (for example) provide the basis of how we might make sense of
the world and so respond to it.
On the other hand, however, life meaning in the light of the holistic and com-
munity perspective cannot be simply confined to conceptual beliefs. It is also
located in and understood in two major ways: holistic meaning, which involves
existential whole person awareness; and value-based meaning, which is discovered
in the value the person recognises in herself and others through, for example,
acceptance from the other, a sense of the worth of the other, a contribution to the
Introduction
other and the wider community, or a sense of purpose in relation to self, the other
or the community.
Even this view of spirituality, however, is not univocal but involves many dif-
ferent perspectives, from New Age thinking to positive psychology. But this new
and extended view of spirituality relates to sport in its widest sense and scope,
from the individual sportsperson’s or team’s experience to the organisation and
management of sports institutions, and to the wider community of stakeholders in
sport – media, spectators, fans and so on.
A second important focus is that of the formal religions. The formal religions,
and especially Christianity, have often been linked to sport, both historically and
theologically. Religions continue to argue that they provide a distinctive view
of spirituality that must be taken into account in today’s pluralist society. Some
theologians even go so far as to suggest that the spiritual and theological narra-
tive of their faith has a claim to unique and powerful forms of integrity, and is
thus superior to secular narratives (Reader 1997). In all this, at least it is clear
that religion has a great deal of light to shed on applied spirituality but that, like
the area of generic spirituality, it involves an ongoing debate inside, between and
beyond the religions.
A third focus in terms of applied spirituality is that of particular disciplines,
none more than psychology. Psychology provides important insights into personal
and social identity and experience, and health and well-being in different con-
texts. Given this, certain parts of psychology have enthusiastically embraced the
development of spirituality in practice, not least in therapy and sport. The positive
psychology school has focused on modern manifestations of the virtues that have
brought to life a range of spiritual practices, from Buddhist to Aristotelian. The
focus has often been on the instrumentality of these virtues and related tech-
niques, but also includes broader concerns about purpose and life meaning. Once
again, of course, it must be noted that this interest of psychology is not uniform.
There are many questions from different schools of psychology that contest these
approaches, fuelling ongoing debates.
Finally, there is that most intriguing relationship between spirituality and other
related areas, especially ethics. For the religions there is the claim that morality
has to be based in spirituality, both in terms of doctrine (conceptual statements
about reality that form the basis of any view of purpose) and existential relations
(what or whom one puts one’s faith in). Clearly, both doctrinal and existential
truth can be discovered beyond religions, and much modern philosophy from Iris
Murdoch onwards looks to the vision and imagination that might underlie an
ethical response, taking us beyond straightforward ethical theory. This moves us
into the world of virtues and ethos, the character or spirit of the person or group.
Once again there are many different perspectives within this area, ranging from
virtue ethics to the ethics of care, and it is worth considering what they might
have to say in the context of sport.
In writing a book about spirituality and sport it would be tempting to give the
reader an easy ride, in which all the connections between these different areas are
smoothed out. We believe, however, that this would be to ignore the reality of the
Introduction
ongoing debate around reflective and meaningful practice. It would ignore the
energy of that debate and the importantly different lenses through which spiritual-
ity and sport can be viewed.
Hence, we offer the reader four sections to this book, which reflect both the
different areas discussed above and the expertise of the authors.
Section I provides an introduction to spirituality, and to spirituality and sport.
It provides a working definition of the term ‘spirituality’, centrally involving the
holistic development of meaning.
Section II addresses the relationships between religion and sport, perhaps for
the first time bringing to bear a robust theological grounding in serious reflection
upon sport.
Section III shows how sport psychology could begin to consider the spiritual
dimensions of sport, and how research might develop with an acceptance of the
idea of the person as an embodied spiritual being.
Section IV explores the connection between the development of the virtues
and the spirit of the game, foregrounding the ethical core of sport as exhibited by
its rule structures and by the notion of ethos.
When these four sections are taken side by side we hope that the richness of
the modern debate about spirituality and sport will become apparent. This in-
cludes the different theoretical approaches. But just in case the intellectual plural-
ity should provide an excuse for not taking spirituality seriously, it also includes
ways in which the integration of spirituality in practice makes a difference: in
the practice of sport, in its management, and in the relationship of sport to the
wider community. And in the end there is a remarkably simple point that recurs
throughout these different perspectives: spirituality is not simply about fine ideas
and aspirations, but about the embodiment and the lived experience of beliefs and
values that inform and provide the backdrop to people’s lives. Hence, the real ex-
ploration of spirituality in sport is in the reflection, the dialogue and the practice.
Section I
With four miles to go you can see the Thames, and you know that you are going to
make it – if you stay focused. And that is the problem. The legs are telling the brain
‘Stop, we can’t go another yard.’ That demand is quite easy to shrug off. It’s when
your feet try the more subtle approach that you start to wobble: ‘You’ve made it,
no need to push yourself – you could walk it from here and still have a respectable
time.’ The lungs join in the chorus, ‘Nothing left in the tank, gasp, got to stop,’ and
the mind offers an anxious counterpoint, ‘What’s that pain in the left side of the
chest – am I having a heart attack?’
And then you see Big Ben – one mile to get there and just over one mile beyond,
and the crowd is even bigger, almost overwhelming. The wave of support lifts you,
and it is speaking to you directly. Now the thousands of people lining the street are
pushing you on. Of course they have been doing it for the last 24 miles, from people
outside their front gardens, to those outside the pubs, to the bands every few miles.
And what bands! Jazz bands, brass bands, steel bands, drumming bands, even mini
orchestras, all with an insistent rhythm that both cushions and focuses the tread,
and lifts the heart. But now, with two miles to go, it’s all bigger and better. St
John’s ambulance volunteers who have been hovering like beneficent vultures, just
waiting for the first touch of a stagger, are now cheering. The last thing they want
is to treat someone this close to the end. It seems like every few yards there are the
charity supporters, with their colourful balloons. They’re not just cheering for their
runners now but for everyone. What’s that – a big banner saying ‘False start – will
you please return to the start in an orderly fashion.’ Humour can raise the spirit,
even at this stage – but only just.
And all of this helps you feel and get in touch with your spirit, who you are and
why you are doing this. So as Big Ben looms large you think of the people who have
been behind you for months, the group you are raising funds for, the colleagues and
friends who have pledged money, your family, especially if you know that they are
going to be at the end. Just looking forward to their faces takes you back to why
you are doing all this.
One mile to go. You’re turning right at Big Ben and into the last mile. How can
you feel so good when the legs ache so much? But you do feel good. In fact you feel
so good that you are getting a second and third wind. Feels like you are sprinting
now – only pausing to encourage some of the guys who have slowed down to a
walk. By the time you have reached Buckingham Palace all the old aches are back
but it doesn’t matter any more. It’s like you have been released from your body. Its
Simon Robinson
more than a runner’s high, it feels as though you are outside yourself, but at the
same time truly yourself. All these things connect you with your spirit, your real
self.
(Jon Green, London marathon 2003)
This represents for many people a spiritual experience, or as some would have it
a religious experience. I will explore in more detail later the meaning of spiritual-
ity. For now it is worth at least reflecting on the etymology of religion. The Latin
religionem refers to respect or care for what is sacred. There is also in religiare, at-
tested by Augustine, the meaning ‘to bind fast, to place obligation on’ (Chambers
2004). At the heart of the term then is commitment to something, be it a way of
life, an idea, a belief. There is no doubt that for the marathon runner there is that
sense of commitment. Without this, it is hard to see how one can get to the end.
And the commitment is expressed not just in the marathon event itself but in the
months of training, ‘religiously’ pounding the pavements. For many there is also a
sense of the transformative experience, perhaps attached to the loss or illness of a
loved one, whom you are running for. For many the decision to run the marathon
is not taken lightly, and for many it is just such a major incident in their lives that
motivates them, or a sense of the need to find something new in their lives. So by
the time the runner hits the last straight this is the culmination of something that
has become a habit, a good habit. It is a wonderful moment of achievement, but
it is also the endpoint of the commitment of six months or more. As the runner
crosses the line, aware of the spent self, another ritual cry goes up, ‘Never again!’
But because the experience has been so all-encompassing, because for many it
held a sense of awe, and because the experience had brought so much together,
Spirituality: A story so far
the majority are soon anxiously scanning the papers for when next year’s applica-
tions are out. There is about the marathon something that is liberating, allowing
every runner to experience what was seen until only decades ago to be the domain
of a super-fit elite. Here is the priesthood of all believers, with silver foil blanket in
place of the priest’s alb.
For a moment, however, return to the start. There on the green at Blackheath is
all the pent up excitement, the nerves, the hopes. All this is accompanied by other
rituals: the stretching; the aerobics, led by some celebrity; even the interminable
queues for the portable loos. Trivial in themselves, they all contribute towards a
sense of solidarity or belonging, all pointing towards the big event. Not far from
all this is a small Anglican church, which provides early morning worship time for
the runners. Here the picture is rather different. Only a small number partake of
communion, in an atmosphere which is quiet and subdued, though nonetheless
special.
Contrasting the energy of the larger ‘congregation’, families and friends along-
side the runners, with the tiny service, you might be forgiven for wondering which
was the ‘national religion’. The one seems to bespeak shared public meaning, the
other a private club. None of this is meant as a judgement, academic or otherwise,
on the state of formal religion. It is simply a reflection which raises the question
just what has happened to this idea of spirituality. Has the ‘spirit’ left the churches,
to be embraced by the population at large in events such as the marathon? Or is
something a little more complex going on?
In the rest of this chapter I will develop a brief review of spirituality during the
twentieth century, noting how it was dominated by the Christian church in the
West, and how the postmodern era and the New Age movement led to a very
different view. I then look at a second crucial development, which has focused on
spirituality and practice, picking up the stress on spirituality as a human, rather
than a transcendent, dimension. The chapter then focuses on the attempts of
different professions to integrate the new insights about spirituality into practice,
in particular education and health. Emerging from this are a number of tensions
which I note have not been addressed either in the numerous books on spirituality
and professional practice, or in practice. These tensions involve the different pro-
fessions and different views of spirituality within the professions. I end the chapter
with a note on how the concern for spirituality in health, well-being and education
naturally moves to a focus on spirituality and sport.
Spirituality
In the Western world the Christian church has dominated spirituality, relating it
directly and exclusively to religion. Spirituality was not about a reflection on, or
development of, the human spirit, whatever that might be, but rather a reflection
on the Holy Spirit, the third ‘person’ of the Christian godhead, and attempts to
develop that relationship. Hence, the term ‘spirituality’ is often defined by the
Christian churches as the practice of worship, devotion and prayer which enables
an awareness of the Holy Spirit (James 1968). Such spirituality was dominated
10 Simon Robinson
by the clergy, part of whose task was ‘spiritual direction’, guiding lay persons into
how they might develop their religious faith. In Western society, where the church
was the centre of learning and care, this led to the church taking responsibility
for healthcare and education and for any underlying spiritual meaning. Hence, for
instance, Anglican clergy have always held ‘the cure of all souls’, that is, responsi-
bility for pastoral and spiritual care for all within the parish area. Despite the pres-
ence of other denominations it was accepted that, even if not an active church
member, each person was part of a system of care which gave shared meaning,
value and purpose at times of personal development or crisis, not least through the
rituals of baptism, wedding and funeral.
But as Bruce (1995, 35) points out, now it is not at all clear, even within the
Christian traditions, what it means to be a member of a particular church or group.
Moreover, Christian church membership (Protestant and Roman Catholic) fell
during the last century from 7.4 million in 1900 (30 per cent of the adult popula-
tion) to 5.6 million in 1990 (12 per cent of the adult population). There began a
breakdown of what might be termed traditional spirituality with the emergence of
the postmodern era and the New Age movement when a very different perspec-
tive on spirituality was ushered in.
All of this has led to a breakdown of any sense of objective knowledge and in
particular of adherence to the so-called ‘grand narratives’ of the last century which
had gone before. Grand narratives are those ‘stories’ which claim some universal
truth (Lyotard 1979). They range from views about the person – characterised
after the Enlightenment as autonomous rational decision maker – to views about
the purpose of humanity – dominated in the West by the Christian ethic. Such
grand narratives might exist in the minds of the great thinkers or they might give
meaning and purpose to whole nations that help to sustain them through times
of crisis. The grand narrative of the British Empire, for instance, gave meaning
to the people of Britain and beyond, undergirding the initial acceptance of the
sacrifice of so many in the First World War. We no longer buy into those narratives
in quite the same way. So many of the cultural and economic underpinnings have
gone. Major conflagrations such as the First World War raised questions about the
underlying assumptions, leading eventually to a greater stress on individualism
and the values of the free market. The grand narratives have been replaced by
many different narratives, both local and national. There are still major narratives,
including national loyalty, consumerism, the free market and the more communi-
tarian views (with a stress on the importance on the development of community).
However, these are either in competition or in dialogue (Brueggemann 1997,
718–719). None of these narratives are more acceptable than the other and there
are no privileged interpreters of any meaning.
Spirituality in the West had been seen as directly expressed in the Christian
narrative. Many do still view it in that way. However, with the breakdown of the
acceptance of the grand narratives three things began to happen:
Underlying much of this was a strong sense of the intrinsic goodness of human-
ity and a sense of a continued evolution towards spiritual enlightenment, both for
the individual and for the community. Although there is a sense of novelty about
this movement it is also concerned to recapture something of the past. Hence, pa-
ganism, for example, claims a history extending back well before the Christian era
(Perry 1992). The movement is also concerned to chart the connection between
spirituality and well-being and health, leading to a proliferation of complementary
therapies (Watt 1995). Hence, New Age elements have developed views on spir-
ituality and medicine.
The New Age movement is not without criticisms. The optimism about hu-
man nature and society, for instance, has little sustained empirical support. Since
the flowering of the movement, there have been many examples of conflict and
disasters, in the Middle East, the Balkans, southern Africa and so on, which do
not indicate spiritual evolution. Second, the movement by definition lacks critical
rigour. If all forms of spirituality are acceptable then there can be no common
Spirituality: A story so far 13
criteria for how to judge the claims and the worth of any particular spirituality.
Third, the movement is not as inclusive as it would claim. On the contrary, the
majority of New Agers are, in fact, articulate, middle class and middle aged. They
have no more success in connecting with the vast majority of the population than
the main line faiths (Perry 1995).
Despite such criticisms the movement remains important to any understanding
of spirituality in the West in recent years. Perry sums it up in this way:
In all this it is fair to say that it offered a new paradigm for spirituality.
Secularisation?
The ideas surrounding both postmodernity and the New Age suggest that there
is no simple move away from a religious to a secular society, defined as a society
which lives explicitly without religious faith. This is confirmed by the work of
Grace Davie (1994). Davie’s research, much of it confirmed by subsequent work
(Davie 2004), suggests that, although the decline of formal religious observance
has meant that the majority of people do not belong to such a community, they
nonetheless still believe.
For most, if not all, of the British retain some sort of religious belief, even if
they do not see the need to attend churches on a regular basis. In contrast
secularism, at least in any developed sense – remains the creed of a relatively
small minority.
(1994, 69)
What is more evident then is a mixture of different views and practices, formal
and informal, with some Christians, for instance, able to assimilate pagan practices
and beliefs (Kemp 2001). Reader (1997, 8) notes the more difficult example of the
Nine O’Clock Service in Sheffield as trying unsuccessfully to assimilate New Age
worship techniques into a Christian service. In one sense little of this is surpris-
ing, given that formal religions throughout history have always related to popular
alternative spiritualities.
Beckford accepts the view that, apart from the rise of more fundamentalist
religions, there is a decline in church-based practice. However, he stresses the
importance of religion to a sense of belonging, suggesting that ‘religious forms of
sentiment, belief and action have survived as relatively autonomous resources’
(Beckford 1989). These emerge especially at times of crisis such as the death
14 Simon Robinson
of Princess Diana or the Hillsborough disaster. On these occasions there is the
expression of both formal religious and informal spiritual rituals which try to ar-
ticulate common feelings about the events (Nathanson 1999). The stress here is
less on belief, in the sense of assent to ideas, such as a belief in a God, and more
on the means of affirming shared feelings, solidarity and belonging at such times.
Hence, the stress is more on rituals and symbols than creeds as such. Here then
there may be complexity but with greater stress on belonging, in a broader sense,
than believing.
Connected to this view of religion, as the focus for shared meaning, is the way in
which formal religion and other social movements can become sites for resistance
(Reader 1997, 12). Liberation Theology and the feminist movement, for instance,
have become focuses for change in local communities. Even institutions such as
universities are seen by some as means of focusing meaning in change, standing
out against injustice (Robinson and Katulushi 2005, 256–257).
There needs to be more research to develop these different perspectives. As
Davie (2004) herself notes, the distinction between believing and belonging
should not to be held too rigorously. She attempts rather to point to a ‘space’
within which there are many different ways of framing belief. Ultimately this
research raises as many questions as answers, about the nature of the belief or
belonging. At first sight it might seem that the belief is largely about ideas, and it
is not clear that such belief, e.g. in a benign power, focuses on a fundamental belief
that makes a difference to the lives of those interviewed. In other words it is not
clear that belief is the same as faith, i.e. putting faith in some being or idea that is
the basis of life, such that the belief informs everyday decision making. Similarly,
it is not clear that belonging is central to the life of the community or the person
so much as connected to a particular challenge or trauma. There is little evidence
that the particular ritual responses to crises radically affect subsequent patterns
of behaviour. Grainger (2003) suggests then that any sociological perspectives on
spirituality or religious patterns of behaviour do not reflect the complexity of the
individual of social experience, and thus need to be supplemented by psychologi-
cal insights. This in turn raises questions about how spirituality relates to personal
development and autonomy, and I will return to these in Chapter 3 below.
Alongside the concern for spirituality in the broad sense noted above there has
been concern for spirituality focused not in relation to belief systems per se, but in
relation to practice.
Spirituality of practice
A very different focus has attempted to locate spirituality not so much in the
experience of the numinous as in the everyday experience of the person, as a
member of different organisations, as a learner, as experiencing different crises.
A report from the Leeds Church Institute, for example, examined spirituality in
work organisations, focusing in particular on how members of these organisations
relate their work to life meaning, and how the organisation of work might enable
this (Randolph-Horn and Paslawska 2002). Intriguingly, amongst other things,
Spirituality: A story so far 15
this suggests that those with a religious background often do not relate this to their
experience of work. Those with a non-religious background tend to develop a spa-
tiality of work, in the sense of consciously finding significant life meaning there.
Reader (1997, 11; see also Ashley 2000) also notes how personal development
resources, initially developed through the human potential movement, are in-
creasingly used in commerce and industry, as well as formal and informal religious
settings. These range from the Myers–Briggs Personality Indicator to the Ennea-
gram. Amongst others, these seek to enable reflection on purpose and character,
and how they interact with practice. This reflective approach is further stressed in
professional developments which stress the importance of the organisation reflect-
ing on value and purpose. This moves further into the identity of the professions,
from nursing to even engineering. Carter (1985), for instance, locates ‘spiritual
qualities’ at the centre of the skills and qualities needed by the professional engi-
neer, alongside personal and moral qualities.
However, spirituality in practice has been focused most securely in education
and healthcare. In one sense this is hardly surprising, as the development of both
areas has been intimately linked to the institution of the church. Only in the
nineteenth century did the church begin to let go of responsibility for education,
passing it on to the state. In healthcare, the title Sister, which still largely exists to-
day, is a throwback to the sisterhoods which developed in the nineteenth century.
Titles such as Almoner, which disappeared in favour of social workers in the late
1960s, represented a link between almsgiving, the church and the much earlier
infirmarian brothers within religious houses.
However, the focus of spirituality in both areas has become wider than sim-
ply the religious. Spirituality is not something which is brought to the practice of
learning or caring but something which is bound up in it, with spiritual meaning
emerging from reflection upon the experience and the practice. Hence, there is
a great deal of research into practical spirituality (George et al. 2000; Miller and
Thoresen 2003).
and it shall be the duty of the local education authority for every area, as far as
their powers extend, to contribute to the spiritual, moral, mental and physical
development of the community by securing that efficient education . . . be
available to meet the needs of the population of their area.
(HM Government 1944, 4)
However, not far beneath this concern for the spiritual there are tensions. In
16 Simon Robinson
the midst of the postmodern era, religion, and in particular the Christian religion,
still wants to be involved in defining the spiritual dimensions of practice. Beck
(1999, 153–154) charts the way in which religious thinkers have been involved
in the developments of spirituality in the curriculum and suggests that part of this
involvement is an attempt to smuggle in a very particular view of spirituality, once
more connected to a formal religious view. Such an approach tends to identify
spirituality with religion, and argues that religion-based spirituality is the basis of
moral meaning and behaviour. The argument, however, simply assumes neces-
sary connections between spirituality, religion and morality. Hence, it does not
provide any way in which different approaches to spirituality can be included in
any educational process. Often this comes down to an attempt to include different
religious approaches, thus once more moving away from an examination of what
sense spirituality might have for the majority of people who are not involved in
organised religion.
The contrasting approach is that being developed by researchers such as Peter
Doble and Chris Meehan at the University of Leeds. They aim to develop spiritu-
ality in education that would be essentially school centred. The staff and pupils
are invited to reflect on underlying values and beliefs about their purpose and to
develop a reflective spiritual framework for their school (Meehan 1999). Spiritual-
ity is seen in this sense as developing significant life meaning and the framework of
community which can be the basis for that meaning. In this sense the community
becomes the basis for values and faith, faith in a generic sense (Fowler 1996).
There is then a real concern for spirituality in the practice of education. How-
ever, just what spirituality means is debated and there are underlying issues of how
the whole can be worked through.
Healthcare chaplaincy
The chaplain’s identity is based around spiritual care and therefore he or she has
a real interest in trying to define what is meant by this and to work closely with
others. For some the question is about delivery of spiritual care in a postmodern
health service. For others there is the key question of integrity. How does the chap-
lain provide effective person-centred spiritual care for patients and staff, without
losing his or her identity as a leader/member of his or her faith community? Many
chaplains seem to be questioning their own identity and authority, looking to ac-
ceptance through registration as healthcare professionals. If the chaplain were
Spirituality: A story so far 17
seen primarily as religion centred this might cause some, including healthcare and
medical staff, to be unsure of his or her motivation. The implication for some is that
the chaplain would be there to care for patients in an instrumental way, to care for
them in order, ultimately, to convert them to religious practice. Behind this is the
fear that the chaplain cannot be both patient centred and God or church centred.
Pattison (2001) goes further and argues that modern healthcare chaplaincy is in
danger of ‘dumbing down the Spirit’, and thus essentially losing its religious iden-
tity. Others argue that spirituality is essentially connected to reflectivity and that
therefore the central role of the pastor/chaplain is to enable that reflection and the
person’s ownership of her own spirituality (Robinson et al. 2003).
The patient
The spirituality of the patient is at the centre of healthcare. It has generated a
considerable amount of research, examining attitudes and therapeutic outcomes.
However, similar tensions to those above exist in this area. As research in spir-
ituality of work shows, the ordinary person is not clear him- or herself about the
meaning of spirituality (Randolph-Horn and Paslawska 2002). This can lead to
some patients ignoring questions about spirituality, or trying to say what they think
the health worker wants to hear. Researches into patient spirituality range from
examination of a generic view of patient spirituality (Ross 1995; Ross 1997) to
work on the efficacy of formal religious acts such as prayer (Koenig 1997).
What is clear is that concern for spirituality does emerge in many patients faced
by severe illness which in some way questions their value and belief systems and
identity. It is part of making sense of such severe illness (Robinson et al. 2003;
Robinson 2007).
Spirituality: A story so far 19
Sport
Sport does not have any of the drivers, professional or legal, that motivate the
integration of spirituality into education or healthcare. Nonetheless, in several
contexts there are real overlaps. The concern for personal development is tradi-
tionally linked to sport, with the idea that the practice of sport can enable transfor-
mation, liberation and character development (Cooper 1998, 121). By extension,
the stress on educational development that is holistic increasingly takes in sport.
The ideas of health, well-being and human activity are intimately connected to
spirituality that stresses a holistic perspective (Miller and Thoresen 2003). This
concern for holism in sport can be seen as both means and end. Saint Sing (2004),
for instance, stresses the balance of mind, body and spirit and how important this
is in enabling the person to develop the best performance. There may be several
different approaches to this, from the overtly religious, as lived out by the triple
jumper Jonathan Edwards (Folley 2001), to the development of positive psychol-
ogy, expressed through techniques such as meditation. Meditation in this context
aims to create mindfulness, an awareness and centredness (Marlatt and Kristeller
2003; see also Bernardi et al. 2001). As I will note below, however, the technique
aspect of spirituality is only one aspect of a broader reflection on meaning. Posi-
tive psychology looks to deeper developments, such as resolution and forgiveness
(Worthington 1989), and this includes how to handle failure.
If the holistic techniques enable better performance then there is a sense also
in which sport itself can lead to the holistic experiences. ‘Runner’s high’ is that
experience of awareness, akin to a mystical or transcendent experience, that the
runner finds when the body and mind work together. Saint Sing (2004, 12) relates
this to the Greek concept of areté, a state both of grace and excellence. I will
return to this virtue below.
Sport also acts as a centre of meaning and purpose. For the sportsperson this is
about the development of individual purpose. This is not necessarily simple. Many
sportspersons see their identity as connected to successful practice, with a deep
sense of pride which goes with that. Others see their identity in the way that sport
and community intersect. Lucas Radabe, for instance, sees his identity as football
player (Leeds United) as tied in with how he can affect underprivileged communi-
ties both in Britain and in South Africa. At the level of the wider community a
sense of shared meaning emerges. There are different ways in which this might
be expressed in sporting terms. For some the meaning is about acceptance, the
sense of community. For others it is conditional, i.e. support and sense of identity
with the club depends upon the continued success of the club. For others there
is something of the ‘worship’ of heroes. As Grimshaw (2000, 90) notes, this can
easily be seen in terms of the worship of perfection. He suggests that in fact sport
might better be seen in terms of fallible heroes, enabling the fan to focus more
on reality, and to accept the less than perfect. This ties in closely with the idea of
spirituality seen as awareness of the self and others, and thus an awareness and
acceptance of the limitations of the self as well as potential.
In all these ways sport can represent and embody meaning, and act as the
20 Simon Robinson
ground of significant meaning. Such meaning can extend from personal fulfilment
to the more complex community meaning, including the idea of serving society.
Sport itself can act as the basis of value systems. In a recent day for local school
children, organised by the Leeds Metropolitan University, one boy suggested that
he found his values and sense of ethics through the golf club. There he found rules
of behaviour and a strong sense of respect and fairness communicated by those
rules. Hence, sport as a social organisation communicates significant meaning. It
is not surprising that Grimshaw (2000, 95) can write of different kinds of epipha-
nies (revelations) that can be communicated in experience of different aspects of
sport.
Meaning and purpose and personal and educational development come to-
gether in the development of virtues, and so to the identity of the sportsperson,
organisation or community. The virtues of the individual sportsperson are the
strengths of character that enable excellence (Saint Sing 2004, 110). The virtues
of sport in community might involve, for instance, collaboration and empathy.
This suggests a possible tension between self and other centred spiritualities in
sport, something I will address later in terms of eros and agape.
Spirituality has often been seen in terms of energy and power (Aldridge 2000,
41; Goddard 1995). This be might in terms of a transcendent model, with external
power being given to the sportsperson (Boyd 1995). Or it may be seen as energy
that comes from holism and from positive relationships (King and Dean 1998).
Either way this is relevant to the spirituality of sport, bringing us back for a mo-
ment to that painful experience of the last marathon mile, and that search for
‘something extra’, and to the way in which the marathon, in all its relationships,
empowered the participants.
Conclusions
Spirituality through the late twentieth century broke free of the simple identifica-
tion with religion. With the postmodern era and the New Age there has been:
Spirituality and sport takes up many of these themes, in the organisation and in
the experience of the individual sportsperson. As we shall see in more detail, how-
ever, it also develops insights into the nature and purpose of sport. Before that,
Spirituality: A story so far 21
given the tensions described above, it is important to focus on a more detailed
definition of spirituality itself.
Study questions
1 How do you perceive spirituality in practice? Was there any sense of underlying
value and belief systems in the school(s) you went to?
2 How might spirituality relate to higher education? What values and beliefs
are expressed in the colleges you have been in? How were they expressed?
3 From your experience of sport, first as a spectator and second as a participant,
what meaning does it communicate?
2 Spirituality
A working definition
Simon Robinson
Geoff collapsed in the middle of a championship soccer game, and was rushed to
hospital with a suspected heart attack. Apart from the intense pain he remembered
three things. First was the huge sense of shock. One minute he was focusing • on
the ball being returned to him by the right full back, as well as on the attentions
of the opposition centre half, and the next minute he was on the floor, and all of
the things he expected to happened had suddenly stopped. The second was an
unexpected sense of shame. He was a fit 27-year-old, with 17 goals behind him
that season, in control of his destiny, and the destiny of his family, and suddenly he
had no control, and was being carried through the swing doors of the hospital like
a baby. The third was a sense of fear, fear that grew as the hospital staff confirmed
that there was something wrong with his heart.
By the middle of a sleepless night he felt that he was going mad. His whole
purpose in life was in question and he could not do a thing about it. What kept him
going through that night was not any words of comfort, but holding firmly on to
the soccer scarf that a fan had passed him as the stretcher went by in the ground.
‘Hanging on to that scarf was like hanging on to my self.’
It may seem odd to begin this chapter with a disaster. However, it is almost self-evi-
dent to say that we tend not to examine our life meaning with any real attention
until we hit a challenge to the meaning, leading to transition or potential transi-
tion. Bridges (1980) notes that transition is a part of growth and development, for
persons and groups, and suggests four characteristics of this experience that lead
to questioning and developing spiritual meaning:
Spirit
As Geoff lay there he needed to lock into his very self – the essential self, often
associated with ‘spirit’. There are different views as to what the spirit might be,
including a transcendental or essential dimension of life (Reed 1987; Highfield
1992), a force or energy (Sims 1994; Boyd 1995; King and Dein 1998), and life
meaning and purpose (Hiatt 1986; Doyle 1992; Joseph 1998). However, rather
than involving distinct models, all of these indicate important aspects of the hu-
man spirit, which, as described, was central to Geoff coping.
The term spirit comes from the Latin spiritus (Hebrew ruach, Greek pneuma),
meaning breath, wind and even life principle. It is that which is vital to and ani-
mates the self. As such the spirit is not primarily about ideas but about lived ex-
perience. Hence, the spirit is evidenced not so much in doctrines but in practice,
attitude and experience through being embodied. Doctrines, understandings of
what that spirit is, may be developed, not least to help maintain that spirit, but
they are not the spirit as such. This view of the spirit has a strong sense of holism
– involving the integration of affective, cognitive and physical elements, making it
impossible to isolate the spiritual from the physical. The spirit is a dynamic reality
that expresses itself in the body, the organisation or the team.
The holistic view of the spirit is well supported by empirical evidence that
charts the relationship between feelings, thoughts, the body and the social and
physical environment (Swinton 2001, 16–17). Importantly, the term ‘spirit’ refers
to the sense of life (that which animates), the identity (that which particularly
characterises the person or group) and the qualities of that person or group. By
definition it is something which is to be admired, and which has important mean-
ing and value.
This holistic view of the spirit contrasts sharply with the more dualistic view
of the spirit as quite separate from the body (often referred to as the soul). This
24 Simon Robinson
arose from the philosophy of Plato and ultimately led to the view that the ‘spirit’
was that which was incorruptible, hence immortal, and of the highest value, and
the body was that which was corrupting and corruptible, and of the least value
(Edwards 1999, 86–89). Although such dualism has been very influential and con-
tinues in many, popular, ways of thinking, it has little in empirical terms to support
it. Moreover, it tends to lead to a fragmentation of human experience.
At another level, for Geoff, the spirit was about something beyond the self. It
was difficult to hang onto his spirit without reaching out beyond the self and being
aware of the other, be that another person, including his colleagues, or the com-
munity of the soccer club and his family. Hanging on to his spirit meant hanging
on to himself in relation to all the people who gave him a sense of purpose, all
the practice that gave him meaning, and all the things that he could depend on,
the things he believed in. In them he found energy that could be built upon as he
began to work through his illness. In this view the spirit is not then some external
force which animates, but is rather that essence of the self which is experienced
in relationships, leading to the development of energy (Goddard 1995). These
relationships enabled Geoff to be more aware of his essential self, reducing anxiety
and increasing a sense of well-being and thus empowerment.
The spirit in all this is strongly connected to the development of significant
meaning. Ellison (1983, 331) describes the connection in this way:
It is the spirit of human beings which enables and motivates us to search for
meaning and purpose in life, to seek the supernatural or some meaning which
transcends us, to wonder about our origins and our identities, to require mo-
rality and equity.
Spirituality
Spirituality is about the practice and outworking of the spirit and the ways in
which it is developed, with its different aspects and relationships connected, sus-
tained and understood. As we shall see, this may involve the spirituality of an
individual or that which is developed in and through the disciplines and practices
of a group or team. It is often a combination of both. Essentially then, spirituality
is relation and action centred, and about making connections with these different
aspects of life.
A working definition of spirituality then involves three parts:
• Awareness and appreciation of the other (including the self, the other person,
the group, the environment and, where applicable, deity).
• The capacity to respond to the other. This involves putting spirituality into
practice, embodying spirituality, and thus the continued relationship with the
other.
• Developing significant life meaning based upon all aspects of awareness and
appreciation of and response to the other.
Spirituality: A working definition 25
Awareness and appreciation of the other
Each ‘other’ might be deemed to be of ultimate value and could be the ground of
a person’s faith.
The self
It is reasonable to speak of the self as other (Ricoeur 1992). In one sense the
self is indeed simply one amongst others and so is an other to someone else. In
another sense we can speak of the person moving beyond the self, and thus being
able to relate to the self, including dialogue with the self, important to self-devel-
opment (van der Ven 1998, 108–110). Freeman calls this a process of reflective
distanciation (Freeman 1993). Hence, we can speak of self-transcendence. This
self-transcendence enables, first, some awareness of the whole person, including
thoughts, feelings, physical experience, practice and relationships. For Geoff this
meant connecting, in his pain, to the significant people and groups in his life,
and beginning to look at himself and his meaning as a footballer. Second, it can
involve the experiencing of centring the person – the experience of being at one
with the cognitive, affective and somatic side of the self. Third, it can lead to an
awareness and acceptance of the limitations of the self. For Geoff the ultimate
limitation that he was all too painfully aware of was his mortality. Finally, it can
lead to an appreciation of the ambiguity of the self, as good and bad, dependent
yet independent, free yet constrained.
In much tradition the self has been fragmented and polarised, a good example
of these being sexuality. The spirit was often seen as not simply distinct from but
antipathetic to the body and thus to sexuality. Sexuality is by definition ambigu-
ous, both a wonderful experience and expression of the embodied person and also
something fraught with risk and moral challenge. The easiest way to handle this
culturally was often to simply separate the spirit (good) from the sexual (bad). As
Avis notes, the result was to devalue the physical and sexual and thus to retreat
from real awareness of the self and other, in all its ambiguity and risk (Avis 1989).
Spirituality rather involves the integration of sexuality with the self and looks to
find meaning in relationships which include this (Helminiak 1998).
Interpersonal relationships
Awareness of the other person, like awareness of the self, involves recognition of
difference and sameness. For the other to be simply different means that there is
no point of common humanity through which to relate to him or her. Hence, the
person who is seen purely as different is often literally dehumanised, seen as enemy
as well as stranger. This is the dynamic at the heart of racism, expressed ultimately
in the Holocaust (Bauman 1989).
Equally, to see the other as purely the same can lead to loss of identity, that
which makes the other unique. Hence, Gibran notes the importance of distance
and space within even marriage (1995, 5).
26 Simon Robinson
This means that the spirituality of the interpersonal relationship must be dy-
namic. The sameness that is recognised in the other provides the basis for trust
and collaboration; it enables the person to see the other. The difference provides
the basis for continued learning, disclosure and discovery.
The personal and interpersonal are then connected in this context. It is not
possible to be aware of the holistic and distinctive nature of the self without de-
veloping awareness of the other. Equally it is not possible to see the other without
seeing something of the self in the other (Buber 1937).
A person cannot detach himself from the religion of his group, for to do so is
to be severed from his roots, his foundation, his context of security, his kinship
and the entire group of those who make him aware of his own existence.
(Mbiti 1990, 2)
Deity
For many, the divine is the epitome of the transcendent. Any deity tends to be
seen as totally other, with the idea of him or her as all-powerful, perfect and so on.
This sense of otherness informs common views of the concepts ‘holy’ or ‘sacred’,
meaning ‘set apart’. Characteristically the more that the otherness of the divine
is stressed the more he/she is seen as a figure to be feared, and thus to be placated
with sacrifices and the like. It is critical then to see the sameness in any divinity
as well as the difference. This is expressed well in the Hebrew imago dei doctrine
– that man was made in the image of God (Genesis 5:1). It is also expressed in
Christian spirituality through the idea of God becoming man in Christ. The hu-
man face of God is the way in which the presence of God can be expressed, making
that which is the experience of God immanent, and lifting the relationship, from
the tyrannical God who is to be feared, to one who identifies with his people. It is
precisely such imminence that a Christian sportsman such as Jonathan Edwards
expresses (Folley 2001).
There are, of course, many different expressions of the spirituality of the divine,
28 Simon Robinson
but all seek some sense of the divine in the present ‘known’ experience, and all
have some sense of the complexity of the divine. Ascribing human qualities to the
divine has, of course, been common in many religions, from Ancient Greece to
Hinduism.
Summing up so far
Even at this stage it is clear that spirituality in this view is essentially relational
and reflective. It cannot be static, or simply be a set of meanings forced upon
experience. Moreover, it is well suited to the idea of a postmodern time, precisely
because it recognises that anyone’s spirituality may involve relationships with
many different groups. Hence, by its very nature spirituality is not likely to depend
on a meta-narrative, one story that gives meaning to experience.
In slightly different ways in each of these areas, awareness involves knowledge
of:
• the holistic other, involving cognitive, affective and somatic elements and as
connected to and affecting a network of others;
• the other as both same and different, and hence ambiguous;
• the interdependence of the different others;
• the nature of the other as always emerging, as always learning and therefore
never totally knowable;
• the other as involving both immanence, awareness of the self, and
transcendence, a movement beyond the self.
Holistic meaning
Knowledge and awareness involves four levels of meaning: cognitive (to do with
ideas about the world), affective (to do with emotions), somatic (to do with ‘body
language’, including tactile communication) and interpersonal. This can involve
awareness of all of these aspects of the other and how these affect each other. Once
again this cannot be a complete awareness. In most situations the person reflects
and discovers different aspects of the self that may have been previously not recog-
nised or accepted. Such awareness is mediated through one or more of the routes
of knowledge. In Geoff’s case the somatic knowledge – provided by holding the
scarf – was able to mediate the interpersonal knowledge and affective knowledge
30 Simon Robinson
which gave him a sense of security. Later cognitive meaning was worked through
as he thought about what the experience had meant to him. The experience was
made sense of not simply in terms of doctrinal truths but rather in terms of how he
retained his holistic identity in the light of the intense feelings of fear, loneliness,
isolation, anger and frustration. At the same time it caused him to review just
what his life in that club meant to him, in particular the value it had for him.
(i) the foundational dynamic of trust and loyalty underlying selfhood and
relationships. In this sense faith is a human universal, a generic quality of
human beings;
(ii) a holistic way of knowing, in which persons shape their relationships with
the self, others and the world in the light of and apprehension of and by
transcendence.
(Fowler 1990, 394–396)
Fowler refers to two other views of faith that are specifically religious: the re-
sponse to the gift of salvation; obedient assent to revealed truth.
Faith, in its generic sense, is very much belief in an other. This is in contrast to
belief that or belief about. It is possible, for instance to believe in the concept of
God, or that God exists, without making the belief in him the basis of life. Belief in
may involve any of the others noted above, or ideas related to them. Clearly, such
faith will vary from complete trust in the other to partial or working trust. The
latter can build faith on the other whilst being aware of its limitations.
Such belief directly affects practice. Fowler argues that faith develops through
discernible stages. Each of these stages is about the development of the self and
the relationship of the person to the different others.
Stages of faith
Fowler proposes seven stages of faith which he locates at different ages. These
were very much based upon the work of Kohlberg (1984), who developed Piaget’s
work in the development of moral meaning and judgement into three phases each
with two stages.
Spirituality: A working definition 31
Fowler proposes seven stages in the development of faith (Fowler 1996, 54):
Criticisms of the Fowler stage approach include arguments that it is too cogni-
tive/intellectual and too individualistic. Others argue that the stages are norma-
tive, with the later stages seen as superior to the early ones. Others question the
adequacy of the research (Parks 1992).
However, first, though Fowler sees the stages, like Kohlberg, to be invariant,
sequential and hierarchical, i.e. they have to be gone through in turn, he does
not advocate that they be taken too rigorously. They are a useful tool for noting
characteristics of faith development, and can help the practitioner to be aware of
needs. Second, Fowler does argue for a broader rational view of faith including
affective knowledge. The intellectual component of spirituality does not make it
a superior form. Third, he argues that the needs expressed in the earlier stages are
not left behind.
Moreover, as noted above, these spiritual needs may be most apparent in times
of crisis or transition. Someone who has suffered a major crisis, for instance, may
need the safety of a simple childlike faith to carry him or her through the pain, or
even to express the pain. Later a more complex view of faith may emerge as the
complexity of relationships in the crisis is worked through. Fowler also suggests
that the faith of the earlier stages is carried over and reworked into the new faith.
Indeed, without this any sense of affective continuity is gone.
Geoff found that he had several relationships that had such meaning for him:
the manager, the fans, the chairman, the club and its history, the community,
and his family. He found that he placed faith in different ways in all of them, and
needed that to work through what turned out to be a long-term injury. He found
in particular that much of his faith up to this point had been placed in himself and
his body. The injury dented that faith, especially when, at one point, he thought
he might not play again. Part of his recovery involved both rediscovering a faith in
himself, and also placing more faith in others.
Other critical aspects of meaning in spirituality include hope, purpose and
resolution.
Hope
Hope has often been seen as a theological concept based upon future promises.
Hence, some expressions of spirituality see hope as based upon the promise of life
after death (Edwards 1999). Hope, however, is better seen as a virtue and may be
Spirituality: A working definition 33
defined as ‘the capacity to envision a meaningful and significant future’ (Robin-
son 1998). This differs from optimism, the unspecific belief that things will be all
right. A meaningful future depends upon capacities, resources and the attitude of
hopefulness. Hope will depend upon a person’s present ground of faith as much as
any future promise. In Geoff’s case one of his critical grounds of faith was his own
physical capability. Without that it looked as if he was without hope. In broader
terms each new season brings hope for fans and sportspersons alike, with mutual
support providing the grounds.
Purpose
Critical to the underlying meaning is purpose, and purpose once more connects
to significant relationships. Geoff’s initial view of purpose was contained in his
skills to entertain and give meaning to others. However, as he reflected about
the community links that the club had with schools and hospitals, he felt very
much a part of that, and could see purpose that was connected to sport but went
beyond sport. The relationship that he had begun to form in this area broadened
the understanding of his purpose. This in turn enabled him to feel that he was
valued for his primary purpose of playing football, but also for how he enabled the
club to relate to the community, and for how he could relate those in need in the
community.
Resolution
The ideas of resolution are summed up in the Hebrew concept of shalom, mean-
ing peace and justice. At one level this may be reconciling with the self; accept-
ing limitations. At another level it involves reconciling relations with others. In
certain contexts this may involve simply working through how one relates to the
other, involving perhaps negotiation of responsibility. In more extreme situations
it may involve the capacity to forgive. This meaning is central to a relational view
of spirituality, the end point of responding to the other. Hence, it is difficult to
confine spirituality to the personal realm. Selby even suggests that spirituality can
be expressed in relationships in wider society and politics (Selby 1983).
. . . religion
Whereas formal religions are examples of spirituality, spirituality is not exclusive to
religion. The relationship is summed up as follows:
In terms of sport this means that the study of spirituality and sport can both
look at the major generic sense of spirituality embodied in sports meaning and
practice but also examine how the major religions, with their particular spiritual-
ity, have related to sport.
. . . ethics
Much of ethics is about developing and testing underlying theories or applications,
such as codes. Both of these are quite distinct from spirituality. However, some
schools of philosophy have argued that ethics can only make sense if viewed in
terms of the community and culture which provide the meaning context to any
values, and the basis of ethical identity (McIntyre 1981; Murdoch 1993). Phi-
losophers such as Taylor (1996) and Ricoeur (1992) see ethics in terms of overall
meaning-making and as arising directly from the insight and experience of spiritu-
ality. Hence, like religion, ethics can involve spirituality but spirituality cannot be
confined to ethics. The relationship is summed up as follows:
• Spirituality can provide a metaphysical base for ethics. This is about beliefs
that begin to define something about a present and ultimate reality that
informs practice. Murdoch (1993) sees these as providing the vision within
which ethical imagination can develop.
Spirituality: A working definition 35
• Spirituality provides motivation. This motivation might be positive or
negative. The religious person, for instance, might be concerned above all to
serve God, a relationship sustained through prayer. This commitment to the
higher being then acts as a continual reminder to attend to ethics (Frankena
1986, 402). This can be expressed negatively through saying that unless one
pleases the divine the person will not achieve salvation.
• Spirituality provides an unconditional and transcendent perspective for ethics.
This is partly a perspective that goes beyond narrow or self-interest. Hence,
the prompting of religion urges us to look beyond those narrow perspectives.
• Spiritual experience and ritual can provide an awareness that enables better
moral practice. Typically religious experience, in the sense of an experience of
the numinous, heightens awareness, and can have the effect of heightening
awareness of the self and others, including the environment. This in turn is
important in any ethical decision making.
• The spiritual community can play an important part in the moral formation
of the person. This is partly about modelling good practice in the ethos and
practice of the community, and in and through the associated stories and texts
of the community. This is tied to the development of the character and thus of
the virtues that might be central to community life. The gifts of the spirit set
out by St Paul (1 Corinthians 12) are a good example of this. That very idea
of the gifts of the spirit suggests that virtues are not just learned by imitation
of any model, but in and through the relationship in the community.
. . . psychology
It is possible to suggest that spirituality, which is essentially about relating to differ-
ent groups or areas, is better dealt with under the heading of psychology. However,
although is possible to have those relationships analysed by a psychologist, it is not
clear that the relationships themselves are the exclusive domain of psychology.
In all this, spirituality does not pretend to be an academic discipline as such. It
is about the existential experience and the development of meaning, including
belief, and how this works out in the practice of the person or group. As such,
spirituality cannot pretend to be about a neutral scientific exercise. Nonetheless,
spirituality does have much in common with therapeutic psychology, not least
the focus on enabling relationships to be developed. Hence, there is an increased
concern from counsellors and psychotherapists to include attention to spirituality
in treatment (Miller and Thoresen 2003). Spirituality can be an area for many
different disciplines to examine, not least theology, sociology and philosophy. It
can also be accessed in literature and the arts.
Conclusion
Spirituality is focused on practice, experience and belief. It is mediated through
physical and psychological presence, and is located in experience. It is not simply
knowledge about the other but existential awareness of the other. Hence, meaning
36 Simon Robinson
is learned in that direct experience and from subsequent reflective dialogue with
different narratives. To develop that spirituality demands faith in an other and in
the self – a faith which provides both the basis of personal identity and also the
ground from which the continual discovery and disclosure can be achieved. It also
requires hope, the capacity to envision a positive future. The development of hope
and faith depends upon both a sense of acceptance and a sense of purpose.
At the core of this spirituality is the capacity to appreciate the other in all its
ambiguity, not least the central ambiguity of being the same and different. Such
a spirituality demands both a commitment to the other and also a distance, one
which respects the independence of the other.
I have offered in this chapter a model of spirituality. It may be asked why this
model should be accepted rather than any other. Indeed it is not clear at first sight
what might be the criteria for judging such a model. There are no obvious empiri-
cal tests of inclusion, and many different groups lay claim to different perspectives
as the truly spiritual ones.
However, there are certain key strengths to this model:
For Geoff spirituality was also about coping, finding a life meaning that would
carry him through an experience that had challenged his faith and hope. Bill
Shankly, the great Liverpool football manager, was right – football, and any sport,
is more than a game . . .
Study questions
1 Reflect on your own spirituality. Is it explicit or implicit?
2 What is important to you? Who or what do you put your faith in?
3 How do you articulate hope? What are the key purposes in your life? How
does all that relate to your practice of sport?
3 The spiritual journey
Simon Robinson
If sport is more than a game then it involves commitment and meaning that goes
beyond contract or rules. Something of this spirit is contained in this letter from
Barcelona FC to its fans.
Dear Barça Fan, The Great Challenge FC Barcelona has set itself for the
immediate future is to consolidate our place amongst the best and biggest
football clubs in the world. All the top clubs base their growth and success
on one differentiating feature or another. Some exploit the fact that football
was invented in England. Some operate in football markets that are bigger or
more highly developed than our own. Some engage in other business areas
as well as in football. But what differentiates FC Barcelona is an absolutely
extraordinary fact. No other sports club in the world has so many loyal mem-
bers. We are running the club as efficiently as possible to reduce costs as we
apply the best managerial methods in order to increase income. All this is
indispensable to achieve the greatest sporting success. But it is not the most
important thing. Our Great Challenge is to develop and build on what dif-
ferentiates us from the rest. Imagine what would happen if every Barça club
member brought along one new member and there were suddenly 200,000 of
us. Just think what we could do if all Barça fans were club members. Imagine
how we could transmit our values (public spirit, sportsmanship, solidarity and
integrating Catalan nationalism) all over the world. We need all Barça sup-
porters and fans to join the club as members. Then, together, all those that
love our club could decide its future. Now is the time: becoming a member
costs less and offers greater benefits than ever. Building the best and biggest
sports club in the world is not a dream; it is the Great Challenge that awaits
all those who truly love FC Barcelona.
The FC Barcelona Board of Directors
The spiritual journey 39
The open letter to the fans of Barcelona Football Club is replete with the spir-
ituality outlined in the last chapter. First, it stresses the role of fans as members.
The status of the club as a cooperative, with members able to be an effective part
of the democracy and vision building of the club, underlines this. Second, it as-
sumes that members ‘love’ the club. Of course, it does not define what this means,
but it clearly includes an attitude of loyalty, care and commitment. Third, there is
a strong sense therefore of the fan identifying with the spirit of the club. Finally, it
gives us clear pointers about what that spirit involves, and it is more than simply
solidarity with the club itself. At its heart are:
• public spiritedness;
• sportsmanship;
• solidarity;
• Catalan nationalism.
This applies to the club, the fan and the professional sportsperson.
In this chapter, I will look at how the spiritual process or journey relates to
and can be drawn out from the reflective practice of the professional. Then I will
examine the spiritual dynamic that underlies spiritual journey.
Reflective practice
Donald Schoen (1983) famously argued against a simplistic view of the profes-
sional development. Traditional professional education assumed that there was a
standard body of knowledge that would be learned in professional schools. This
knowledge would be applied to a range of issues. The problem with this approach
is that:
• the analysis of the situation in order to work out what the problem might be
and what issues are involved;
• ‘appreciative’ or value systems which help to find significant meaning in the
situation;
• overarching theories that might provide further meaning;
• an understanding of the professional’s own role in the situation, both its limits
and opportunities;
• the ability to learn from ‘talkback’, which involves reflective conversation
about the situation;
• the professional also treating clients as reflective practitioners.
a. Articulation
The key vehicle for spirituality is the person’s or group’s story or narrative. The
story brings together experience and all levels of meaning: cognitive, affective,
somatic and interpersonal. A good example of this is the spirituality of the psalms
in the Old Testament (Brueggemann 1984). The psalmists articulate their story,
often one involving hardship or trauma, and how they feel about their situation.
A critical part of this story is previous experience and belief systems, as they try
to make sense of experience that does not easily fit with views of morality and
justice. Generally, it eventually makes sense in terms of those belief systems, but
not always. This is the place where so many sportspersons and supporters have
been. Those who are not weaned on success try to make sense of ending last, of
being demoted to a lower division, of ending just outside the top three, of missing
out on a medal and so on.
Several things happen in this phase. First, it enables the person to gain distance
from the self, and so begin to be aware of the effect of experience upon the self
and the meaning and feelings which are shaping that experience. Freeman refers
to a phase of distanciation. This leads to a sense of differentiation: ‘a separation of
the self from the self, such that the text of one’s experience becomes transformed
into an object of interpretation’ (Freeman 1993, 45). This is important for the
development of empathy for the self.
Second, it is a means not simply of expressing but of discovering meaning. Until
an idea has been articulated it is not fully understood. Articulation is not simply a
bilateral communication. The self can hear what it being said and itself becomes
both a learner as well as an interpreter or commentator, shaping and reshaping the
story. Articulation then becomes a three-way conversation, raising the story to a
level of publicness, and opening it to examination. This enables the development
of self-criticism and by extension the capacity to critique others (van der Ven
1998).
Third, with the act of articulation the person begins to take responsibility for
that spirituality, without which there is no effective integration of meaning and
experience.
Articulation may occur in different ways, individually or in large groups where
feelings and ideas are expressed through ritual. A classic example of this is the
ritual at the beginning and end of the Olympic Games. This sets out through
displays, ritual and speech several things:
42 Simon Robinson
• The core values of the Olympic movement.
• The sense of solidarity, in which very different identities and hopes of the
different nations come together in one movement. Hence, one can speak of a
movement transcending any particular group’s interests, concerns or needs.
• The sense of diversity, in which the distinctive identity of the different
national teams is valued and respected.
• The pride of the home nation, who in effect have been chosen to embody the
values and practice of the Olympic movement.
None of this takes away from the edge of competition which occurs within this
framework of meaning, nor from the sense of risk which surrounds any attempt to
achieve. It rather gives both of them a context of meaning and value.
b. Reflection
Once the story is told this provides the basis for a more systematic reflection on
the meaning it embodies. This focuses on the different relationships noted above,
their significance, and how far they provide faith and hope in the person’s life.
1 The self. This involves identifying feelings, and clarifying ideas, including
beliefs and values or principles. This inevitably leads on to reflection on how
the person sees him- or herself, not least whether he or she is someone of
value.
2 Significant others, and their stories. This examines how the person perceives
significant others and how he or she feels and thinks about them, and what
demands they make of him or her. What meaning do they give to him or her,
and how does that meaning affect his or her life?
3 Communities. Relationships to communities are examined, identifying the core
communities which give significant meaning to his or her life. Do they supply
rules for living? a place of comfort? an opportunity for service or success?
Such reflection allows feelings and thoughts about such groups to emerge.
4 The environment. Is the person aware of the environment? How does he or she
feel about it, and respond to it? What does the environment give to him or
her?
5 Deity. Reflection on this may focus on 3 or 4 above, with many things, ranging
from a football team or the environment providing the ‘ground of being’. It
may centre on one of the religious grounds of faith. In that case reflection
should be on the person’s image of, and feelings for, the divine.
• What purpose and function does the person have in his or her life?
• Who or what is the person’s ground of faith?
• What is the person’s basis and content of hope?
• How should the person respond to the other?
Such questions can be asked directly, but emerge more naturally as part of the
reflection. Many people have built up belief systems without being fully aware of
whom or what they put their faith in, what is the cognitive as well as affective
ground of their faith, or that they may have several grounds of faith.
c. Developing meaning
The next phase continues the learning process for whoever is involved. Having
tested life meaning, the person may be unhappy with contradictions or inconsist-
encies that have emerged. This may lead to a development of life meaning in a
different way, perhaps developing the cognitive or affective aspects or focusing on
the value of the self as much as the value of others. It may lead to a re-evaluation
of faith and hope and to a conscious development of faith in other areas. A good
example of this is where the person may move from a conditional faith – one based
upon personal achievement of some kind – to a more unconditional one, based
upon acceptance of the other. Freeman (1993), using the life of Augustine, notes
this as a point of recognition, involving both a recognition of need, because of
limitations, and a recognition of the need to change.
d. Creative response
This naturally moves through to an embodying of the spirit in some way. At one
level this might involve the negotiation of responsibilities. Finch and Mason (1993)
argue that such negotiations not only lead to real changes in relationships, they
also develop the moral and spiritual identity of the person and the group. In their
work with families they noted that the majority did not have a predetermined set of
44 Simon Robinson
beliefs or values which informed the setting of responsibility for different members
of the family (especially for the elderly). Instead there was a process of negotiation.
This was a way of developing ‘moral reputation’ and literally involved the ‘crea-
tion and recreation of moral identity’ (Finch and Mason 1993). Such negotiations
depend on but also enable the acceptance of mutual limitations and awareness of
the possibilities in terms of individual and collaborative contributions.
At another level this response moves into reconciliation of some kind, as noted
above. This may be a reconciling with the self, accepting limitations, summed up
well in the Alcoholics Anonymous prayer of St Augustine:
At another level it moves into acceptance of and reconciliation with the other,
summed up in the Hebrew term shalom, involving justice and peace. At its heart
is the recognition of common humanity in the other, breaking down the barriers
of enmity. This in turn may lead to action which looks for justice or which leads
to some appropriate form of reconciliation (Smedes 1998). For sport this moves
into the continual tensions between different purposes and relationships, from
commerce to community, and how they can be creatively resolved.
With each aspect of the spiritual process there is both a recognition of the
limitations and a move out to the creative possibilities.
Care
The Barcelona letter was suffused with ideas of care and commitment. A wide
variety of social thinkers suggest that this itself is core to spiritual awareness. At
one level one could see awareness as a neutral activity about gathering data so
that we can be fully aware of the situation. Then we can be in a position to make
an ethical decision. However, as Spohn (1997, 116) suggests, there is no value-
free awareness of any situation: ‘We make choices in the world that we notice,
The spiritual journey 45
and what we notice is shaped by the metaphors and the habits of the heart that
we bring to experience.’
Levinas (1998), Bauman (1989) and Baird (2002) take this further, suggesting
that ethical commitment, that is responsibility, to the other precedes awareness.
In this view ethics would be at the heart of, and indeed precede, spirituality. These
three writers develop spirituality in different ways in response to the experience
of the Holocaust. For them it is not simply a matter of developing spirituality so
that we can achieve transcendence, to see the situation and thus respond better.
Instead they propose that it is not possible to develop that spiritual awareness
without an ethical commitment to the other. Spirituality begins with a sense of
responsibility to the other. Without that sense of prior responsibility we cannot
begin to see the other in an inclusive way. This means, however, genuinely seeing
the other in his or her ambiguity, same and different, good and bad. For Levinas
this even applies to the oppressors, the perpetrators of the Holocausts. Unless we
begin with responsibility for all, then some will, by omission or commission, be
excluded from our view of humanity, and that way lies the Holocaust. For Levinas
this places the face of the other at the heart of the ethical obligation. It is the face
in all its vulnerability that calls forth my responsibility, without any reference to
rights or even to rational grounds for why we should be ethical. As Baird puts it ‘I
am called to be responsible for the other before understanding who the other is or
why I should engage with him or her ethically’ (2002, 70). There is a similar stress
in McIntyre’s later work (1999) around the idea of ethics being built upon the
vulnerability of the other. Self-transcendence in this occurs not through reference
to some idea of the good but rather through the openness and response to the
unique irreplaceable other.
At the heart of a genuine openness to, and thus awareness of, the other, then,
is commitment to and responsibility for him or her.
This sense of care or responsibility for the other, expressed in various ways,
is fundamental to religious and non-religious traditions (Rogers 1983; Bauman
1993; Robinson 2001). It is well summed up by the Greek word agape, a form of
love. Care is central to response, involving not simply a way of relating but also a
way of knowing and empowering (Robinson 2001).
A way of relating
Agape is an acceptance of the self and other that sets no conditions. All are equally
valuable. Core to this is commitment to the other and service of the other. In sport
this occurs at many levels, not least in the commitment of fans to a club, often
regardless of the success that the club has.
A way of knowing
Agape is critical to the dynamic of empathy. The truth about the other, in particu-
lar about the other person, will not be disclosed, not least to the self, without an
awareness of being accepted. Weil can thus argue that ‘love sees what is invisible’
46 Simon Robinson
(quoted in Gaita 2000, xvi), in others and in the self. Invisibility of the true nature
of others is often created by our own stereotypes and judgements. Equally, the
person can only begin to see his or her self, including difficulties and flaws, once he
or she feels accepted. In this sense then truth and acceptance come together.
Because of this it is precisely agape that enables the ambiguity of the other to be
held together – to see the other in all his or her ambiguity and still remain com-
mitted to him or her. Hence, faithfulness (fidelity) and honesty (veracity) operate
closely together. Agape enables the other to be seen both as the same – part of
common humanity – but also as quite unique. Indeed, as Gaita argues, the com-
mon humanity of the other person, and therefore any sense of the universal, is
only known through the awareness of the particular other, something revealed as
he or she develops and crafts his or her own story (Gaita 2000, xxix).
A way of empowering
Agape does not attempt to manipulate or control but precisely gives the other
freedom to develop awareness of the self and others, and the freedom to respond.
Hence, as W.H. Vanstone notes, this involves giving power to the other:
The power which love gives to the other is the power to determine the issue of
love – its completion or frustration, its triumph or tragedy. This is the vulner-
ability of authentic love.
(Vanstone 1977, 67)
Spirituality may relate to the narratives and traditions of history but ultimately
it can be achieved only through the person freely working out his or her own
meaning in relation to others.
Agape thus points to a response that remains committed over time, accepts the
other, not simply on the basis of attraction or success, and empowers the other.
One can see startling examples of this in sports clubs that have rarely achieved
major success, but have maintained a strong fan base expressing their commit-
ment through the ritual of being there every weekend.
Empathy
Scheler defines empathy as ‘a genuine reaching out and entry into the other per-
son and his individual situation, a true and authentic transcendence of the one’s
self’ (quoted in Campbell 1984, 77). The idea of moving beyond the self has its
problems, not least because it assumes fixed boundaries to the self that are being
transcended. It is better expressed as a movement beyond the concerns of and
for the self, and with this an expansion or reaching out of the self. This involves
moving away from the things that cause the person to attend in an exclusive way
to the self, such as fears or guilt, and which block any openness to the other. It also
involves not taking the self and self concerns too seriously. Hence, Scheler writes
The spiritual journey 47
of abandoning ‘personal dignity’. Empathy, then, fosters an attitude of humility,
humour and playfulness, developing a wry openness and appreciation of the ambi-
guity of the human condition.
With humour is also wonder and awe, precisely because the openness to the
other is constantly revealing something new, and because, as Berryman (1985)
suggests of children, transcendence involves living ‘at the limit of their experi-
ence’. Myers (1997) argues that this is the case in spirituality of all ages. Hence,
Phenix (1964) argues that ‘human consciousness is rooted in transcendence, and
that the analysis of all human consciousness discloses the reality of transcend-
ence as a fundamental presupposition of the human condition’. Michael Jacobs
(1998) suggests then that spirituality is precisely found in the ‘margins’, the places
between each other.
We would further argue that such transcendence is not static but is a continual
to-ing and fro-ing between the self and the other, each time learning a bit more
about the self and the other and the self reflected in the other. This is also an
awareness which is not self-conscious but rather one which is ‘unmindful’ of ‘in-
dividual spirituality’, allowing ‘the instinctive life to look after itself’. This simple
letting go of the self is contrasted with a self-conscious concern for the other, in
which the calculated concern itself tends to dominate. This may be compared
with the classical pianist whose technique can actually get in the way of the music.
The pianist who is really aware of the spirit of the music allows the music to shine
through naturally. This reaching out to the other applies in all the categories set
out above. Hence, Scheler bemoans the way in which an awareness of nature has
been increasingly lost (Campbell 1984, 78).
As empathy reaches out, so the person becomes more open to the other and in
turn the other begins to disclose more of him- or herself. This moves to an interac-
tive view of empathy, involving mutual disclosure, albeit not symmetrical. Hence,
Swinton (2001) suggests the term ‘interpathy’.
The dynamic of empathy is essentially one of risk. To see the other, the person
has to reach out. He or she cannot stay in the safety of the narrow self and thus
has to lose that security. Hence, for empathy to flourish there must be courage to
reach out, imagination to see the possibility beyond the self, and above all accept-
ance of the person.
Empathy has often been associated, through the work of Carl Rogers (1983),
with counselling and counselling skills. However, Scheler and others would argue
that it is a basic human capacity, enabling awareness of the other. It can thus best
be seen as an affective virtue.
It is also important to note that empathy is effectively based in agape. Empathy,
as simple awareness of the other, is value neutral. One can be aware of the other,
their feelings and needs, without being concerned for them or committed to them,
as shown by Iago in Othello (Robinson 2007). Hence, empathy needs prior con-
cern if it is to be beneficent.
48 Simon Robinson
Phronesis
Empathy provides the means of developing awareness of the other, and of noting
affective meaning. It might be called an affective virtue. Phronesis is more an intel-
lectual virtue which enables the person to reflect on underlying values and views
of the good, and especially ideas about purpose (Robinson 2005). This has been
associated mainly with Aristotle and with virtue ethics, but is equally comfortable
in a broader spirituality. This capacity enables the person or group to understand
and articulate the underlying concepts of value.
Although it is deemed an intellectual virtue it also has to relate to the affec-
tive level of meaning, not least because any view of purpose may have a strong
affective content that keeps that in place. Equally, because there may be many
different views of purpose arising from the related groups that give life meaning
to any person, phronesis is important holding those together or deciding between
purposes that conflict. This is a virtue that is often thought of as being simply to
do with philosophy, but actually is necessary in practice, as the professional works
through any significant decision.
The process
The characteristics of the spiritual journey then can be summed up as follows:
Spiritual experience
The second area that raises issues is that of ecstacy, often seen as the spiritual
experience.
In this the person is taken out of him- or herself. It is often characterised by
a strong sense of the other, which overwhelms. Rudolf Otto refers to this as the
experience of the numinous, the other which is greater than the self, character-
ised as mysterium et tremendum (Otto 1968/1923). There is a letting go of the self
into the other. Once again this is not something which can be restricted to the
religious. The search for ecstasy can be through dance, drugs, group practices and
so on (Biggar 1997).
There are major dangers with this view of spirituality, taken by itself:
• Its whole approach is one which is disembodied. It seeks release from bodily
constraints. To concentrate on that as the focus of spirituality actually takes
The spiritual journey 51
away from the whole point of embodying spirituality in practice. Moreover,
spirituality as outlined above is aiming to live with the constraints of the body,
not be released from them.
• It can lead to a stress on the experience itself, and thus the danger of the
experience becoming the end in itself. This leads to greater and greater efforts
to maintain the intensity of the experience, with dangers of addiction to the
experience itself.
• The stress is very much upon affective knowledge. However, affective
knowledge which has no link to the cognitive, or to the process of planning
and commitment to a larger life plan or project, does not develop any richness
of life meaning.
• Stress on affective experience can lead to a loss of the distinctiveness of the
self, over against the other.
The terms ‘holy’ and ‘sacred’ are often associated with such experiences, and
many spiritual practices, such as meditation or worship, are meant to put one in
touch with the ‘other’. Places, people and literature are deemed to be holy, sacred
– literally set apart from others. Hence they have the feeling of being special and
in certain contexts pure. Spirituality as we have defined it above invites us to
experience this sense of specialness not simply in the numinous but in all rela-
tionships, in that all relationships viewed empathically involve a sense of other
and difference. This does not deny the importance of spiritual experience. It can
enable the person to let go and so begin to involve the affective and somatic in
reflection as well as the cognitive. Positive spirituality then is formed round the
balance of these many aspects.
Function
Health in this domain involves functional ability over against impairment. Miller
and Thoresen note physiological functions such as ‘immune competence, neu-
rodendocrine function, blood pressure, muscle strength, physical flexibility, and
blood cell count, judging an individual’s functioning relative to norms of previous
performance’ (2003, 5). Other functions include cognitive, emotional, sexual and
psychomotor. Clearly the effect of the loss of different functions will be felt differ-
ently. Cognitive impairment, for instance, would greatly affect a teacher. Once
again it is possible to view a person with great impairment as in other respects
healthy. In this sense the impairment becomes an acceptable impairment. What
makes impairment, or for that matter suffering, acceptable is a function of mean-
ing. This meaning can be generated in different ways:
Coherence
Miller offers several definitions of this term, from an ‘inner peace’, to ‘a global
sense of predictability of one’s internal and external environment’, to ‘resilience’,
or ‘learned optimism’ (Miller and Thoresen 2003, 5). This focuses very much on
the category of the person and thus upon the spirituality which we have been
exploring in the previous chapters. Strong coherence could clearly affect how the
person deals with suffering or loss of function. A lack of this inner peace could
involve in itself direct suffering or affect how the pain and suffering are experi-
enced.
All three domains interact in any particular context, leading to a much broader
view of health and well-being. Jurgen Moltmann (1985) suggests a view of health
as ‘the strength to be human’. This means the maintenance or development of
humanity whatever the experiencing of suffering or impairment of function. He
contrasts this view with one which sees health, defined as a general state of well-
being or absence of illness, as the supreme value in life. In a similar vein Alastair
The spiritual journey 53
Campbell (1995) argues that health can be seen as liberation. The liberation can
be seen as from different aspects of illness from impairment to lack of coherence or
domination by a meaning structure which oppresses or denies humanity.
Holism
There is an increasing amount of work on the holistic view of the person and
how this affects health. David Benner, for instance, notes the development of
psychoneuroimmunology: the study of the effects of stress on the functioning of
the immune system. Research in this area has found that depression, anxiety and
repressed emotions play a part in suppressing the immune system (Benner 1998).
Strong correlation has been shown between particular diseases and psychosocial
factors, including:
The effect of traumatic experience has been shown to have an effect on the im-
mune system (Siegel 1986, 148). Several studies, for instance, have noted the sup-
pression of the immune system after bereavement – an effect seen at two months
after the experience but not at two weeks (Benner 1998, 60).
Other studies point to the effect of emotional states, lifestyles and life views on
the development of disease as well as the maintenance of health (Thomas 1982).
It is difficult to pinpoint precise disease vulnerabilities. However, research suggests
that certain characteristics or experiences make individuals prone to ‘immunosup-
pression’. These include conformity, sensitivity to criticism, restricted emotional
expression, denial of dependence, and major stress (Benner 1998, 60).
There is sufficient evidence of the holistic nature of the person to confirm that
attitudes and states of mind do affect therapeutic outcomes. ‘Life-coherence’ in
turn contributes to the development of such healthy attitudes. This reflects a dis-
tinction between holism per se and spirituality. Spirituality is holistic and enables
holism, but is not holism as such.
54 Simon Robinson
Spiritual beliefs
Many attempts have been made to measure the importance of spiritual and reli-
gious beliefs in therapy. Results are surprisingly consistent and show:
• Religious groups with rigid belief systems and practice were linked to greater
health and lower mortality than less religious groups or non-believers (Idler
and Kasl 1992; Kark et al. 1996; Strawbridge et al. 1997).
• The greater the religious intensity (measured by church attendance and
attitudes) the better the health and the lower the rate of illness. These findings
were very pronounced in hypertension and colorectal cancer (Comstock and
Partridge 1972; Medalie et al. 1972; Larson et al. 1989; Levin and Vanderpool
1989).
Spiritual techniques
The use of spiritual techniques has received increased attention and research,
especially around the area of meditation, and is associated with twelve-step self-
help groups, in particular Alcoholics Anonymous. I will focus briefly on the first
of these, which will later be noted in relation to sporting practice. Meditation has
a long history in Western and Eastern religious spirituality. Used in more recent
times in the health context it is often associated with relaxation, and therefore a
useful technique for patients who suffer anxiety. In the mental health context it is
now increasingly being used to develop ‘mindfulness’. Mindfulness is the capacity
for the human mind ‘to transcend its preoccupations with negative experiences
– with fears, anxiety, anger and obsessions – and to become more comfortable
with the experiences of compassion, acceptance and forgiveness’ (Marlatt and
Kristeller 2003, 68).
It involves a focusing on the present experience, and acceptance of that ex-
perience, including negative feelings, and thus development of an observing self.
Teasdale (1997) notes that this aims not to change the content of thoughts but
rather to enable the patient to alter his or her attitude to or relationship with that
thought.
Meditation then is associated with two main processes. First, it leads to an ex-
perience of and acceptance of ‘impermanence’, the way in which perceived reality
is constantly changing. Second, it enables the capacity to monitor the self from
the perspective of a detached observer. Involved in most meditation practice is the
heightened but detached awareness of sensory and thought experience. This fits
in well with psychotherapy, which is aiming to free the patient from the effects of
negative emotions.
Glasser (1976) suggests that meditation can also be seen in terms of a ‘positive
addiction’ which is intrinsically rewarding. Such an addiction has six character-
istics:
• it is non-competitive;
• it can be done without self-criticism;
• it has positive value;
• it can be done alone;
• it is a simple process, easily accomplished;
• improvement needs to be judged by only one person.
56 Simon Robinson
Research has shown a wide constellation of physical and psychological effects
including:
The use of meditation then can range widely, including work with anxiety and
depression; some severe psychiatric disturbances, such as obsessive–compulsive
disorder; and heart conditions (Marlatt and Kristeller 2003, 76). Such medita-
tion also relates directly to sports performance, and the focusing in the ‘zone’.
Although as a technique this can be divorced from wider spiritual meaning, it can
connect to that wider meaning.
Transcendence
Transcendence has been a key concept in writings on spirituality and now it is pos-
sible to sum up just what it might involve. Transcendence is not about a separation
for the world but rather is an engagement with it. Through agape and empathy, the
person transcends him- or herself, reaching out towards the other, and is able to
clarify and reflect on presence, thoughts and feelings, of the self and other. Hence,
there is the capacity to transcend both rationality and emotions through relating
to the other.
The idea that one might transcend the ‘world’ through reaching out to the
divine, as it were escaping from the world, seems difficult to sustain in this model.
If the spirituality involves God then reaching out to him is in itself engaging with
another. When such a God also engages with the world, as in the Judaeo-Christian
tradition, then the dynamic reinforces engagement with reality, rather than taking
one away from it. Articulation is the first moment of this transcendence, enabling
distanciation and thus allowing the person to hear his or her self.
Second, the ensuing dialogue and critique enables the person to transcend the
groups that have been the source of beliefs and values and may have held them in
place. Transcendence, again, does not demand a separation from the group. On
the contrary, the very dynamic of agape is about acceptance and thus the capacity
to remain belonging to the group and to see the group in its ambiguity.
Third, in those moments, the person also transcends the present. He or she
becomes aware of the self as a person with a history, experiencing growth and
development. As the present experience is transcended, so the idea of a future, of
possibilities, not least the possibility of change, begins to develop.
Fourth, there is the transcendence of the limitations of the self, something
The spiritual journey 57
about enabling the person to go beyond limitations. Parry (1988) suggests the
centrality in ancient Greek culture and sport of areté. Translated as ‘virtue’, it is
closer to ‘being the best you can be’, or ‘reaching your highest human potential’.
Of course, if spirituality is about awareness of the self and others this includes
limitations. Such awareness, however, is partly developed through testing those
limitations in striving for the best. Enabling the transcendence of limitations can
also be achieved through acceptance of shared responsibility, the negotiation of
responsibility and the development of creative partnerships.
Finally, there is transcendence through transformation, through finding new
meaning, new purpose and new practice and partnership. This is the transcend-
ence of creative imagination and response.
Conclusions
I have suggested that spirituality can be seen as a journey, one which involves the
continual making of significant meaning and one which needs support. It is not
enough to say that any spirituality should be accepted, not least because some can
be very negative, both personally and socially. Hence, it is important that through
reflection and dialogue all significant meaning should be challenged. Such chal-
lenge is there in all organised religions (Robinson 2007). Spirituality in all this
is closely related to physical and psychological well-being. Moral meaning then
is at the heart of spirituality, both in the sense of the connection of awareness
and responsibility, and in the challenge of the values of any relationship and in
the attempt to embody a creative response. This will emerge more fully in the
consideration of virtues.
The experience of sport interweaves throughout this in several ways:
Study questions
1 Choose two major clubs from different sports and visit their websites. What
do they tell you about the beliefs and values of those clubs? Is this explicit or
implicit? How do they compare?
2 Go to the websites of the Football Association and the Olympic Movement.
What do they tell you about the values and beliefs of these institutions? How
do they compare, and how do they compare to the clubs?
Section II
This section addresses the relationship between religion and sport that is a central
topic in the much broader field of spirituality and sport, as articulated by Simon
Robinson in the first three chapters. There is an already well-established literature
base that examines the sport–religion interface, although it is not yet well-devel-
oped. Drawing on this literature and a range of Christian theological, literary and
psychological sources, the authors analyse in successive chapters three distinct but
interrelated topics.
Chapter 4 examines the ‘win at all costs’ culture of modern sport, arguing that
it requires ‘wholesale spiritual rehabilitation’.
Chapter 5 follows the historical and theological development of Victorian Mus-
cular Christianity and the birth of Modern Sports Ministry, and explains how this
has impacted upon the relationship between sport and Christianity in twenty-first-
century Britain and America.
Chapter 6 explores the nature of the mystical and the sublime, and discusses
the application of those concepts to reported experiences in extreme sports.
Perhaps the defining and original characteristic of this section is its robust
theological grounding. Whereas many past studies have identified and basically
explained the links between religion and sport, they have for the most part failed
to provide a rigorous analysis of what Professor Robert J. Higgs has called a ‘se-
mantic abuse’ of theological terms and concepts, such as ‘spiritual’, ‘holy’ and
‘mystical’. This has, in part, been owing to the seeming reluctance of theologians
and religious studies scholars to reflect seriously upon sport, which is surprising,
since sport is arguably the West’s most popular cultural pastime, now surpassing
other previously dominant cultural expressions such as art and music.
The chapter themes closely link with those tackled in the following section by
Mark Nesti, who discusses various aspects of sport psychology consultancy in rela-
tion to traditional religious ideas and broader understandings of spirituality, which
again reflects the truly interdisciplinary nature of this text.
4 ‘Winning at all costs’ in
modern sport
Reflections on pride and humility in
the writings of C.S. Lewis
Nick J. Watson and John White, PhD
candidate (Theological Ethics), University of
Edinburgh
Introduction
The late Pope John Paul II fully understood the cultural significance of sport, call-
ing it a ‘paradigm of mass psychology’ (John Paul II 1995/1986, 80). In one of
many addresses to Olympic Committees, he championed the role of sport as a
vehicle that ‘contributes constructively to the harmonious and complete develop-
ment of man, body and soul’ (John Paul II 1995/1979, 60). The Vatican has also
recently identified the need to provide theological reflection on sport, which is
arguably the most pervasive cultural phenomenon at the beginning of the twenty-
first century, and thus has established an office for Church and Sport within the
Pontifical Council for the Laity.1 Their vision is to foster ‘a culture of sport’ that is
‘an instrument of peace and brotherhood among peoples’ (Glatz 2004, 12).
Unfortunately, the reality of big-business competitive sport in the Western
world, especially America,2 is a far cry from such a utopia. Ladd and Mathisen
(1999, 93) note that ‘problems in the sports culture (cheating, rule violations, ego
exaggeration) came to fruition in the 1920s and affected sport for the remainder of
the twentieth century’. This corruption and perversion that sport readily exhibits
has been highlighted in recent scholarship on sport ethics (Volkwein 1995; Grace
2000; Spencer 2000), the socio-theological status of sport (Hoffman 1992; Ladd
and Mathisen 1999; Higgs and Braswell, 2004) and cultural critiques of sport in
periodicals, such as Christianity Today (Galli 2005). The ethicist Professor Albert
Spencer (2000, 143) identifies one of the main thrusts of these writings, com-
menting:
There is a growing belief that sport [in America], rather than encouraging
moral virtue and spiritual values, promotes just the antithesis: man’s inevita-
ble fall from grace through egotism, cynicism, nihilism, an obsessive focus on
money, and win at all costs mentality that fosters disrespect for competitors
and society. There are frequent news reports about athletes who violate both
civil and moral behavioral codes through alcohol and drug abuse, gambling,
theft, promiscuity, violence, and even murder.
62 Nick J. Watson and John White
There exists for many a deep underlying belief system in sport that is laden with
values that John Paul II reminded us ‘may be used for other purposes, with the
danger of corruption and decadence’ (John Paul II 1995/1980, 64). According to
Piltz (1995), the reduction in fair play and sportsmanship is rooted amongst other
things in a philosophy of ‘winning is the only thing’ or to ‘win at all costs’. In terms
of this popular dictum, most notably attributed to Vince Lombardi,3 it is a convic-
tion that the sport world adopts this view in order to make sense of the many
dimensions of the ‘sport reality’. When winning becomes the principle of ‘being’
for competition (and for life), it may have a baneful effect on the experience and
personal identity of the athlete, coach or fan.
A major reason for this is that ‘for professional players, naturally, sports are no
longer pure. Sports are business, a craft, a way to earn a living, a specialization’
(Novak 1994/1967, 164). A Catholic lay theologian and renowned social theorist,
Michael Novak has identified and discussed five dimensions of winning that all
professional athletes wrestle with in varying degrees. Arguably, the most impor-
tant reason they are ‘no longer pure’ is the over-emphasis on winning, at the cost
of the playful and joyful elements of sporting activities.4 As Tony Campolo (1988,
126), professor of sociology and well-known Christian speaker, observes, ‘from
little league on up, American sports have become far too regimented to allow for
much spontaneous fun’.
There exists a significant sports ethics literature, addressing moral issues such
as sportsmanship, cheating, doping and the nature of competition; however, very
little has been written applying Christian ethics and theology. There are however
promising signs. For example, the philosopher Mark Hamilton (2003) presented
a theological paper at the 2003 annual International Association of Philosophy of
Sport conference, critiquing our relationship to modern sport using an Augustin-
ian framework.5 He suggests that ‘maybe we should forget about attempting to
solve its [sport’s] problems through piecemeal solutions and attempt to determine
whether there is something much greater, more profound, or even metaphysical
which lies at the core of our current moral failures in sport and work to correct
this’ (2). We agree, and argue with Mathisen (2002, 30) that there is a real need
to start to ‘think biblically and theologically about sport’ if we are to uncover the
roots of the ethical and moral dilemmas in modern sport.
This chapter will provide a Christian ethical and theological analysis of the ‘cult
of winning’ that is embodied in the beliefs and practices indigenous to competitive
sports. Our goal is to imaginatively read and place the sport reality (competitive
reality) within the world articulated by the gospel, with a specific focus on the
‘wrongs of the system’, while acknowledging that sin ultimately stems from indi-
viduals’ hearts. At times our discussion is highly critical of the modern sport world.
Therefore, from the outset, we would like to clearly articulate that as lifelong sport
competitors, coaches and teachers in the field we champion the good of sport in a
balanced theology of leisure.
We will propose that the foundational source of ‘alienation’ and the ‘win at all
costs’ attitude can only be fully understood through an examination of underlying
spiritual issues, in particular the sin of pride.6 Although we will not be critiquing
‘Winning at all costs’ in modern sport 63
sport competition per se,7 some preliminary discussion will be necessary as ‘ques-
tions about the importance of winning are closely tied to but not identical with
questions about the value of competition’ (Simon 1991, 13). Our first task is then
to briefly examine the nature of sport and competition and the reasons for the
distortion of competition and pursuit of winning in modern professional sport.
One does not have to trawl the sports ethics literature for evidence of this. A
cursory glance at the sports media and advertising will suffice. The world of child
and youth and professional competitive sport is replete with dubious messages
64 Nick J. Watson and John White
and stories of corruption and nationalistic fervour. For example, for those athletes
whose identities are embedded in sport, the prophets of modern media herald,
‘You are nothing until you are number one,’ ‘You don’t win silver, you lose gold’
(Nike ad), ‘Nice guys finish last, there’s no such word as chicken, and every time
you lose you die a little’ (Kohn 1992, 118) and ‘Second place is the first loser’.10
For some, these are merely hyperboles. But for others, these transform sport into
more than a game and invoke fear, anxiety and the potential for experiencing a
loss of identity and self-worth through failure in sport. Reports of physical and
psychological abuse, especially in child and youth sport, further demonstrate the
moral morass that exists.
A recent story in U.S. News and World Report describes how children across
America are sometimes subjected to ridiculous and ugly situations with coaches
and parents. In this special report, Fred Engh, founder of the National Alliance
for Youth Sports, describes a father telling his kid, ‘You little bastard, you could
never get anything right’ and another father who yells, ‘I am gonna get you tonight
because you let me down, buddy’ (Carey 2004, 45). In addition, Peter Carey of
U.S. News records a survey in South Florida in 1999 in which 82 per cent of
500 adults indicated that parents were too aggressive and 56 per cent said they
observed overly aggressive actions.
Similarly, in elite professional sport this life view often results in alienation
and violence, masquerading as athletic prowess. Violence may become a means
to justify and validate in sport.11 Of course, there are the infamous examples like
Tanya Harding, Vinny Jones, Mike Tyson and Latrell Sprewell, but violence and
alienation are expressed in a myriad of ways. The following are examples, many of
which can be applied to children’s and youth sports as well, of how certain actions
and values have institutionalised this cult of victory:12
In his book Games and Empires: Modern Sports and Cultural Imperialism, the
sports historian Allen Guttman (1994) has defined the formal structures of ‘mod-
ern sports’, which undoubtedly imbibe the ‘win at all costs’ doctrine and often
lead to the consequences outlined above. He describes in detail how the character
of modern Western sports has evolved from the industrial, scientific, capitalist,
imperial and cultural developments of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.15
He identifies seven defining characteristics of ‘modern sport’. Six of these, espe-
cially the ‘secularisation’ of modern sport, are particularly helpful in illustrating
the structural foundation of the ‘win at all costs mentality’ and in turn reasons for
the gradual decline in the non-utilitarian play ethic in modern sport (Guttman
1994, 2–3):
It can then be legitimately argued that, for some athletes and fans, modern
sport, especially the dimension of winning, with its many potential extrinsic re-
wards, has become a ‘ritualised obsession’, and even a vehicle for ‘immortalising
66 Nick J. Watson and John White
the self’.16 In his paper, aptly subtitled The Religious Aesthetics of Sport as Postmodern
Salvific Moments, the religious studies scholar Michael Grimshaw (2000) has pro-
vided a thorough examination of this notion. He maintains that ‘sports provides a
post-Christian “pagan mythology” of “fallible gods” ’, through which athletes and
fans can experience the mystical ‘yet without the other-worldly connotations of
a traditional understanding’ (87, 92). Like that of the Buddhist scholar Charles
Prebish (1993), Grimshaw’s understanding of athletes’ and fans’ aesthetic–mysti-
cal experience, or what he calls a ‘total now-ness of being’,17 can be understood as
a ‘postmodern salvific experience’.
Unlike Prebish, however, who suggests that aesthetic experiences in sport can
provide ‘redemption into a new type of reality . . . permeated with ultimacy and
Holiness’ (1993, 70), Grimshaw recognises the need for the theological decon-
struction of this pagan mythology. It is worth quoting at length from his discourse,
as his comments provide the evidence base for our discussion of the deeper spir-
itual problems that we will argue drive the modern world of sport:
It was through Pride that the devil [an external evil force] became the devil:
Pride leads to every other vice: it is the complete anti-God state of mind.
Does this seem exaggerated? If so, think it over. In fact, if you want to find out
how proud you are the easiest way is to ask yourself, ‘How much do I dislike
it when other people snub me, or refuse to take any notice of me, or shove
their oar in, or patronise me, or show off?’23 The point is that each person’s
pride is in competition with every one else’s pride. Two of a trade never agree
[consider bitter rivals in sport or academia] . . . Pride gets no pleasure out of
having something, only out of having more of it than the next man . . . people
are proud of being richer, cleverer, or better looking [or better at sport] than
others . . . It is the comparison that makes you proud: the pleasure of being
above the rest . . . for of course, power is what pride really enjoys: there is
nothing makes a man feel so superior to others . . . It is a terrible thing that
the worst of all the vices can smuggle itself into the very centre of our religious
life . . . as pride is direct from hell, it is purely spiritual, consequently it is far
more deadly and subtle . . . Pride is spiritual cancer: it eats up the very pos-
sibility of love, or contentment, or even common sense.
(101–104)24
‘Winning at all costs’ in modern sport 69
In concluding his discussion of pride, Lewis (1997/1952) makes a number of
qualifying statements that are important in our examination of pride in sport.
Not all forms of pride are evil and unhealthy. Pertinent examples he gives include
the ‘pleasure of being praised’ (e.g. by a parent, friend, coach, fan, teacher etc.),
as long as this feeling does not result in self-adulation and vanity, and parents’
pride in their children (e.g. for sports performance or achievement), which Lewis
describes as a ‘warm hearted admiration for’. This healthy admiration can, how-
ever, easily dissolve into parents living their life vicariously through their children’s
sport, academic or musical achievements – a prideful and damaging scenario that
Overman (1997) and many others argue is rife in American sport. ‘Parents relive
personal successes and failures in their children. They use children as an extension
of their own ego needs, seeking reassurance of their own sense of self-worth in
their children’, remarks Overman (1997, 244). In light of Lewis’s call for modera-
tion in how we understand pride, it is vital not to ‘throw the baby out with the
bath water’ and demonize competitive sport and physical activity altogether, as for
example did some sections of the medieval Church and the seventeenth-century
English Puritan reformers.25
In remaining true to our thesis though, we maintain with Bud Williams (2004,
7) that in modern sport ‘the real battlefield is not the game, the playing field, but
in us, in our hearts and minds, ultimately our will to right or wrong. It is a battle
for control of self – to play toward excellence and control of self to play fairly
within the rules and the spirit of the contest’. This is, as the psychologist Paul
Vitz (1994/1977, 91) states in his trenchant critique of humanistic psychology,
the struggle between the ‘relentless and single-minded search for and glorification
of the self [rooted in pride]’ which ‘is at direct cross purposes with the Christian
injunction to lose the self [to seek humility]’.26 From a theological perspective, the
principal enemy in this battle in sport is the often deeply seated and unconscious
vice of pride; deeply seated in that pride is something that most people, including
Christians, fail to see in themselves but hate in others (Lewis 1997/1952). We
must however guard against simplistic arguments that attribute all moral wrongs
in sport, or everyday life, to pride that is induced by an external evil force.
Hinting at this, Lewis, in his clever and imaginative work The Screwtape Letters
(1942, 9), famously warned against the ‘two equal and opposite errors’ into which
our race can fall concerning evil. These are for people to ‘disbelieve in its exist-
ence’ or to have an ‘unhealthy interest in it’ (rather than focusing on, and trusting
in, the goodness, love and grace of God) and in turn often attempt to relinquish
their responsibility (i.e. their free will to choose) for wrong behaviour by blaming
this external evil force. We concur with Kohn (1992, 97), who states ‘the reasons
for trying to be successful at the price of other people’s failure are numerous and
multilayered’, but we would also point to the spiritual dimension. Thus, we hold
to the idea that pride is at the root of much wrong in sport and that humility,
‘the virtue opposite to that in Christian morals’ (Lewis 1997/1952, 100), is the
principal remedy.
For those within the Christian tradition the ultimate act of humility was that
the God of the universe should enter the world by sending his son to reconcile us
70 Nick J. Watson and John White
to himself through the crucifixion and resurrection (2 Corinthians 5:18–19).27 Hu-
mility was the very essence of Jesus’ character: ‘learn from me, for I am gentle and
humble in heart’ (Matthew 11:29). He exhibited the ‘fruits of the spirit’ described
in Galatians (5:22–25), ‘love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, goodness, faithful-
ness, gentleness and self control’, in his very being and in his relations to others.
Consider, are these virtues normally found, or easily practiced, in modern sporting
contests? In comparing and contrasting the fruits of the ‘Holy Spirit’ with the
modern ‘sporting spirit’, scholars, Higgs and Braswell (2004, 262) suggest not:
How do you prepare for an agonic [contest] event for months by rigorous
training, defeat a worthy opponent in public contest for a worldly prize and
glory, and still be an example of “gentleness” and “meekness,” to name only
a couple of the famous “fruit”? Is this also as difficult to do as a camel going
through “the eye of a needle”? To make matters more complicated, what if the
winning athlete in question makes a quarter of a billion dollars per decade?28
We are in agreement with the authors in so much that the modern profes-
sional sporting arena is perhaps not a place where humility and love are com-
mon currency and the ‘system of competitive sport’ certainly does not encourage
these virtues. However, we do feel along with others (Lofton 2004)29 that Higgs
and Braswell (2004), while explicitly adopting a metaphorical approach in their
scholarly and thought provoking book, at times overstate and dichotomise various
aspects of the relationship between sport and religion. For example, they contend
that ‘it is not realistic (or fair) to expect sports to build the fruits of the spirit de-
fined by Paul’ (2004, 262). To be sure, sporting contests should never replace the
well-worn paths of prayer, study, fellowship and worship as methods for gaining in-
timacy with God and developing the fruits of the spirit (only by grace). But we do
see them as potential places of learning and virtuous character development,30 in
which athletes can learn about different forms of love,31 patience, compassion and
self-sacrifice. This potential is of course predicated on whether or not the athlete
or coach is ‘actively seeking the good’, that is, a humble, gracious and respectful
approach to others when engaged in sport contests and in relations with others.
On this note, Andrew Murray, in his classic devotional text Humility (1982),
describes below how it is ‘insignificances of daily life’ (we are not suggesting that
sport is insignificant), especially in our relations with others, that reflect our true
character. It is relationships, in particular with people who ‘irritate and trouble us’
(Murray 1982, 63), that are often the ‘crucible of sanctification’, that is, the means
to developing virtues listed in St Paul’s letter to the Galatians (5:22–25):
It is in our most unguarded moments [in the heart of a sporting contest] that
we really show and see what we are. To know the humble man [or woman],
to know how the humble man behaves, you must follow him in the common
course of his life . . . Humility before God is nothing if not proved in humility
before men [or woman] . . . It is in our relationships to one another, in our
treatment of one another [in sporting contests], that the true lowliness of
‘Winning at all costs’ in modern sport 71
mind and the humility of heart are to be seen . . . Amid what are considered
the temptations to impatience and touchiness, to hard thoughts and sharp
words [trash talk, verbal abuse and intimidation] . . . the humble man [or
woman] shows it in his [her] life.
Following this and recent empirical work (Schroeder and Scribner 2006)32 it
could then be argued that in sporting contests, including those of a physical and
aggressive nature, there is a possibility of nurturing virtues in an athlete’s character,
rather than engendering pride. For male athletes, John Eldridge’s book, Wild at
Heart: Discovering the Secret of a Man’s Soul (2001), lends support to this view
in arguing that ‘authentic masculinity’ (like that of Jesus and the prophets) in
a domesticated Western world is rare and that men have become emasculated,
particularly Christian men, principally through a church that often advocates the
need for men to be ‘nice’.33 He suggests that men are to varying degrees intrinsi-
cally competitive (which directed in the right way is responsible for much of the
good in the world), desire adventure and relish physical challenge, but that these
dimensions of masculinity are scarce in the modern world.34
For the most part, we endorse Eldridge’s view, but also grant along with Higgs
and Braswell (2004) that the ‘acid test’ for the athlete in any competitive sporting
encounter is whether he or she come away having learned something about him-
or herself and others and with a commitment to change and grow in humility and
virtuous character. This is in contrast to an athlete’s prideful quest for ‘victory at
all costs’ that leads to the alienation of others and, paradoxically, often physical,
psychological and spiritual harm to themselves.35 Building on this theme, our next
task is then to examine the ‘direction’ and ‘underlying motivations’ of the institu-
tions of sport that are largely responsible for cultivating and nurturing the ‘win at
all costs’ motto.
Of course, Sarah Smith is a hero of a different caste from that we usually see
in modern sport, but we cite this analogy in the hope of challenging the reader to
examine our distorted conceptions of the heroic, or what Becker (1973, 82–83)
calls the ‘standardized hero-game’ that we all blindly play. Although it is impor-
tant to note that ‘taking up one’s cross’ has deep spiritual meaning, in sport it is
perhaps demonstrating ‘the moral strength to follow the correct path when easier
routes are available’ (Birrell 1981, 368). This is something that would help rectify
what Higgs (1982, 154) calls the ‘youthful idolizing of sport heroes and the subse-
quent disappointment[s]’ that often ensue, when their heroes are caught taking
‘Winning at all costs’ in modern sport 75
drugs or attacking an opponent. Do we value and even worship sportsmen and
-women because of their virtuous actions and character, as well as their physical
performance and displays of aesthetic beauty? Or is it primarily for the winning
and results that we transform them into fallible gods and live vicariously through
their performances? For those who prize victory above all else, Higgs (1982, 137)
suggests ‘the athlete comes back from this mysterious adventure with the power
to bestow boons on his fellow man, that is a sense of identity and self-worth’. As
we have argued throughout, realising one’s identity principally through sport, as
an athlete and perhaps to a lesser degree as a fan or parent, does, however, often
come at a price.
Concluding remarks
The aim of this chapter was to reflect theologically on big-business competitive
sports, in particular the ‘win at all costs’ ethic that dominates modern sports.
Within a balanced theology of leisure, sport competition can be an immensely
positive endeavour for individuals and even a potential means of reconciliation
and friendship between nations. Too often, however, these ideals are marred by
the sin of pride, which we have argued has a metaphysical source and is the foun-
dational but not exclusive cause of much of the wrong in professional and youth
sport. Dr Bud Williams (2004, 18) encapsulates the finely balanced dialectic that
exists in sport in stating that sport ‘has the potential to bring out the best or worst.
It can tempt one to be extremely proud or bring one to the point of humility. It
can easily arouse anger and hatred or evoke deep respect and even self-sacrificing
love’.
It seems that pride, which as C.S. Lewis advocates is competitive in its essence,
has significantly contributed to the ‘win at all costs’ attitude and concurrently
idolatry in modern sport. This is a system that we maintain requires ‘wholesale
spiritual rehabilitation’ and a good starting point for change would be the pro-
motion of the virtues such of humility, love, self-sacrifice, respect and honour.
At present, however, the evidence strongly suggests that, for many involved in
big-time professional sport and children and youth sport (especially parents and
coaches), pride and its frequently damaging consequences hold court. What then
is the answer to this dilemma, as ‘affecting change within the world of big-time,
competitive sport . . . is a daunting prospect’ (Mathisen 2005b), but one that it is
argued needs urgent attention.
Those in evangelical circles claim that Christians should ‘protest loudly against
such abuses’ and seek to reclaim ‘sports to be what God intended them to be’
(Campolo 1988, 20). To be sure, Jesus’ teachings clearly instruct us to protest
against injustices in all aspects of life and work together to redress what is not
right, including the moral and ethical problems in sport. In addition to the schol-
arship and research of pioneers and leading thinkers in the field (Hoffman 1992;
Prebish 1993; Novak 1994/1967; Higgs 1995; Ladd and Mathisen 1999; Price
2001; Higgs and Braswell 2004; Van Andel et al. 2005) there are promising signs
76 Nick J. Watson and John White
that individuals and groups are beginning to recognise the widespread damage
that is being done within the confines of what is arguably the most popular form
of recreation in the Western world.
Two new university research centres have recently been established that seek
to examine the spiritual and religious dimensions of sport and exercise and provide
taught modules on the topic.42 An academic peer-review journal, the International
Journal of Religion and Sport (Mercer University Press), has also recently been
launched to promote interdisciplinary scholarship and research in the field. Addi-
tionally, a diverse group of individuals, comprising theologians, philosophers, sports
philosophers, ex-professional athletes and sports chaplains/ministers recently met
in Dayton, Ohio, USA, for a ‘think-tank’ that explored the relationship between
sport and Christianity.43 These relatively new initiatives have, however, been pre-
ceded by the excellent work of the Christian Society for Kinesiology and Leisure
Studies (CSKLS),44 which is an American organisation that was established in the
late 1980s. The CSKLS forum seeks to integrate faith, sport and leisure through
the sharing of scholarly work and fellowship, principally through the society’s an-
nual conference. This has resulted in the publication of two books in the field (Byl
and Visker 1999; Van Andel et al. 2005) that are composed of selected papers from
past conferences.
New ‘projects’ and writings will no doubt lead to some positive change in sport,
as has previous sports ethics research and the excellent work of initiatives such as
the Sports Ethic Institute and the Positive Coaching Alliance. This may especially
apply to analysis and change in the structures of sporting institutions, based on
the premise that it is ‘impossible to manage the ambiguity of competition at the
local face-to-face level unless the ruthless competition at the highest level’ is first
addressed (Hull 2001, 273). Nonetheless, any radical and lasting change in the
modern sporting arena we maintain will only evolve from the spiritual transforma-
tion of the hearts of individual men and women, which begins as Lewis tells us in
‘taking the first step’ of humbling ourselves (1 Peter 5:5–6)45 and acknowledging
that sport occupies a number of floors in our ‘modern Tower of Babel’. ‘If anyone
would like to acquire humility, I can, I think, tell him [her] the first step. The
first step is to realise that one is proud. And a biggish step, too. At least, nothing
whatever can be done before it. If you think you are not conceited, it means you
are very conceited indeed’, Lewis (1997/1952, 106) notes.
The philosopher of sport Mark Hamilton (2003, 8) believes, as we do, that the
competitiveness and the pride and shame that are often its life source ‘reaches
into every nook and cranny of our life’, including sport at all levels. Have we so
‘lost our moral compass’, as Hamilton suggests, that we are blind to the ‘myth of
progress’ that is deeply embedded in postmodern culture?46 This modern ‘myth
of progress’ has been compared by theologians to the story of the Tower of Babel
(Genesis 11:1–9), the primordial quest to build ‘a city with a tower reaching to the
heavens’ (Middleton and Walsh 1997). There is little doubt that the multi-billion-
dollar business of sport is a major edifice in this ‘modern Babel’, along with other
cultural idols such as scientism, healthism47 and intellectualism. In the academy,
where ‘arid scholasticism, crass careerism’ and ‘pompous posturing’ are arguably
‘Winning at all costs’ in modern sport 77
rampant (Steele 2000, 90), this manifests itself in the ‘publish or perish’ ethos that
is just as destructive as the ‘win at all costs’ attitude in modern sport.
At the heart of this modern myth is the belief that humanity can save itself
and does not need a saviour in the form of a transcendent God. Prophetic voices,
such as Blake, Dostoyevsky, Kierkegaard, Pascal and, in the twentieth century,
C.S. Lewis and G.K. Chesterton, have all given dire warnings about the mod-
ern myth and our prideful and idolatrous quest to create, and to be, our own
Gods. Perhaps it is time for those involved in sport, especially those in positions of
power and influence, to accept that the ‘false myths’, as Lewis called them, have
all proved ineffective in combating the moral and social fragmentation in wider
society (Walker 1996) and sport. False myths that have lead to what the social
anthropologist Clifford Geertz (1973, 99) calls the ‘gravest sort of anxiety’. A deep
anxiety that plagues the young hearts and minds of ‘the little boys in grey flan-
nel uniforms’ (Campolo 1988, 126–127) and leads sporting gods like the England
Rugby Union player Johnny Wilkinson to be ‘wracked with anxiety’ and feeling
‘incredibly depressed, demoralised, even bitter’ with his life during a long injury
lay-off (Jackson 2006, 80).
What is perhaps most worrying is that for the ‘self-sufficient modern’ who ‘has
it all together’ and is ‘competent’ is that this anxiety, or dread, is often buried in
the caverns of the mind, an unconscious denial that Kierkegaard (1989/1849, 74)
called the ‘worst form of despair’. A ‘spiritless sense of security’, Kierkegaard sug-
gests, underlies this dread, a despair that will be only uncovered ‘when life begins
to quake’ or what Martin Buber called the ‘shudder of identity’ and the ‘illusion is
broken’; then we will see what ‘lies beneath’ (Agassi 1999, 74). As individuals and
as a nation(s), are we prepared to peer beneath the corrupt and damaging ‘popular
mythology’ (Kohn 1992) of ‘winning at all costs’ in modern sport? Echoing the
thoughts of Kierkegaard, Kohn suggests not, as ‘it would be painful and might
force us to make radical changes in our lives, so instead we accept rationalizations’
(1992, 114) for the damage that is being done all around us in sport. Perhaps it is
these superficial rationalizations that prevent us ‘breaking through the bounds of
cultural heroism’ and ‘fictional games being played in . . . society’ (Becker 1973,
91) and lead to what Kierkegaard called a ‘fictitious health’. The provocative and
challenging words of the writer John Eldridge (2001, 90, 150) make this a little
more personal and perhaps uncomfortable for us all:
The world [the Western system] offers man a false sense of power and a false
sense of security . . . the world cheers the vain search on . . . Be brutally hon-
est now – where does your own sense of power come from? Is it . . . how well
[you] play sport? . . . Is it how many people attend your Church? Is it knowl-
edge – that you have an expertise and that makes others come to you, bow to
you? Is it your position, degree, or title? A white coat, a Ph.D., a podium [?]
Then getting right to the very ‘heart’ of the matter, Eldridge (2001, 150) asks,
‘what happens inside you when I suggest you give it up? Put the book down for
a few moments and consider what you would think of yourself if tomorrow you
78 Nick J. Watson and John White
lost everything that the world has rewarded you for.’ For those embedded in the
postmodern world of sport, which is constructed from socio-cultural norms and
reinforced and manipulated by the mass media, Eldridge’s words may be a little too
piercing and thus quickly dispatched to the caverns of the mind, and consequently
they will continue to ‘travel with the carnival’ (Middleton and Walsh 1999, 61).
This is the ‘herd mentality’ that Kierkegaard wrote extensively on. ‘The crowd
is untruth. It either produces impenitence and irresponsibility or it weakens the
individual’s sense of responsibility by placing it in a fractional category’ (Moore
1999, 243). We do hope, however, that all those involved in sport may search their
hearts and perhaps consider what C.S. Lewis famously called the ‘Deep Magic’,
‘the Myth that became Fact’ (Lewis 1988/1944, 31) – the story of a God who
humbled himself in the most unimaginable way that we might know his love and
guidance in every dimension of our lives, including sport.
“But what does it all mean?” asked Susan when they were somewhat calmer.
— “It means,” said Aslan, “that though the Witch knew the Deep Magic,
there is a magic deeper still which she did not know. Her knowledge goes
back only to the dawn of Time. But if she could have looked a little further
back, into the stillness and the darkness before Time dawned, she would have
read there a different incantation. She would have known that when a willing
victim who had committed no treachery was killed in a traitor’s stead, the
Table would crack and Death itself would start working backwards.”
(Lewis 2001/1950, 176)
Study questions
1 In your experience of playing, officiating or watching sport, consider times
when you have witnessed alienation and violence of others. What was the
effect on those involved and on you? What does this tell you about modern
competitive sport, and your values and motivations in sport?
2 In light of the ‘win at all costs’ ethic, discuss the ethical and theological
implications of genetic performance enhancement in sport, the topic of an
important book by the philosopher of sport Andy Miah (2004).
3 In your own experience of playing or watching sport, consider times when
you have experienced or witnessed virtuous actions, e.g. sportsmanship, self-
sacrifice, correcting officials’ judgements in favour of the opposition. What
was the effect on those involved? How did it make you feel about yourself or
others?
4 The theologian Michael Wittmer (2005) suggests that to think biblically/
theologically about sport it would be helpful to use a three-point conceptual
framework of Creation, Fall and Redemption. Adopting one or more of these
philosophical start points should help spark group debate and systematic
thinking for writing projects on a wide range of topics. Examples of questions
are: What is the nature and meaning of competitive sport? What are the
‘Winning at all costs’ in modern sport 79
potential positive and negative outcomes of sport competition? How should
Christians involved in sport think and behave? What is God’s will for sport?
Acknowledgements
First, Nick would like to thank my friend and co-author John White, Director of
Athletes in Action (USA), who provided the original idea and inspiration for this
work. In this regard, some small sections of this chapter are taken from a previous
publication: White, J. and Watson, N.J. (2006) ‘Exegeting Homo Sportivus’, World
of Sports, 22 (1–2). Second, I would like to express my thanks to Scott Kretchmar,
Professor of Sport Philosophy (Penn State University, USA) and Mark Hamilton,
Associate Professor of Philosophy (Ashland University, USA) for their most help-
ful comments on our first draft. Third, I would like to thank Kate Hutchings and
Dr Chris Bell for their invaluable assistance with proofreading, and the library
staff at York St John University, especially Claire McClusky, for help with sourcing
literature.
5 Muscular Christianity in the
modern age
‘Winning for Christ’ or ‘playing for
glory’?
Nick J. Watson
Introduction
The development of Muscular Christianity in the second half of the nineteenth
century has had a sustained impact on how Anglo-American Christians view
the relationship between sport, physical fitness and religion. It has been argued
that the birth of Muscular Christianity in Victorian Britain forged a strong ‘link
between Christianity and sport’ that ‘has never been broken’ (Crepeau 2001, 2).
The emergence of neo-Muscular Christian groups during the latter half of the
twentieth century (Putney 2001) and the promotion of sport in Catholic institu-
tions such as the University of Notre Dame can be seen as a direct consequence of
Victorian Muscular Christianity. Modern evangelical Protestant organisations (i.e.
Sports Ministry) such as Christians in Sport (CIS) in the UK and the Fellowship of
Christian Athletes (FCA) and Athletes in Action (AIA) in America, have resur-
rected many of the basic theological principles used to promote sport and physical
fitness in Victorian Britain.
The basic premise of Victorian Muscular Christianity was that participation in
sport can contribute to the development of Christian morality, physical fitness and
‘manly’ character.1 The term was first adopted in the 1850s to portray the char-
acteristics of Charles Kingsley’s (1819–1875) and Thomas Hughes’ (1822–1896)
novels. Both Kingsley and Hughes were keen sportsmen and advocates of the
strenuous life. Fishing, hunting and camping were Kingsley’s favourite pastimes,
which he saw as a ‘counterbalance’ to ‘education and bookishness’ (Bloomfield
1994, 174). Hughes was a boxing coach and established an athletics track and field
programme and cricket team at the Working Men’s College in London where he
eventually became principal (Redmond 1978). Not just writers but social critics,
Kingsley and Hughes were heavily involved in the Christian Socialist movement
and believed that the Anglican Church had become weakened by a culture of
effeminacy (Putney 2001). Kingsley supported the idea that godliness was com-
patible with manliness and viewed manliness as an ‘antidote to the poison of ef-
feminacy – the most insidious weapon of the Tractarians – which was sapping the
vitality of the Anglican Church’ (Newsome 1961, 207). From this, the doctrine of
Muscular Christianity was adopted as a response to the perceived puritanical and
ascetic religiosity of the Tractarians, later known as the Oxford Movement.
Muscular Christianity in the modern age 81
Aside from the religious motivations for the evolution and advancement of
Muscular Christianity, the Victorians’ preoccupation with health is arguably the
most significant factor. ‘No topic more occupied the Victorian mind than Health
. . . they invented, revived, or imported from abroad a multitude of athletic rec-
reations, and England became in Sir Charles Tennyson’s words, the world’s game
master’ (Haley 1978, 3). Haley suggests there were three main reasons for the
prominence of the concept of the healthy body in the mid-nineteenth century.
First, the Industrial Revolution, which in time brought about a Leisure Revolu-
tion within the working-class population (Cunningham 1980) and played a ma-
jor role in focusing the Victorian psyche on health, although, paradoxically, the
automation of industry had led to sedentary lifestyles and as a consequence an
exponential rise in cardiovascular and respiratory disease. In addition, poor condi-
tions and long, arduous working hours in the factories resulted in many contract-
ing occupational diseases. Second, the nineteenth century witnessed a number of
major developments in medical science. The founding of physiology as a distinct
discipline separate from biological science, and the emergence of physiological
psychology, engendered a holistic understanding of health and an emphasis on the
mind–body connection. Third, and often less publicised, there was a real threat of
war from a number of European countries and the Americans. Responding to this,
the intelligentsia saw the need to protect the British Empire and produce leaders
that were well educated and ‘manly’ (Haley 1978). Kingsley and Hughes, amongst
other members of the Protestant elite, saw Muscular Christianity as an appropriate
vehicle for advancing British imperialism and increasing the health and well-be-
ing of the nation (Putney 2001). Through the medium of sport, Kingsley saw the
potential for spiritual, moral and physical development:
in the playing field boys acquire virtues which no books can give them; not
merely daring and endurance, but, better still temper, self-restraint, fairness,
honour, unenvious approbation of another’s success, and all that ‘give and
take’ of life which stand a man in good stead when he goes forth into the
world, and without which, indeed, his success is always maimed and partial.
(Kingsley, quoted in Haley 1978, 119)
If the Muscular Christians and their disciples in the public schools, given
sufficient wit, had been asked to invent a game that exhausted boys before
they could fall victims to vice and idleness, which at the same time instilled
the manly virtues of absorbing and inflicting pain in about equal proportions,
which elevated the team above the individual, which bred courage, loyalty
and discipline, which as yet had no taint of professionalism and which, as an
added bonus, occupied 30 boys at a time instead of a mere twenty-two, it is
probably something like rugby that they would have devised.
(Dobbs 1973, 89)
Dobbs’ reference to rugby as an activity that would distract boys from vice and
idleness was closely associated to the two unmentionables of the Victorian period,
masturbation and homosexuality (Dobre-Laza 2003). It was hoped that ‘games
Muscular Christianity in the modern age 87
and religious worship [would] offer the Muscular Christian substitute gratifica-
tions for sexual desire’ which might otherwise be expressed in the perceived vice
of masturbation (Harrington 1971, 50). Homosexuality was also a major concern
of public school masters. Holt (1990, 90) has commented that ‘at precisely the
moment when the new norms of maleness were coming into force, the incarnation
of the opposite of “manliness” was defined in the form of homosexuality, which for
the first time was generally designated a crime in 1885’. Thus, Kingsleyan mascu-
linity acted as the antithesis of homosexuality and aesthetics during the Victorian
age (Dobre-Laza 2003).9
A number of modern sports historians are sceptical about the motivations be-
hind the original Muscular Christians and the implementation of these ideas in
nineteenth-century public schools. Baker (2000) for example, argues that the ide-
ologies behind the promotion of sport in Victorian schools were primarily related
to class, the Protestant work ethic and the idea of manliness that was peddled
as an antidote to the feminisation of the church. As Grace has argued, Baker
presents a purely functionalist thesis, which has some merit but is a rather narrow
and simplistic analysis of a movement that has offered much to our understanding
of sport and Christian values. In summary, the birth of Muscular Christianity in
nineteenth-century public schools has been one of the most significant factors in
the development of sport and physical training in our modern educational systems
(Mechikoff and Estes 2002).
A form of Muscular Christianity was also adopted as an evangelical tool by
a number of individuals and groups during the Victorian period. C.T. Studd
(1860–1931), a world-renowned cricketer and leader of the so-called Cambridge
Seven, and the American Presbyterian clergyman and evangelist Dwight L.
Moody (1837–1899), both recognised the compatibility of sport and Christian-
ity. However, their philosophy was not directly in line with ‘classical’ Kingsleyan
Muscular Christianity, which was largely a liberal and high church phenomenon.
As evangelicals, they emphasised that sport, although a valid recreational activity,
was unimportant compared to gospel ministry. The story of the Scotsman Eric Lid-
dell, Olympic athlete, international rugby player and Christian missionary in the
early 1920s, powerfully depicted in the Academy award-winning film Chariots of
Fire (1981), closely resonates with the type of Muscular Christianity advocated by
Studd and Moody. Liddell’s decision not to race on a Sunday, due to his Christian
faith (Exodus 20:8), so missing the 100 metres final of the 1924 Olympics, and
his decision to give up a distinguished athletics career to become a missionary in
China (Liddell 1985), demonstrate many of the virtues of the Muscular Christian
ethic. Vance highlights that Liddell was a popular speaker at evangelical rallies
and in universities where students were keen to listen to the testimony and ideas
of the ‘flying Scotsman’. Additionally, he points out that that Liddell has ‘carried
the neo-evangelical version of what was essentially Victorian Christian manliness
into the middle of the twentieth century’ (Vance 1985, 172), which has undoubt-
edly had some influence on modern understandings of Sports Ministry.
88 Nick J. Watson
The legacy of Muscular Christianity in the modern world
Many Catholic colleges and universities, such as the University of Notre Dame in
America, have emphasised the importance of a holistic education that includes
sport and athletic activities. Notably, Lawrence Dallaglio, the English rugby union
captain who is often venerated for his leadership qualities and who many would
argue epitomises ‘manliness’, is a former pupil of Ampleforth College, an English
Catholic boarding school.10 Following the tradition of the nineteenth-century
public schools, the college is renowned for its sporting prowess, especially its 12
rugby teams (Ampleforth College 2004). Their mission statement is imbued with
the ideals of Victorian Muscular Christianity:
In a similar vein, the University of Notre Dame and Neumann College formed
a Sports Ministry Partnership ‘with the goal of bringing a faith-based approach
to Catholic youth sports programs in parishes across the country . . . a renewal
of Catholic youth sport organisations . . . in the 1920s and 1930s’ (Mendelson
Center and Neumann College 2003). A key part of this venture has been the
establishment of the Center for Sport, Spirituality and Character Development at
Neumann College11 and the Mendelson Center for Sports, Character and Com-
munity at the Notre Dame campus, which offers taught modules. Similarly, the
British Protestant evangelical organisation Christians in Sport (CIS)12 has recently
established a one-year course at All Nations Christian College, called Sports and
Intercultural Leadership Studies, which is validated by the Open University as a
Certificate of Higher Education. Modules offered on the course are Theology of
Sport, Sports Mission and Sports Leadership. Graham Daniels, General Director
of CIS, suggests the course will allow graduates to view the world of sport as a mis-
sion field. With around 25 million people participating in sport in England during
April 2003, Daniels sees it as imperative not to ‘take Christians out of this mission
field!’ (Saunders 2003, 7).
As sport is a major socialising agent in the Western world, evangelical groups
such as CIS have been quick to pick up the mantle of the original Muscular Chris-
tians. Many Protestant evangelical organisations have been founded in America.
The Fellowship of Christian Athletes (FCA), Athletes in Action (AIA) and Pro
Athletes Outreach (PAO) are three of the largest, and are active in nearly all
intercollegiate athletic programmes (Crepeau 2001) – an approach wholeheart-
edly sponsored by the famed evangelist Billy Graham. Graham’s regular use of
famous sportspeople in his crusades became a significant mode of evangelical Mus-
cular Christianity from the 1940s until the 1990s (Ladd and Mathisen 1999). Or-
ganisations such as the CIS, FCA and others are active worldwide, sending ‘Sports
Muscular Christianity in the modern age 89
Ministers’ to third world countries such as Africa, Latin America and south-east
Asia to deliver the gospel message while providing fun and healthy activities.
In Britain, the triple jumper Jonathan Edwards is perhaps the most well-known
Christian sportsperson and has often been portrayed as a modern-day Eric Liddell
(Folley 2001). As the British trials for the 1988 Seoul Olympics were on a Sunday,
Edwards bravely decided to follow in the footsteps of Liddell and not compete.
The media created a furore, much to Edwards’ surprise, but some writers clearly
saw virtue in Edwards’ actions:
Edwards clearly saw his Christian beliefs as more important than sport and
money. He admitted at the time that his decision had not been directly influenced
by the story of Liddell and that he was flattered at the comparisons that had been
made to the great Scot. He had much respect for Liddell, ‘an exceptional man . . .
who won Olympic gold, but we remember him as a man of faith . . . He commit-
ted himself to serve God and, though he could have used success by staying in
Scotland and sharing the gospel, he bravely went as a missionary to China’ (Folley
2001, 61). Nevertheless, in time Edwards had a change of heart and decided to
compete on what he had previously viewed as the one true holy day in the week.
Using Romans 14:15, which states that ‘one man considers one day more sacred
than the other; another man considers every day alike’, he argued that modern-
day Christians are not under any requirement to observe the Old Testament law of
the Sabbath (Exodus 20:8). This decision provoked a mixed response from family,
friends, media and the sporting world.
Through the example of his life in sport and beyond, Edwards and other Chris-
tian athletes provide a welcome response to the ‘egotism, cynicism, nihilism . . .
obsessive focus on money, and win at all costs mentality’ (Spencer 2000, 143)13
that is so pervasive in modern sport. Paradoxically, past scandals surrounding
athletes at Texas’s explicitly Christian Baylor University, ‘who have been pursu-
ing a very public quest to become America’s Protestant Notre Dame’ (Armstrong
2003, 1), emphasise the disparity between the Muscular Christian ideal and to-
day’s dominant sports ethic, especially in America. Revelations of under-the-table
scholarships and drug use have caused much embarrassment. In America it is
commonplace for ‘coaches and players to make the sign of the cross and spew
references to their faiths during post-game jubilation . . . and from their celebrity
pulpits . . . encourage their followers to subscribe to their faiths’ (Elliott 2004, 1–2).
90 Nick J. Watson
However, it is legitimate to ask how much of this outward witness is demonstrated
in athletes’ personal lives. Although a high percentage of Americans assert a belief
in God, this is not reflected in ‘ethical conduct inasmuch as many sense that the
nation is in moral discord’ (Spencer 2000, 145). Writing in Christianity Today,
Armstrong suggests a need for a twenty-first-century Thomas Arnold to resurrect
the genuine Muscular Christian message in American sport and education:
the darker side of the ‘athletic ethic’ [in America] . . . has little to do with an
excess of evangelistic zeal, and everything to do with the usual muck of life in
a country too rich and self-indulgent for its own good. Perhaps the memory of
the original ideals will spark some modern reformer to usher school athletics,
as a prodigal son, back to the father.
(Armstrong 2003, 4)
Well-meaning muscular Christian speakers who are more familiar with the
rhetoric of Sports World than with the New Testament text, but who care
passionately about evangelism, often take unwise hermeneutical liberties in
seeking to make connections among these three elements – the text of New
Testament, the rhetoric of Sports World, and the task of evangelism.
To the Hebrew mind everything is theological. That is, the Hebrews make no
distinction between the sacred and secular areas of life. They see all of life
as a unity. It is all God’s domain . . . The Psalmist states clearly this aspect of
Hebrew thought: “I have set the Lord always before me” (Ps. 16: 8). It is also
taught in the Proverb, “In all your ways acknowledge him, and he will make
your paths straight” (Prov. 3: 6) . . . As King and Creator of the universe,
God’s presence is acknowledged at all times and in every sphere of activity in
the world [1 Corinthians 10:31, 3:17; 1 Peter 4:11] . . . In Hebrew thought,
a person is a soul-body. He is viewed as a unity, a single entity, an indivisible
whole . . . “soul” or “spirit” refers to the whole person or individual as a living
being . . . Often Christians become too focussed on enjoying the never-ending
pleasures of the spiritual world to come, they also minimize the importance of
the present, short-lived opportunity to glorify God in their bodies right now
(1 Cor. 6: 20) . . . One’s body (i.e., entire being) is to be offered daily in joyful
obedience as a “living sacrifice” (Rom. 12: 1). On the one hand, pleasure and
satisfaction are not ends to be pursued in themselves; on the other hand, en-
joyment of the material and physical aspects of this life is far more than mere
preparation for higher things. To enjoy is an opportunity to bring blessing to
one’s Creator, “So whether you eat drink or whatever you do, do it all for the
glory of God” (1 Cor. 10:31).23
‘There are no ordinary acts’, C.S. Lewis was fond of reminding his students at
Oxford (Yancey 2003), when trying to illustrate the sacredness of every dimen-
sion of life, including sports. In what has been described by many as Lewis’s most
celebrated essay, ‘The Weight of Glory’, he clearly illuminates that ‘the body was
made for the Lord’ (2001/1949, 45) and that we should delight in the physical
pleasures, as well as seek His face through the inner spiritual journey, the path of
childlike humility: ‘To Please God . . . to be loved by God, not merely pitied, but
delighted in as an artist delights in his work or a father a son – it seems impossible,
a weight of burden of glory which our thoughts can hardly sustain’ (2001/1949,
39). ‘But so it is’, Lewis tells us. Can evangelicals, can any of us, really believe it in
our daily lives, in the beauty and creativity of athletic performance, as has been
the case with dance for thousands of years (Savage 2000)?24 To be sure, it just
‘seems impossible’, perhaps a little too romantic for some in a ‘win at all costs
culture’, but I would venture that this conception of sport and physical activity is
closer to the ‘biblical’ truth, far more enriching and enjoyable for all involved than
any striving to ‘win a championship for Christ’.25
Concluding remarks
The principal aim of this chapter was to examine the historical and theological de-
velopment of Muscular Christianity particularly in Victorian Britain and how this
Muscular Christianity in the modern age 93
has impacted upon the relationship between sport and Christianity in twenty-first
century Britain and America, particularly in the guise of ‘Sports Ministry’. Some
comparative reflections were offered between modern conceptions of American
and British Sports Ministry and, although it is clear that on both sides of the
Atlantic the original ideals of manliness, health and morality remain, the force of
American protestant revivalism has reshaped and redirected its modern counter-
part. This has resulted in a utilitarian ‘work-based ethic’ that seems to characterise
some of what sporting evangelical organisations do. I would agree with Mathisen
(2005a) that all those involved in neo-Muscular Christian endeavours, that is,
modern Sports Ministry, need to construct and practice a theology that considers
the following: doing our textual homework, bringing systematic insights to bear,
practising a careful hermeneutic, and thinking and practising in less material and
utilitarian terms. As Sport Ministers, and those leading them, frequently have a
‘background in sport but often . . . little formal biblical or theological preparation’
(Mathisen 1998, 9), addressing the points noted above would seem to be a priority.
It is hoped that there could be greater collaboration between practitioners and
scholars in the form of symposia and writing projects and a real openness by all
involved to accept constructive critiques and develop Sports Ministry further.26
Some more conservative evangelicals may however be sceptical and can no-
toriously become ‘defensive’ against anything that is not in their eyes ‘biblical’ or
‘theological’, as it seems they did with sports, until they realised its potential as an
evangelistic agent. Indeed, the church at large has long held a deep suspicion of
the arts even though ‘the arts have played a massive part in the story of Christian-
ity’ and have ‘been recognised as powerful theological interpreters’ (Begbie 2000:
xii). For example, ‘non-Christian literature and fiction’ has been one of the most
recent enemies of the faith according to the evangelical community, a fact which
Markos (2001) argues has in part led to an inability to identify and connect with
the deep spiritual needs of this age.
One of the intellectual giants of the twentieth century, Christian apologist and
mythologist C.S. Lewis, certainly was not guilty of this, emphasising that ‘we must
not be ashamed of the mythical radiance resting on our theology’ (1988/1944,
37). This was of course something that was illustrated in his magical series of tales,
the Chronicles of Narnia, which allowed him to ‘ “smuggle” Christian principles
into a post-Christian age’ (Markos 2001, 10) and in turn to touch the hearts of
minds of millions of children, and adults. Maybe it is time for Sports Ministry
organisations, and indeed the wider American evangelical church, to more fully27
recognise and promote the mythical, beautiful and even poetic side of faith and
sports; to reconnect to the beautiful prose and poetry of the Old Testament nar-
ratives, to see them, as Wilson (1989, 131) suggests, as ‘the bedrock upon which
the Christian faith rests’ and thus to view the body, sport and life itself through a
more holistic lens.
Sports Ministry does not however take place ‘on a cloud’, if readers were think-
ing me a little over-romantic (!), and it is important to recognise that sports minis-
ters do not typically spend their days doing exegetical analysis of Pauline passages
or reciting poetry from Isaiah! ‘On the ground’, camps, clinics and overseas mission
94 Nick J. Watson
trips need organising, bible studies need preparing, and leaders need equipping
with the knowledge and skills to effectively lead, nurture and disciple others (see
Williams 2005a,b; McGown and Gin 2003; Mason 2003).28 Nonetheless, for those
involved in Sports Ministry and all Christians involved in sport, I would argue
that by far the most important concern is the testimony of their life that includes
how they play sport. ‘Preach the gospel’, said St Francis, ‘and when necessary use
words’.29
Study questions
1 In short, the Christian life is a journey of becoming more like Jesus in
character and enjoying the blessings of his love (1 John 4:7–21; John 3:16,
10:10) and peace (Philippians 4:6–7) in all situations (Philippians 4:11; 1
Thessalonians 5:16). Consider some passages in the Bible that demonstrate
Jesus’ masculinity and courage (Matthew 21:12–13, 26:36–45), humility, love,
joy and gentleness (Galatians 5:22–24; Matthew 11:29) and self-sacrifice
(Philippians 2:5–8) and reflect how these qualities may be understood for
yourself and others in a competitive sporting situation.
2 C.S. Lewis suggests ‘that there are no ordinary acts’ in life. Reflecting on
Lewis’s maxim, how might sport participation or spectatorship have a spiritual
or religious dimension?
3 Christians believe the body is the temple of the Holy Spirit (1 Corinthians
3:16) and the Ancient Greeks advocated the role of sport in maintaining a
sound mind in a sound body – mens sana in corpore sano. Adopting these ideas
as a start point for discussion, consider the importance of personal health
attainment and maintenance and the often extreme stress and/or abuse of the
body in elite sport.
4 As a Christian coach, sports minister or parent, how can you most effectively
nurture, teach and witness to children and youth? Consider St Francis’ maxim,
‘Preach the gospel and when necessary use words’.
Acknowledgements
First, I would like to thank Stuart Weir, Executive Director, Verité Sports, and
Stephen Friend, Senior Lecturer in Religious Studies at York St John University,
who were the co-authors of an article from which some small sections are included
in this chapter. See Watson, N., Weir, S. and Friend, S. (2005) ‘The development
of Muscular Christianity in Victorian Britain and beyond’, Journal of Religion and
Society, vol. 7, available online. Second, I am most grateful to James Mathisen,
Professor of Sociology, Wheaton College, IL, USA, for his helpful comments on
my first draft.
6 Nature and transcendence
The mystical and sublime in
extreme sports
Nick J. Watson
Introduction
Over the past thirty years there has been a marked increase in writings that have
identified the potential of sport to act as a vehicle for experiencing the religious
and mystical dimension of life. The ex-athlete and philosopher of sport Howard
Slusher (1967, 127) was one of the first to suggest that ‘within the movements of
the athlete a wonderful mystery of life is present, a mystical experience that is too
close to the religious to call it anything else’. Indeed, modern athletes often de-
scribe self-transcendent experiences using ‘religious and spiritual metaphors’ that
seem to point to a supernatural origin. This is personified by the Catholic priest
Thomas Ryan (1985, 115), who recounts what for him was an ecstatic ‘moment of
prayer’ while skiing in the Canadian Rockies:
On one occasion I took the lift up to the very peak and crossed over the
top, gliding down into the back bowl. Within seconds I discovered myself
completely alone in the vast expanse of space, with the jagged peaks towering
above me, no other skier in sight not a sound to be heard. I stood transfixed
for a while. The scriptures use the word “theophany” for such moments when
the divine is experienced breaking through and transfiguring natural events
with a sense of the sacred. When I finally pushed off with my poles, I did so
slowly and deliberately, with a sense of one touched by the Holy and visited
with awe. Even now, months later, I can recall that experience and those
feelings with astonishing clarity. I have no other word for it than mystical – a
level of experience I am convinced we are called. It is primarily a question of
refining our inner and outer senses to the presence of the Holy, daily in our
midst.
Although Father Ryan’s religious vocation has undoubtedly offered the frame-
work to contextualise and interpret his experience, there are thousands of testi-
monies by athletes from both ‘mainstream’ and so-called ‘extreme sports’,1 with
no religious affiliation, that have been regarded as ‘mystical, occult, or religious’
(see Murphy and White 1995, 4). As Higgs and Braswell (2004, 195) suggest,
96 Nick J. Watson
‘the language of athletes “in the zone” or maybe even transcending the zone is
convincing and often extremely spiritual in tone, almost evangelical’.
Psychologists and sport theorists have conceptualised athletes’ experiences of
the mystical and ‘being in the zone’ as peak experiences (Maslow 1962; Ravizza
1984), states of flow (Csikszentmihalyi 1975, 1990), moments of deep play (Ack-
erman 1997) and, in the Eastern tradition, Zen states (Herrigel 1999/1971). These
positive psychological states can be legitimately grouped together with mystical
and religious experiences and broadly understood as altered states of conscious-
ness (ASCs). The psychologists of religion Ralph Hood et al. (1996, 198) have
defined an ASC as an ‘introspective awareness of a different mode of experiencing
the world’. Following this, it is clear that an ASC does not require a religious (su-
pernatural) source and may be derived entirely from the psyche of an individual.
Nevertheless, taking athletes’ ASCs that are frequently rich in religious and mysti-
cal language at face value, a number of contemporary authors have made the
questionable leap of suggesting that sports can provide an avenue to mystical and
religious experience per se.
Although this small corpus of writings on mysticism in sport is commend-
able, with some interesting and insightful commentary, there is at times a lack of
theological rigour and most pointedly an etymological naivety in the scholarship.
Theological terms, such as the ‘mystical’ and the closely related concept of the
‘numinous’ (Otto 1968/1923), are frequently applied to sport experience with a
liberality that would have no doubt alarmed their original proponents.
On this note, Higgs and Braswell (2004, 183) in their recent book, An UnHoly
Alliance: The Sacred and Modern Sports, observe that ‘the extraordinary things that
occur in them [sports] in the flow of performance are admittedly “uncanny,” that
is, “seeming to have a supernatural character or origin, that is, eerie and mysteri-
ous’. While acknowledging this, the authors, and I, are deeply suspicious about
the suggested supernatural root of, and validity of, so-called mystical sport experi-
ences. As a lifelong sport participant and enthusiast, I do not in any way wish to
diminish the immensely positive intrinsic worth of sporting experience. A critical
analysis of the oft-cited symbiosis between sport and religious and mystical ideas
is however warranted.
From the outset, it is important to recognise that mystical and numinous ex-
periences are by nature subjective and deeply personal and thus any empirical
verification of their occurrence or source is impossible. ‘Your criticism is about as
valid as a teetotaller who vainly tries to understand the pleasures of drunkenness
without ever having tasted wine’, retort the Islamic Sūfī s to their critics!2 For
this reason, any attempt to theorise about the validity of others’ experiences in
sport must be done so in a spirit of humility, recognising that this side of heaven
‘we know in part’ (1 Corinthians 1; 2; 13:12–13).3 This should not, however, re-
strict us from critical scholarship, based upon a clearly defined philosophical and
anthropological start point. Unfortunately, this foundation has been lacking in
past work that has suffered from ‘a general weakness in the quality of “conceptual
tools,” especially “definitions” and “distinctions” ’, the foundation of Higgs and
Braswell’s (2004, 17) polemic.
Nature and transcendence 97
What follows is in no way an attempt at such a broad-ranging and nuanced
analysis, as Higgs and Braswell (2004), who gazing through a Christian theological
lens, ‘took to task’ a group of scholars they aptly call the ‘sport apologists’. While
implicitly also challenging some of the sport apologists’ overarching assumptions,
the focus of this chapter will be to examine the authenticity and validity of mysti-
cal and numinous experiences in sport, specifically extreme sport. As the extreme
sports discussed are conducted in ‘wilderness’ settings, an additional aim is to ex-
plore the possibility of sublime experience through the nature–person interaction.
Considerable past research and scholarship exists that has investigated spiritual
and transcendent aspects of sport participation, using Eastern religious paradigms,
especially Zen Buddhism. Conversely, very little has been written on the mysti-
cal in sport from a monotheistic4 perspective, in particular adopting a Christian
theological framework.
In the hope of adding something to this small body of writings, a mainstream
Christian theological worldview5 and anthropological understanding of human
beings forms the basis for my analysis of mysticism in extreme sport. Discussion is
therefore predicated on the biblical position that all human persons are made in
the image of God – imago Dei (Genesis 1:27) and comprise soul, body and spirit
(1 Thessalonians 5:23).6 The following section provides the reader with some
background information on the evolution of extreme sports and their defining
characteristics.
Overview
Scholars from the psychology of religion have studied and written about mysti-
cism in a number of different contexts. Music, art, significant life events (birth
and death), religious worship, mind-altering drugs, psychosis, artificial stimulation
of the right temporal lobe, solitary nature situations, the practice of meditation
and prayer, sex and stressful situations are some of the activities and states that
Nature and transcendence 99
have being shown to trigger mystical states. A review of the psychology of religion
literature revealed only one text (Fontana 2003, 127–129) that made a passing,
and uncritical, reference to sport as a potential medium for mystical experiences.
This is surprising, as sport has become arguably the most popular Western cultural
pastime in the twenty-first century, even surpassing other previously dominant
cultural expressions such as music and art. The first task then will be to analyse
the legitimacy of claims by scholars about the spiritual and mystical nature of
positive psychological states often experienced in sport.
Accounts of psychological states, such as peak experiences and flow9 in sport
are often tinged with mystical or religious undertones. Hence, boundaries between
the operational definitions of peak experiences and flow and theological concepts,
such as the mystical and numinous, are easily confused. Maslow’s (1968) 19-
point characterisation of peak experiences, for example, contains a number of
dimensions that clearly allude to religious and mystical concepts, such as awe and
reverence, feeling godlike and ego-transcendence.10 In relation to the experience
of flow-states, Csikszentmihalyi (1990) does not attempt to equate flow experi-
ence with mysticism or the Holy Spirit. Others, however, have done so liberally,
but with little accurate theological exposition or reference to primary sources.
Although beyond the limits of this chapter, there is arguably a historical connec-
tion between ‘flow’ and the ‘Holy Spirit’, but only at a conceptual and, in part,
experiential level.11 The important distinction to make is that flow in sports can be
more closely aligned, on an ontological level, to the experience of ‘nature mysti-
cism’ that emerges from the psyche. This theme is central to my thesis and will be
examined in more depth. First, however, some key definitions and explanation of
concepts are required and a brief historical background to the study of mysticism.
Mysticism is to some degree inseparable from the related concepts of religion
and spirituality and the fact that the terms are often used interchangeably fur-
ther clouds conceptual boundaries between them. Religion has been defined as
‘a system of beliefs in divine or superhuman power, and practices of worship or
other rituals directed toward such a power’ (Argyle and Beit-Hallahmi 1975, 1).
Examples are Christianity, Judaism, Islam and Buddhism. Spirituality is a term
that Spilka (1993, 1) suggests is a ‘fuzzy’ concept that now ‘embraces obscurity
with passion’. It can be defined from a religious or humanist perspective, in which
personal meaning is derived from whatever people deem to be ultimate, and valued
in and of itself. This has led to a widespread ‘semantic abuse’ (Higgs and Bras-
well 2004, 185), in the world at large and modern sport, with very questionable
parallels being drawn between popular terms such as ‘sporting spirit’ and ‘team
spirit’ and the biblical understanding of the Holy Spirit, Christian spirituality and
mysticism.12
Mysticism is not to be regarded as a religion itself, but the highest expression
of all true religions and a means of directly experiencing the supernatural.13 ‘The
immediate feeling of the unity of self with God . . . in which the self and the
world are alike forgotten, the subject knows himself to be in the possession of the
highest and fullest truth’ (Woods 1980, 20) is one among 25 definitions that have
been proffered down the ages.14 Any worthwhile discussion of mysticism must
100 Nick J. Watson
then begin with clear definitions of terms and concepts. Historically, the tradition
of Eastern mysticism is much better established than that of Christianity (Stace
1960), thus I in no way wish to belittle the enormous contribution of this rich
school of thought.
Theologians suggest that all authentic Christian mysticism flows from ‘Jesus
Christ as the mediator, the God-man as we call him, the person in whom the
incomprehensible Deity is communicated to us; translated so to speak, into a form
accessible to our minds’ (Macquarrie 2004, 243). Following Jesus’ ascension to the
Father on the day of Pentecost (Acts 1:1–11), it is of course the ‘spirit of Jesus’ or
the ‘Holy Spirit’ that is the relational source of any mystical encounter in the soul of
the believer (1 John 4:12–16). The theologian John Macquarrie has suggested ten
characteristics of Christian mystical experience, which include a direct relation
to God, enhanced self-knowledge through cognitive elements of the encounter,
a sense of awe, states of ecstasy or rapture and, perhaps most characteristic, and
important here, a feeling of unity with God.15 For the Spanish mystic St John of the
Cross (1542–1591), this ‘state of divine union consists in the total transformation
of the will into the will of God’ (1922, 2).
Accordingly, the Christian tradition has always taught that the only way to
authenticate mystics’ claims is through inner transformation and the fruit shown
in their lives (Galatians 5:22–26). The Christian mystic, the German Dominican
Meister Eckhart (1260–1327), stresses this point in stating ‘those who are out for
“feelings” or for “great experiences” and only wish to have the pleasant side: that
is self-will and nothing else’ and ‘what a man takes in contemplation he must
pour out in love’.16 Do so-called mystical athletes undergo anything remotely
resembling ‘the soul’s purification from vices’ that has been the benchmark of
Christian mysticism for the past two millennia? Do extreme athletes come away
from these experiences with a conviction of the consequences of the encounter
and ‘a new commitment to humility’, the essence of Christian discipleship?17 I
strongly suspect not. More likely, as Professor McGinn indicates in the introduc-
tion to his encyclopaedic commentary on mysticism, ‘in common parlance, the
word is often taken to refer to anything that is strange or mysterious’ (2005, 19),
including it seems, ‘uncanny’ and ‘meta-normal’ sport experiences (Murphy and
White 1995).
This eclecticism in the sports mysticism literature generally stems from a plu-
ralistic understanding of mysticism. For example, William James’s and Abraham
Maslow’s psychological theories of religion and mysticism and the psychical re-
search of Fredrick Meyers provide the bedrock of much of Murphy and White’s
(1995) work. Because mysticism is a form of spirituality ‘ideally suited to the post-
modern age: experiential, individualistic and progressive’ (Barnes 2003, 278), it is
not difficult to see why some authors have tried to ‘mystify’, even ‘deify’, sport ex-
perience. One aspect of this has been a resurgence of interest in Jamesian thought
in both academic and popular writings.
William James (1842–1910), in his classic The Varieties of Religious Experience
(1902), was the first to seriously examine the phenomenology of religious and mys-
Nature and transcendence 101
tical experience and to consistently use the term ‘mystical’ in modern psychology.
Often overlooked though is that this theme was implicit in the liberal Protestant
theology of Fredrich Schleiermacher (1768–1834). Having been heavily influ-
enced by German romanticism, Schleiermacher constructed an experience-based
theology that had ‘all the ingredients of the theory of a mystical core of religion
in its primary sense’ (Jantzen 1990, 60). In his magnum opus The Christian Faith
(1928/1830), Schleiermacher contends that religion is not to be found in doctrines,
moral codes or institutions, but in humans’ immediate ‘feeling of absolute depend-
ence’ on God. Following this in part, James (1902, 401) advocated that ‘personal
religious experience has its root and centre in mystical states of consciousness’.
Through his research, which is often cited by those advocating sports mysti-
cism, James identified four defining factors of mystical experience: Ineffability – the
experience is inexpressible, and it cannot be transferred to others; Noetic Qual-
ity – the experience offers insight or knowledge beyond the intellect; Transiency
– mystical states cannot be sustained for long; and Passivity – a sense of being acted
upon by an outside force (1902, 402–404). Talk of an outside force and absence of
reference to a transcendent object (i.e. God) indicates that James clearly could
not swallow the core message of Schleiermacher’s theology, however liberal his
interpretation of the Christian story. His definition of religious experience as ‘the
feelings, acts and experiences of individual men in their solitude, so far as they ap-
prehend themselves to stand in relation to whatever they may consider divine’ (James
1902, 53, emphasis mine), clearly reflects his lack of sympathy for monotheism.18
Despite this, James’s classic work has been foundational to the phenomenologi-
cal study of mysticism, in both Western and Eastern religious traditions. Further
clarification of a yawning abyss that exists between the experiences of religious
pilgrims and modern sporting mystics can be found in Rudolf Otto’s (1869–1937)
landmark work on religious experience, The Idea of the Holy (1968/1923).
Otto’s phenomenological analysis of religious experience, in which he coined
the term ‘the numinous’, describes the primal form of religious experience which
is characterised by non-rational and ineffable feelings of ‘awe’, ‘mystery’ and ‘fear’.
Numerous scholars have drawn comparisons between the ‘numinous’ experience
and the ‘mystical’ experience, and have noted that they are two poles of religious
experience that are ultimately united (Spilka et al., 2003). There are conceptual
differences, however. The numinous is based upon an awareness of the ‘holy other’
beyond nature that the subject feels in communion with, whereas mystical experi-
ences tend to engender a sense of unity or oneness with God, and/or with self,
objects in the environment and/or the world.
The word ‘numinous’ is a derivative of the Latin term numen, describing the
power within the sacred and transcendent object (God, Allah or Yahweh) that
evokes the response from the subject. The transcendent object is what Hood
(1995) calls the ‘foundational reality’ of a faith tradition. Often overlooked is that
Otto recognised the holy as both a rational and a non-rational (not irrational) aspect
of human nature, but clearly sees the numinous as the ‘innermost essence of reli-
gion’. He richly described the complete experience of a human–divine encounter
102 Nick J. Watson
as the mysterium tremendum et fascinas (the awe-inspiring and fascinating mystery),
drawing on powerful extracts from the Old Testament (e.g. Genesis 18:27; Exodus
23:27; Job 9:34, 13:21), to illustrate the fear and ‘ontological nothingness’ that is
felt when confronted by the transcendent God – the numinous object. This fear is
not solely negative, as the well-known proverb (Proverbs 9:10) tells us: ‘The fear
of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom’. ‘Awe’ is perhaps a better word to express
this Godly fear, a ‘realisation of one’s own littleness and apparent insignificance
in the face of that which is truly great’ (Maquarrie 2004, 242). Jonathan Edwards
(1703–1758), the American theologian and revivalist leader of the ‘Great Awak-
ening’, describes such an experience (Simpson 1970):19
Reflecting on Edwards’ vivid encounter with the holy, biblical revelation and
the abundance of ancient and modern mystical writings, it is legitimate to ask
whether the scores of anecdotal accounts from athletes reported as having a ‘nu-
minous dimension’ bear any resemblance, if any, to Otto’s monotheistic model?
After selectively presenting elements of Otto’s thesis, Murphy and White (1995,
29; emphasis mine) state that:
The athlete knows that being in perfect control of the football, or the puck, or
the bat may be a matter more of grace than of will, and that one can only “do
it” by letting it happen, by letting something else take over. And it is the aware-
ness and the closeness to that “something else” that can lead to terror.
By making the confusion one is forced into the position that God is simply
another term for Nature; and it is an observable fact that in Nature there is
neither morality nor charity nor even common decency. God then is reduced
in sum-total of natural impulses on which the terms of ‘good’ and ‘evil’ have
no meaning. Such a god is sub-human, a god for animals, not for rational
creatures; and to experience such a god has rightly been termed ‘downward
transcendence’ by Mr. Huxley.
(1961, 200)
Taking into consideration the ‘moral relativism’ that may ensue from Huxley’s
philosophical position, it is interesting to note that his ingestion of mescaline was
generally ‘washed down with bourbon’22 and that he was a pioneer of recreational
drug use in the 1960s. There are undoubted links here to the drug-taking that was
a ‘source of counter-culture enlightenment’ in the 1960s surf scene, a subculture
that was deeply wedded to ‘philosophical environmentalism and eastern mysti-
cism’ (Booth 2004, 97). Hence, surfers’ anecdotal accounts such as ‘when I surf, I
dance for Krishna’, and ‘claimed journeys to “inner truth” ’ often ‘degenerate, on
inspection, into puddles of vomit’ (Caute 1988, 40). Warning that ‘though sports
and play may provide aesthetic pleasure, natural delight, and rest for the mind
and soul, they are not inherently divine and should be watched over very carefully
lest they show signs of corruption’, Higgs (1992, 101) would then seem to have a
valid point.
I would like to venture the thesis that these seemingly very positive experiences
in extreme sport are more likely a form of ‘nature mysticism’, or what Zaehner
(1961) termed ‘pan-en-hen-ism’,23 i.e. they occur in the psyche of the athlete and
are more accurately understood as flow-states, peak experiences or Zen states. He
defines such mind-states as ‘a unifying experience in which the sense of individu-
ality is lost and merged in a blissful sense of unity of all nature’ (1961, 180). In this
vein, Prebish’s (1993, 69) observation that ‘very often the mystical [in sport] is
described in terms consistent with Asian religion’, as are modern renderings of the
peak experience in sport, brings to the fore one of the key aspects of my argument,
the doctrine of ‘pantheism’ – a belief that, as Maquarrie (2004) notes, still haunts
the Christian mystics’ doctrine of God.
Nature and transcendence 105
Nature mysticism is intimately linked to the theological idea of pantheism. Pan-
theism states that God infuses the entire universe, therefore ‘all things’, including
humans and nature, are inseparable (as in Hinduism and Buddhism).24 This theme
is clearly evident in the results of Lester’s (1983, 38) qualitative investigation
of the psychological dynamics of high-altitude mountain climbing on a Mount
Everest expedition. One climber said that he ‘always felt a very close spiritual as-
sociation with the mountains. I love to be free completely free. I firmly believe that
God exists . . . as I climb I begin losing contact, in a physical sense, with the world
below . . . I feel an extremely intimate oneness with the universe.’ Distinguished
Christian mystics, such as the German Dominican Meister Eckhart (1260–1327),
advocated a creation-centred pantheistic theology, of sorts. Some twentieth-cen-
tury theologies, such as that of the existentialist Paul Tillich, have also been in
part accommodating to pantheistic ideas (Macquarrie 2004), which considering
the long history of theological debate around this issue may hold some credence.
This said, this should not lead us to make the common mistake evident in many
pantheistic writings, i.e. suggesting that theism proposes God’s transcendence as
distance between God and the world, whereas the true meaning of transcend-
ence is difference between God and the world (Bauckham 2003, 182). Whether
legitimately so or not, however, pantheism in all its guises is widely accepted as a
dissent from Christian theological orthodoxy.
The reason for this is because it eradicates the qualitative distinction between
creature (human persons) and the creator (God): the creature–creator distinc-
tion that Otto and others, such as the eminent twentieth-century Protestant
theologian Karl Barth (1969/1933), were keen to emphasise as fundamental in
appreciating the ‘Otherness’ and majesty of God. Heavily influenced by Hasidic
mysticism and that of Nicholas of Cusa and Jacob Böhme, the topic of his doctoral
dissertation, the great Jewish philosopher Martin Buber (1952) is not convinced
by Barth and others of a similar ilk.25 He argued they had overplayed divine tran-
scendence (a sovereign God ‘out there’) at the cost of divine immanence (op-
portunity for ‘intimacy’ and mystical encounter with God) in their quest to put
Christ back at the centre of the theological project, following the liberal theology
of the nineteenth century. Buber’s moderate voice is perhaps wise in ‘so difficult
a field’ where, Stace (1960, 7) cautions, ‘we cannot expect “proofs”, “disproofs”,
“refutations”, or “certainties” ’.
On this theme, Professor Ninian Smart (1978) reminds us that a natural mysti-
cal experience may also include a supernatural dimension. Indeed, many of the
most notable Christian mystics, such as St Theresa of Avila, were never com-
pletely certain whether their mystical experiences originated from God or Satan
(St Theresa 1930). What, then, are we to make of sporting mystics who suggest ‘I
sought God and found him there easily, there in the waves and people of surfing’
(Quinn 1965, 82, emphasis mine).26 Following Higgs and Braswell (2004, 219), I
doubt that mystical experience with the ‘other’ ‘is as uniform and handy as Prebish
and other sport apologists make it appear’.
Although this is so, it is important to note that all persons (Genesis 2:7) have
the potential of spiritual awareness as they are made in the image of God. And
106 Nick J. Watson
through active contemplation on, and interaction with, the beauties of creation
everyone can undoubtedly glean something of the spiritual. Paul writes in his let-
ter to the Romans (1:20), his most noted theological treatise, ‘for since the crea-
tion of the world God’s invisible qualities – his eternal power and divine nature
– have been clearly seen, being understood from what has been made, so that men
are without excuse’. There is something of the recognition of the ‘sublime’ in this
verse from Paul’s letter to the Romans, which is preceded of course by many poetic
accounts of the majesty and mystery of creation in the Psalms and Job.
This definition is based upon the Kantian understanding of the sublime, which
comprised two elements (Kant 1952/1790, 94–121).31 First, the ‘mathematical
sublime’ relates to the overwhelming feelings of the magnitude (size/height/depth)
and mere vastness of an object or thing in nature, e.g. the size and power of large
waves in surfing and sailing and the beauty and magnificence of the landscape in
mountaineering. The second element of the Kantian sublime is the terror-induc-
ing ‘dynamical sublime’, which has an ethical impact upon the subject who is awed
by the power and immensity of the thing in relation to us, i.e. experience of fear
and risk in relation to the wave, mountain or ocean. Both these dimensions of the
sublime have been implicitly identified in writings and testimonies in the extreme
sports literature. Although within Kant’s conception of the dynamical sublime
there are elements of awe and reverence, it was Edmund Burke (1990/1757, 53)
who explicitly emphasised the role of fear and terror as one way of experiencing
sublimity:
When you paddle out and see a [10 meter high wave] staring you in the face,
it’s like ‘Oh my God’ . . . Being a surfer and being involved with nature all the
time gives you a different understanding of where you might find God.
It is then plausible that the combination of the awe (dynamical sublime) and
the physical features of the natural environment (mathematical sublime), which
are characteristic of most extreme sports, may engender the religious sublime to
some degree, i.e. an awareness of something ‘wholly other’ than themselves (Ro-
mans 1:20). Some readers may object to the tentative links made between biblical
creation narratives and the two dimensions of the Kantian sublime. However,
Kant himself, although acknowledging distinctions between the beautiful and the
sublime, also recognised that ‘in experience’ the two are inseparable (1952/1790,
90–93).32 Maybe one reason that athletes and recreationalists have repeatedly
gone ‘back to nature’ during historical eras of materialism and rationalisation,
such as ours, is this primal ‘aching need for the infinite’ (Dubay 1999), whether
they are conscious of the fact or not.
My next task is to try and offer some clarity on the theory that volitional risk-
taking can induce mystical encounters with ‘ultimate reality’, and how this has
been confused with Kantian feelings of sublime (i.e. astonishment and awe) on
contemplation of beauty and majesty of nature.
Existential and humanistic psychologists, such as Erich Fromm, Rollo May, Vic-
tor Frankl and Abraham Maslow, also claim that facing one’s finiteness can pro-
mote personal growth and a liberation of our creative powers. What is important
to recognise about these psychological musings on death is that they are describing
a ‘symbolical transcendence of individual finiteness’ (Moraglia 2004, 337), not a
literal transcendence and experience of the supernatural (as in theistic mysticism
and Otto’s numinous).35 The philosopher of sport Howard Slusher nicely sum-
marises this in his classic work, Man, Sport and Existence (1967, 207), explaining
how when confronted with one’s own mortality, as described by Maurice Herzog
above, one commonly experiences meaning and authenticity:36
It is argued that this existential ‘finding self’ (‘who he is’) and the meaning and
authenticity found through risk-taking are primarily a humanistic idea, which is
closely related to previous research of peak experiences and flow-states. Risk and
adversity in extreme and challenging sports, such as sky-diving (Lipscombe 1999),
high-altitude mountaineering (Della-Fave et al., 2003; Lester 1983, 2004), English
Channel swimming (Hollander and Acevedo 2000) and ultra-marathon running
110 Nick J. Watson
(Acevedo et al. 1992), have been suggested as catalysts for self-transcendence in
the form of peak experiences and flow-states. These findings are supported by
studies in the psychology of religion.
Administering the Mysticism Scale (M Scale)37 and Subjective Stress Scale
(SSC), Hood (1977) examined the impact of stressful activities, such as rock-
climbing (the first time, for many students) and white-river rafting (river difficulty
high), and also the experience of staying alone in the woods at night in a week-
long outdoor adventure programme for adolescent males. Findings suggest that
nature and the stressful activities experienced together, and periods of isolation
and sensory deprivation (see also Hood 1978),38 triggered various depths of mysti-
cal experience, especially states of ‘unity’ (oneness). It is interesting that subjects
anticipating and experiencing less stress scored higher on the M Scale, as one of
the key prerequisites for experiencing flow-states is task-mastery, i.e. a balance
between perceived challenges/risks and skills. This again adds weight to the thesis
that extreme athletes are mostly experiencing ‘nature mystical experiences’ (flow-
states and peak experiences) that are accentuated by the ‘adrenaline rush’,39 but
which may also include something of the religious sublime.
I do, however, agree with past writings that suggest engaging in challenging
sports can stretch us to our physical and mental limits, and may well open the
door to self-actualisation, character development and spiritual insight, humanisti-
cally conceived.40 This is further highlighted by Shvartz (1967) and Mechikoff and
Estes (1998), who have acknowledged how the search for maximal physical and
mental development in extreme sport can be likened to aspects of the nineteenth-
century nihilistic philosophy of Friedrich Nietzsche. Nietzsche advocated living
dangerously, ‘saying yes to life’; testing oneself both physically and mentally, so to
‘become who you are’, i.e. living by the basic values of adventurousness, aggres-
siveness, creativity, individuality and honesty.
In a similar vein, the French existentialists Sartre (1956) and Camus (1955)
believed that if we want to live in the face of the ‘absurdity’ of human existence
without belief in a supernatural being, we must ‘choose an authentic life’. For Sar-
tre, the passionate engagement and risk-taking in extreme sport would then be
just another ‘secular life-world/project’, amongst many others (e.g. work, family,
other recreational activities etc.), that provides a source of meaning and authen-
ticity in our ‘meaningless’ universe.41 A reflective surfer captures something of
Sartre’s notion in stating, ‘I sought a meaning for life and found it when I ventured
helplessly among the towering waves of Makaha . . . I got a brief glimpse of glory’
(Quinn 1965, 82, emphasis mine).
Sartre (1956, 585) does not explicitly discuss flirtations with death in what he
calls ‘open-air sports’, but concedes that wrestling with elemental forces, such as
‘enormous masses of water, of earth, and of air’, can be a vehicle to a more ‘au-
thentic’ life. Building on Sartre’s ideas, the philosopher Edith Wyschogrod (1973,
169, 196) has argued that:
It is not only for the sake of this experience that one dares to die, but the risk
of death itself is a component in the hedonic quality of these sports . . . the
Nature and transcendence 111
pleasure experienced is the pleasure of freedom, of a struggle with death on
man’s terms rather than on the terms of destiny.
Concluding remarks
In holding true to my philosophical start-point, I am sure that I have perhaps at
times ‘infuriated some readers’, as Professor Prebish (1993: xix) himself remarked
about the potential response to his own chapter, ‘Training for Transcendence’.
However, the aim of this chapter was to examine the legitimacy of claims that
athletes in extreme sports may encounter the mystical and numinous, when exam-
Nature and transcendence 113
ined though a Christian theological lens. As to whether extreme sport experience
provides access the realms of the holy that Otto, St Paul, Jonathan Edwards and
St John of the Cross are referring to, my answer is an emphatic no.47 I am also
quietly confident that Judaic and Islamic scholars (e.g. Odibat 1989), representing
the other monotheistic faiths, would be sympathetic to my thesis. To reiterate,
however, the interpretative lenses through which we scrutinise others’ experience
are far from perfect (1 Corinthians 13:12–13), and I do not wish to propose a ‘false
dichotomy’ between this world and the next.
We are all spiritual creatures (Genesis 2:7), made in the image of God, and
therefore have ‘a tendency toward mystery and the infinite’ (Berdyaev 1947, 62).
Mountaineers’ and surfers’ sublime encounters in the bosom of God’s creation
may then be what Professor Peter Berger (1970, 52) called ‘signals of transcend-
ence . . . within the human condition’, a primal longing for something infinitely
greater than self, a yearning, however, that is oft buried deep in the caverns of the
mind. Although this is so, we need to steer clear from any idealistic pantheism,
recognising that all Christian experience of the transcendent, is an inward spir-
itual experience that manifests in the depths of the soul. ‘The kingdom of God is
within you’, Jesus told his disciples (Luke 17:21), pointing to the crucifixion, the
event in which God through his sacrificial love reconciled humanity to himself.
As the German theologian Jürgen Moltmann emphasised in the opening sentence
of his classic work, The Crucified God (1974), the inner criterion of any Christian
theology that ‘deserves to be called Christian’ is the centrality of the cross.
Thus, talk of sport offering ‘redemption as well as rebirth into a new type of
reality, separated from ordinary reality by its sense of being permeated with ulti-
macy and holiness’ (Prebish 1993, 70, emphasis mine) cannot be accommodated
in a Christian worldview (John 3:3–8; 1 Peter 2:24). It is this type of speculation,
which Prebish himself acknowledges is ‘somewhat fanciful’, ‘anecdotal’ and ‘ir-
reverent’ (xix), that particularly concerns me. When scholars suggest that sports
can offer ‘redemption’, ‘rebirth’ and easy access to God’s throne of grace, it is at
this juncture I feel they have done a grave disservice to both believer and non-
believer.
Not to be misunderstood, I again wish to clearly articulate my enthusiasm for
sports such as mountaineering, surfing and snowboarding. Within a balanced the-
ology of leisure, they can be seen as forms of ‘deep play’, even spiritual expression
in an aesthetic, creative sense that provides opportunities for meaningful, thera-
peutic and exhilarating activities in the wilderness. Perhaps St Irenaeus captures
something of what extreme athletes experience in famously suggesting ‘the glory
of God is man fully alive’. The pursuit of the ‘adrenaline rush’ and concomitant
states of flow and peak experiences must, however, be carefully weighed against
the motivations for (often unconscious) and level of risk and potential losses that
may ensue, none greater than the gift of life itself. I would agree with Shirl Hoff-
man (1992b, 158): let us not erroneously ‘burden a fascinating human experience
– made all the more fascinating for the freedom and lightness of spirit it entails
– with some weighty cosmic baggage’.
The pillars of my argument and conclusions have been first biblical revelation,
114 Nick J. Watson
supported by a rich tradition of biographies and scholarly writings on the mystical,
and – dare I say it? – personal experience.* This said, no amount of ‘epistemo-
logical ingenuity’ will reveal the incomprehensibility and deep simplicity of divine
nature in subjective experience (in extreme sport), warns Professor Nicholas Lash
(1988). At the same time, he does not disparage our attempts to explore religious
and mystical experience, suggesting that it can ‘enlarge our understanding of our-
selves and the world in which we live’ (1988, 234). In this spirit of scholarship and
discovery it is hoped that for those, sportsmen and -women, students and scholars,
wishing to delve further into this challenging and complicated field of study, the
questions below may help stimulate your thinking.
Study questions
1 Some suggest that risk-taking sports, which may lead to serious injury or
death, allow the athlete to live a more authentic and abundant life through
facing death. What are the implications of this seemingly fatalistic outlook
for those who hold religious beliefs and view life and family as gifts from God?
Consider the potential impact on significant others (especially family) and
mountain and sea rescue teams who often risk their lives to save others.
2 In mainstream sports the cliché is often heard (and certainly practised) that
‘winning is the only thing’. Explain in a single sentence or paragraph what is
the purpose and meaning of extreme sports.
3 The purpose of art, according to Joseph Conrad, is ‘to make us see’. What
are the purposes of mainstream sports, risk-taking sports, and private prayer
and meditation with regard to art and the quest for glimpses of the ‘Other’?
Consider the role of the sublime in the wilderness in extreme sports.
4 Pick two mainstream sports governed by time and two risk-taking sports that
are not and compare and contrast them with regard to time, setting and
purpose or other areas of your own choosing.
5 From your own experience in meditation or prayer on the one hand and
sports and play on the other, which way, stillness or movement, has been
more effective in providing ‘re-creation’ of the soul for you or a linkage with
something Wholly Other that provides inspiration, hope, meaning?
6 Discuss the difference between developing ‘intimacy’ with God (the title
of a book by Alex Aronis) and seeking ‘ultimacy’ (e.g. peak experiences) of
experience through sports.
Acknowledgements
First, I would like to thank my friends and colleagues, Professor Andy Smith and
Dr Mark Nesti, for supporting me and giving me free rein to explore this area of
study, on a ‘British Sports Science Degree’(!), which provided the impetus for
writing this chapter. Second, I am most grateful to Robert (Jack) Higgs, Professor
Emeritus of English Literature at East Tennessee University, and the Revd Profes-
sor John Macquarrie, formerly Lady Margaret Professor of Divinity and Canon of
Nature and transcendence 115
Christ Church College, University of Oxford, for their challenging and helpful
comments on my first draft. Third, my thanks go to the author of the Foreword of
this book, Professor Shirl Hoffman, University of North Carolina at Greensboro,
who has provided feedback on this and other work and encouraged me to pursue
this sometimes ‘isolating’ area of study. Finally, I would like to thank my friend and
golfing partner, James Joyce, a rock-climber and tree surgeon, who offered some
‘real world’ pantheistic insights!
* I am sure it struck some readers as highly unoriginal that I used the same quote to
open my chapter as Shirl Hoffman (1992) in the introduction to the Sport as Reli-
gious Experience section, within his landmark book. This was not, however, without
purpose. Although I was blissfully unaware of it at the time, the roots of this chapter
were planted some eight years ago, while I was coincidentally snowboarding in the
Canadian Rockies, like Father Ryan. After snowboarding alone down a virgin powder
run, I clearly remember sitting at the bottom of the descent, rather like Father Ryan,
‘completely alone in the vast expanse of space, with jagged peaks towering above me’,
still awash with feelings of joy and exhilaration and a sense of awe at my surroundings.
Unlike Father Ryan, however, I had no religious framework in which to interpret my
experience (I am not questioning the authenticity of Father Ryan’s personal experi-
ence). As far as I can recall, I thought something like ‘that was awesome’, picked
myself up and headed back to the chair lift hoping for another dose of the same.
Three years later, during research for my undergraduate dissertation, which
explored religious and mystical experience in extreme sport, I stumbled on the mystical
writings of Michael Murphy and Rhea White, George Leonard and other devotees of
sports mysticism. Suffice to say my snowboarding experience in the Rockies was swiftly
transformed in my mind into a ‘divine encounter’. All I can say is that it was fortunate
that my supervisor was an ‘exercise physiologist’, as I had become a true disciple of
those I have critiqued! Rather like Professor Zaehner (1961, xiii), however, who had
a ‘nature mystical experience’ during his undergraduate days and then later became a
Christian, I came to realise that what I had experienced snowboarding in the Rockies
was certainly not a direct revelation (i.e. ecstatic/theistic mystical experience) of a
Holy God, through the Holy Spirit, but rather, in line with my original thoughts, an
‘awesome experience’, in which I sensed a very real ‘expansion or transcendence of
self’, great joy and a real urge to repeat it (i.e. nature mysticism/peak experience). And
I am sure I perhaps experienced something of what Kant called a ‘soul-stirring delight’
(the sublime) in the bosom of creation, that is, a spiritual intimation of the creator, as
from a Christian standpoint we are all spiritual beings.
Following Professor Zaehner, I hope that those who come to the text with an
‘open mind’, while ‘detecting my biases (for bias there is bound to be)’ (xiii), may
view the inclusion of my testimony as an ‘authentic’ contribution to the academic
argument.
Section III
This section shows how sport psychology could begin to consider the spiritual
dimensions of sport, and how research might develop with an acceptance of the
idea of the person as an embodied spiritual being.
Chapter 7, on existential psychology and sport, begins with the experience of
athletes, coaches and others who claim that the spiritual is an important element in
their identity. It argues that we should take their experience and self-descriptions
seriously and try to investigate the notion of spirituality and its place in the lives
of sport performers. The existential perspective is contrasted with the dominant
approaches in sport psychology and discussion is directed at how phenomenology
could provide the methods to access the meaning that athletes ascribe to spiritu-
ally related terms such as responsibility, anxiety and flow.
Chapter 8 acknowledges the fact that sport psychologists have long been inter-
ested in the relationship between personality and sport performance, and enjoy-
ment of the sporting experience. However, they have very rarely considered the
concept of person which underlies their research. In ordinary language, ‘person’ is
usually understood as referring to an individual made up of mind, body and spirit.
This chapter examines the implications for sport psychology and the work of ap-
plied sport psychologists where there is acceptance of the idea of the person as an
embodied spiritual being.
Chapter 9 further develops this focus on embodiment in relation to suffering
and sacrifice. The sport experience is usually seen as something associated with
fun and joy. However, it may be nearer the truth to say that it is equally about
difficulties, pain and personal sacrifice. These terms can be understood from a
spiritual perspective and may even be valued in themselves because of this, which
is something considered in this chapter.
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank some very important people who have been a source of in-
spiration and support for me during the past few years. To Sam Allardyce, formerly
manager of Bolton Wanderers Football Club, for encouraging me to make the idea
of spirit a key part of my work as a sport psychologist at the club. To Mike Forde,
118 Section III
Performance Executive at BWFC, for giving me the opportunity to learn so much
about the real world of professional football. My academic growth has been hugely
stimulated by these two individuals from the non-academic world.
The work of the centre, this book and our university modules on sport and
spirituality would have been quite impossible tasks without support from the resil-
ient spirit of Professor Andy Smith. As my colleague and head of school in Sports
Science and Psychology at York St John University, Andy provided the ideal envi-
ronment to allow us to challenge the new orthodoxies and to convert our abstract
ideas into something of substance.
Finally to Sarah my wife and our children, Beth, Vincent and Catherine, for
providing the ballast so necessary to keep the passionate academic grounded! You
have, as always, shown me that the family is the most important home to encoun-
ter daily the spiritual quality of love.
7 The spirit of sport
An existential psychology
perspective
Mark Nesti
Introduction
It is important to consider how the discipline of psychology has viewed the idea of
spirituality to understand why sport psychology has largely been unwilling to ac-
cept this topic as a legitimate area of study. Despite recent work arguing for greater
attention to the importance of spirituality in applied work (Ravizza and Fazio
2002) and sport research (Watson and Nesti 2005), most journals and text books
in sport psychology do not include anything on this subject. This is very surprising
in many ways, not least because of the burgeoning interest in different forms of
spirituality in contemporary society and the increase in research investigating its
links to health (McCullough 1995) and medical practice (Firshein 1997). Beyond
the academic community and empirical research there is an even more remark-
able fact that seems to have been overlooked. A survey of the reports of sports
journalists, interviews with top coaches and athletes, and the conversations of
the fans would reveal that alongside reference to character, ‘guts’ and ‘bottle’, the
term ‘spirit’ is frequently used. Often mentioned in relation to team spirit, spirited
fight-backs and individual performers showing great spirit, this word is one of the
most used in the world of sport. When asked to justify the limited references to
the spirit in sport psychology it is common to hear the argument that concepts like
confidence, self-belief and motivation fully capture this term. The general view of
most within academic sport psychology is that the world outside is still reluctant
to let go of their belief in empirically false and dated notions like spirit and the
spiritual. Apart from the incredible arrogance that this position conveys it also suf-
fers from one very important weakness. Some of the most famous scientists ever,
such as Leonardo Da Vinci, Newton, Einstein and current world leading figures,
such as the physicist Professor John Polkinghorne and Dr Peter Hodgson, fellow of
the Oxford Institute of Physics, are in agreement with the sports fan, coach and
performers that the spiritual dimension exists. This should be very embarrassing
for academic sport psychology, particularly when the advocates of the reality of
the spiritual are not just ‘woolly’ social scientists and those from the Arts and
Humanities, but are a group of eminent natural scientists! It seems that the every
day language of the people has found some support from the work of scientists,
researchers and scholars of the very highest standing. As will be discussed later
120 Mark Nesti
in this section, this connects very closely with the idea of phenomenology which
is the preferred research method in existential psychology. Phenomenology is a
method that is used to access individual consciousness of an event or experience.
It does this by attempting to go directly to the phenomenon as described by the
participant in the research study.
Although there are competing views on notions of spirituality and how this
topic can be investigated, there is little evidence that this debate has touched on
the work of researchers in sport psychology. A history of the discipline arguably
reveals that it eventually follows developments in psychology and other sciences
and that there is much strength in this. However, there are those such as Mar-
tens (1987) and others who have proposed that sport psychology should begin
to develop its own theory and approaches where these are warranted. One such
area where this might be helpful could be in relation to the concept of spirit and
spirituality in sport. Beyond the confines of the university, many people involved
in sport, including those at the highest levels of performance and a diverse group
of highly educated commentators, are clearly convinced that success in sport is
given to those with appropriate physical and mental attributes combined with
spirit. Indeed a current manager of a very successful football team in the English
Premiership is so convinced of this that he has claimed that character and spirit
are the most important qualities he looks for when buying new players (personal
communication). When asked about his understanding of ‘spirit’, he replied that it
is the relation between the mental and physical qualities of the person, and that it
is not a thing as such but a process. He suggested that although it is very difficult
(impossible) to measure directly, it can be seen and felt in everything someone
does, and is most clearly evident in their eyes! This last observation has of course
a long and distinguished history outside of psychology and sport. The expression
that ‘the eyes are the mirror of the soul’ is arguably a more theologically derived
account of a similar phenomenon. These utterances from the world of elite profes-
sional sport are unlikely to convince sport psychologists that spirit is a valid and
identifiable concept. Some of the reasons for this have already been touched upon
earlier. A deeper level of analysis suggests that ultimately sport psychology has not
been able to accommodate terms like ‘spirit’, ‘spirited’ and ‘the spiritual’ because
the discipline is mostly based on materialist, positivist and reductionist paradigms.
The overwhelming majority of studies and scholarly publications in sport psychol-
ogy draw on social learning, cognitive behavioural and trait approaches in psy-
chology. When researchers have used psychoanalytical and humanistic psychology
paradigms these have not included the work of Jung (1964) or Erikson (1964).
Jungian psychoanalytical psychology built on Freud’s work but, unlike the posi-
tion adopted by his mentor, Jung acknowledged that human beings have spiritual
needs. He argued that mankind:
has freed himself from ‘superstition’ (or so he believes), and in the process
he has lost his spiritual values to a positively dangerous degree. His moral
and spiritual tradition has disintegrated . . . As scientific understanding has
grown, so our world has become dehumanised.
(Jung 1964, 94)
The spirit of sport 121
Erikson’s (1964) theory rejected Freudian dogma which asserted that religion
and spiritual belief were the result of collective neurosis based on childhood fears.
He viewed religious belief as evidence of a human need to find meaning in life and
fulfil our capacity for the transcendental.
However, existential psychology is the clearest example of an approach that
welcomes meaning, spirituality and religion as central to human being. In sport
psychology there have been a number of researchers and writers who have drawn
on existential–phenomenological psychology in their work in exercise settings
(Fahlberg et al. 1992) sport performance (Dale 1996, 2000) and applied contexts
(Nesti 2004). Watson and Nesti (2005) and Czech et al. (2004) have highlighted
that existential psychology can be used to examine sources of personal meaning
in sport. For many athletes these include religious belief and life philosophies that
encompass spiritual dimensions.
The human being is spirit. But what is spirit? Spirit is the self. But what is the
self? The self is a relation which relates to itself, or that in the relation which
is its relating to itself . . . . A human being is a synthesis of the infinite and the
finite, of the temporal and the eternal, of freedom and necessity. In short a
synthesis. A synthesis is a relation between two terms. Looked at in this way
a human being is not yet a self.
(Kierkegaard 1989/1849, 43)
Although the ideas and language used in this quotation may appear strange and
unfamiliar to the modern reader, there are several clear points which are easy to
discern. First, this approach claims that the core of who we are, our self, should be
conceived in spiritual rather than psychological terms. Second, the self is dynamic
and active. It is not (and never can be) a static and finished entity. This links in
with more modern accounts such as Maslow’s (1968) idea of striving towards self-
actualisation. Finally, it seems that, despite the high profile Premiership manager’s
never having heard of Kierkegaard (let alone read him), his description of spirit
122 Mark Nesti
as ultimately a relationship connects well with Kierkegaard’s view of human being
as a synthesis! Related to this, Kierkegaard has pointed out that most people are
afraid to acknowledge that they are spiritual beings who have spiritual needs, and
would rather conceive of themselves as material entities whose aim in life is to
satisfy physical and psychological demands only. This is powerfully expressed in
arguing that:
Existentialism claims that being aware that someday we will die is the most
important fact of life. It may sound very strange to our ears to hear this state-
ment; however, awareness of the inevitability of death is, according to this view,
the ultimate question facing philosophy, theology and psychology. This relates to
anxiety, which is the most important emotion according to existential psychology.
This focus on death, dying and mortality can be understood both literally and
symbolically (e.g. retirement in sport). The centrality of this fact of life found in
existential writings has made it possible for this approach to psychology to study
the importance of meaning. Faced with the inevitability of death, the question of
what life means has implications for each individual in a variety of ways, including
psychologically. Although referring to philosophy, the following could equally be
understood from a psychological perspective:
Existentialism lays particular emphasis on the fact that we are alone in be-
ing aware that we must ultimately die and that this unavoidable condition,
which faces us all as individuals, is the most important point of our existence.
According to the existential philosophers, that people at certain points in
history and within their personal lives try to forget about or ignore this fact,
does not diminish its centrality in understanding the human experience and
ourselves. Indeed the existentialists are united in portraying the failure of
people and societies to face up to the questions associated with an awareness
of our mortality as deeply worrying and a sign of a profound imbalance in our
mental outlook.
In relation to this, most existential philosophers stress that philosophy
should remain open to a consideration of the spirit and the transcendental
The spirit of sport 125
dimension in human existence. They are not claiming that philosophy must
move into the area where the great spiritual and religious traditions operate,
and neither do they feel it appropriate to engage in debates normally within
the preserve of theology. However, they are highlighting in their view, any
philosophy worthy of the name should have something to say on those aspects
that are most unique to humankind. That this includes a consideration of
topics that other philosophies often ignore makes their task even more
necessary. For example, questions around love, freedom, whether there is
meaning in our lives or meaninglessness, the necessity of choice and the degree
of responsibility for our actions represent the main areas of interest. That
each of these according to existential philosophy, provides a great challenge
in terms of understanding because of their fundamentally ambiguous nature
does not lessen the need to try to grasp their meaning for our lives.
(Nesti 2004, 26)
This view argues that the athlete with spirit will differ from those lacking spirit.
Performers with spirit will be resolute, selfless, courageous and authentic (real).
They will have the resource of spiritual strength to stay in the battle to the end.
The spirit of sport 133
Spiritless individuals in contrast can be discerned because they use frenetic activ-
ity to avoid having to take a deeper look at themselves, or they abandon their
existential freedom for the quiet life and merge into the crowd. According to this
particular existential psychology view, these athletes have nothing to sustain them
when their psychological skills and physical capacities are stretched to breaking
point. It is for this very reason that so many coaches and managers at the highest
level of sport have identified that team spirit and players with spirit are the most
important personal qualities they look for.
Conclusion
Finally, it could be that existential psychology approaches to spirituality in sport
might have encouraged much less emphasis on peak experiences and altered states
of awareness, and more on spiritual strength and courage. The peak experience
literature emerged out of humanistic psychology with its very positive view of
human nature and personality. As has been discussed, it is not surprising that
some writers (Murphy and White 1995) appear to have suggested that the shared
language of exceptional athletic performances and spirituality means that peak
experiences in sport and transcendental and religious accounts are synonymous.
To say that flow sounds similar to religious ideas of spirituality is one thing. To
argue that these experiences are examples of religious spirituality is quite another.
This is not to say that, for some athletes, peak moments in sport cannot add to
their established beliefs based on a particular religion. This chapter has suggested
that following some approaches within existential psychology and those of the
foremost Thomist philosopher of the twentieth century, Josef Pieper, could have
been much more helpful. Pieper (1989) and Marcel (1948) both discuss the idea
that human spirit is not just another name for religious spirituality and neither
does it refer to a specific set of psychological attributes. The other clear advantage
of such a perspective is that it supports the way that this term is most often used in
the real world of sport. Putting this in a straightforward way, the interest of those
at the highest levels of professional sport in the concept of spirit is not because of
flow or altered states, but because it is associated with winning ugly and succeed-
ing against the odds!
The increasing use of existential phenomenological methods in sport psychol-
ogy research (Dale 2000) could lead to an increase in studies investigating spirit,
spirituality and sport. Phenomenological interviewing and data analysis are based
on a strictly empirical outlook that does not attempt to theorise and develop hy-
pothetical constructs. Focus is on the descriptions provided by the participants in
any research study; these convey the personal meanings that individuals attach
to particular events and experiences. Kerry and Armour (2000) have suggested
that phenomenology could facilitate the study of a number of important terms
used by sports participants which do not fit into other quantitative or qualitative
approaches. For example, courage, hope, passion and spirit are frequently referred
to in sport but rarely examined within research.
Wertz (2005) has pointed out that phenomenology was the first qualitative
134 Mark Nesti
method since it is derived from the work of Husserl in the nineteenth century.
Nevertheless, it has only recently been employed in sport psychology research.
This is most likely on account of the dominance of the natural attitude that pre-
vails in most qualitative and quantitative research. This is based on the model of
natural science that looks at relationships between factors, rather than meaning.
Spirituality in sport and the descriptions of spirit provided by sport participants
and coaches could be more easily captured when the researcher sets aside ‘our
natural attitude – that objects in the external world are objectively present in
space and time – and instead focus solely on our immediate and present experi-
ence of them’ (Cooper 2003, 10).
An existential phenomenological approach to sport psychology could mean
that spirituality, suffering, sacrifice, joy, love and religious belief would no longer be
mostly ignored in academic work. As has been highlighted throughout this chap-
ter, these terms and ideas are worthy of study because they are found in the real
world of sport. It is surely poor science to reduce the phrase ‘team spirit’ to mean
group cohesion, or to deny that experiences in competitive sport can strengthen
an individual’s religious belief when an athlete has profound reasons for this claim.
Maybe if researchers worked more closely with athletes in applied settings and with
those who participate in sport, and listened more carefully to these individuals,
the relationship between sport and spirituality would be harder to ignore. Then it
might even be possible to understand why many Catholic professional footballers
cross themselves as they come on to the field and some Muslim athletes pray
in the changing rooms before sport competitions, and why most coaches claim
that performers with spirit are so sought after. Finally, beyond competitive sport,
research needs to take seriously those who claim that a brisk walk at lunchtime
‘lifts the spirit’ for the religious believer and non-believer alike!
Study questions
1 What differentiates existential psychology from humanistic psychology?
2 What evidence is there for the assertion that human spirit is related to, but
different from, religious spirituality?
3 How does existential psychology view anxiety in sport?
4 Why would an existential–phenomenological psychology bring a more strictly
empirical approach to the study of sport and spirituality?
5 Why does most research tend to describe flow and peak experiences as
examples of the spiritual dimension in sport?
6 Explain why you think that the spiritual concept of love is, or is not, a suitable
topic for research in sport.
8 Persons and players
A psychological perspective
Mark Nesti
Introduction
It can be argued that psychology should focus on the human person rather than
on the behaviour and experiences of individuals. Unfortunately, since the arrival
of Cartesian dualism, most of psychology has tended to emphasise the notion of
individuals and societies over persons and communities. Related to this, Giorgi
(1970) argued that the result of following the natural science model and its un-
derlying assumptions has led to a significant restriction in which topics have been
studied in the human science disciplines. Within psychology and sport psychology,
the major challenge to this dominant paradigm has been provided by existential–
phenomenological and transpersonal psychology. According to Valle, existential
psychology is based on ‘a critical stance towards the natural science conception of
the person and the world and the technologically oriented culture that arises from
this world-view’ (1989, 255). Existential literature has attempted to investigate
all aspects of human experience, including love, creativity and religious belief,
which most other approaches in psychology have generally ignored. Within such
a perspective, based as it is upon the lived reality of human persons, it has been
possible to consider matters like spiritual awareness and transcendental belief.
Behaviourist and cognitive psychologists have ignored these and other similar ele-
ments like will, courage and consciousness largely because the underpinning natu-
ral scientific foundations of their paradigm reject these concepts as unverifiable.
What is really being said here is that, since the methods of natural science cannot
accommodate these important human experiences, the solution has been to leave
them to philosophy, theology and the arts. However, the difficulty with this is that
psychology and sport psychology conceived as a natural science is forced to reduce
human beings to something which fits neatly into its methods. The outcome of
this is that science has determined its subject matter and presented a particular and
restricted view of human beings when it should have changed its approach to meet
the reality of the human person.
Arguably, the central issue in all of this is that of free will. The ideas of freedom
and responsibility in terms of human agency have been central to the disciplines
concerned with understanding human nature. However, whilst philosophers and
136 Mark Nesti
to some extent theologians have had much to say on this matter, psychologists
until the 1960s proceeded as though free will had long since been disproved. The
development of humanistic psychology was a response to this materialist concep-
tion of human beings. It elevated the concept of free will to become our most
distinguishing characteristic and it opened the door to the scientific study of
unique human characteristics. This welcome change made it possible to study the
whole individual again. However, by focusing mainly on our positive behaviours,
capacity for growth, and by giving the message that personal freedom could be at-
tained fully, some argued (Spinelli 1996) that it failed (as had psychoanalysis and
behaviourism before it) to capture the reality of our human lives. Once again the
fundamental difference between this approach and others related to competing
views on what constituted human nature. Another way of expressing this is that
humanistic psychology ushered in the return of the person. This is in sharp con-
trast to the understanding the individual as a drive reduction organism by Freud
and his followers, or as a stimulus–response mechanism by Watson, Skinner and
the behaviourists. However, this particular rehabilitation of personhood and the
personal in psychology and other human sciences also led to some unforeseen and
undesirable consequences. Spinelli (1989) has been a forceful critic, claiming that
humanistic psychology has actually contributed to the cult of the individual rather
than providing an authentic account of the person. The solution to this weak-
ness has been to propose existential–phenomenological psychology as the best
approach because it considers the human being as an ‘inextricable intermixture’
(Merleau-Ponty 1962, 518); that is, not fully free or completely determined.
What has this debate got to do with sport? A perusal of much of the sport-
related literature to date would seem to indicate that researchers and writers in
our field have failed to address this important issue. The work of some of those
who have discussed the concept of the human person and sport will be considered
in this chapter. In particular, we will assess how this could impact on the work of
applied sport psychologists. This group has been at the forefront of mental skills
training, sport psychology counselling and coach education, in which the issues of
delivery philosophy and the applied approach taken with sport performers have
been of central concern. Some applied sport psychologists (Ravizza 2002; Nesti
2004) and others from a more philosophical perspective (Corlett 1996a) have
claimed that who they are is more important in their work than what they do.
These individuals have emphasised the importance of person-to-person commu-
nication in their work with athletes, and are in agreement with Marcel (1948) that
the idea of personality would be better understood as a spiritual concept instead of
a purely psychological construct.
Special focus on existential and transpersonal psychology will be included in
this chapter because each, in slightly different ways, argues that the spiritual is
possible only because we are persons. The contrast between individualism and
personalism is of great importance and has particular implications for sport as a
whole. Whether we are described as merely raw material whose purpose in life is
governed by utilitarian ends or as ‘an embodied spirit that can never be reduced
to mere matter’ (John Paul II 1994, 55) is of huge importance for all of us. This
Persons and players 137
chapter will discuss the implications arising from this spiritual account of the hu-
man person for those who participate and work in sport.
Persons
The notion of persons rather than individuals is something of profound impor-
tance for philosophy and the different sciences dealing with human being. From an
anthropological perspective, any approach taken to the body that separates mind
and spirit leads to a very different account of human nature from when the spir-
itual dimension is considered an integral part of who we are. In its opposition to
the concept of spirit, modern rationalism has arguably led to a depersonalisation
of human being in which we are measured in terms of a utilitarian ethic. All that
really matters according to this view is our effectiveness, efficiency and production
of goods for consumption. Detached from the spirit and therefore spiritless beings,
we ‘cease to live as a person and a subject. Regardless of all intentions and declara-
tions to the contrary, we become merely an object’ (John Paul II 1994, 56).
We have become so accustomed to using the words ‘individual’ and ‘person’
interchangeably that it is difficult to recognise that their meanings are quite dif-
ferent and distinct. However, it could be argued that when the terms used are
‘individualism’ and ‘personalism’ we are somewhat more familiar with the fact that
these represent related but ultimately opposing concepts. Individualism is centred
on the self as something capable of absolute freedom. The individualistic person is a
contradiction and, at a philosophical, anthropological and psychological level, an
impossibility. Individualism and being individualistic is based on an ethic of self as
totally sovereign in which, psychologically speaking, the only possible outcome is
egocentricity. In stark contrast, the notion of personalism, which is related to the
spiritual concept of the person, is based on an ethic of self-giving, altruism and a
freedom bounded by responsibility to others. It is this final dimension that relates
most closely to the idea of community. It is for this reason that some (Nesti 2004)
have pointed out that, without an adequate idea of the person, a genuine com-
munity is impossible to achieve.
The existential philosophy of Marcel (1948) states that ‘persons should be re-
garded as ends in themselves . . . and that the act whereby persons are regarded as
ends in themselves is intrinsically communal’ (Marcel, quoted in Kingston 1961,
316). An explanation of this statement draws upon the idea that freedom, which
is something we possess by our existence as a person, is not about doing what
the individual wants, but is about acting in hope beyond the environmental and
biological constraints of our being. The ideas of freedom and hope will be discussed
more fully later in the chapter in relation to sport; however, both concepts are of
central importance to understanding personhood.
In addressing the topic of being, some philosophers have claimed that without
a recovery of an authentic conception of human being we will continue to experi-
ence growing despair, alienation and anxiety. They have argued that when we
see human beings as only an agglomeration of particular functions, we conceive
of ourselves in a mechanical and impersonal way. The product of this shrinking
138 Mark Nesti
of human beings to mere functionaries, according to Marcel, is that ‘In the brave
new world the person has disappeared and so has the sense of wonder. Existence is
basically empty instead of full. The need for Being is a need to participate; as con-
trasted with fitting into a routine’ (Marcel quoted in Kingston 1961, 283). This
view argues that we are increasingly living isolated and self-absorbed lives, whilst
denying the spirit of authentic participation with others and the world beyond
ourselves. According to psychologists such as Fromm (1994), this has contributed
to the increase in mental illness and psychological disturbance that is evident in
modern life.
It is important to examine the ideas of freedom and the spirit at this point since
each in its own way could be said to define the concept of person. Dealing first with
spirit, Pieper has pointed out that ‘Spirit by definition is ability to comprehend the
world!’ (1998, 87). By this he means that, unlike all other animals, human beings
are not merely limited by their environment but can grasp the whole of being. That
is, their awareness is comprehensive if not complete. The human person is aware
of him- or herself, others and their environment, although it is true that none of
these in themselves can answer the question (known as the philosophical act) of
why there is something, rather than nothing. According to Pieper (1998) there
is a ranking of ‘worlds’ based on the amount of inwardness present and the level
of interrelatedness. The lowest of these ‘worlds’ is that of plants, whose ‘rela-
tion’ is restricted to those around them; animals are beyond this level; and finally,
‘transcending all these partial worlds, is the world related to spirit, the world as the
totality of being’ (Pieper 1998, 89). Accordingly, the authentic essence of the hu-
man person is ‘a being in whom the various realms of plant-animal-, and spiritual
beings are bound into a unity’ (Pieper 1998, 93). Following from this, the human
person needs both the environment, such as food, shelter and role, and a ‘world’,
which is something that is beyond ‘pure’ environment. This final element of the
human person allows him or her to stand apart (from time to time) from his or her
own self and the environment. Pieper claims that this final quality of human being
is the spirit and it expresses itself in our freedom to act in a particular and personal
way. Indeed, without this notion of the person as a unity of animal and spiritual,
there is no possibility of freedom in thought or action. This has allowed some phi-
losophers and psychologists to state that, the greater the level of inwardness, the
less determined our actions are by our environment. This notion of independence,
of being more than our genes (nature) and conditioning (nurture) or the influ-
ence of both combined (the interactionist view), relates to the earliest arguments
around the important concept of freedom and the free will. Without recognising
the possibility of some measure of freedom in human acts it is impossible to argue
that the human being is unique, sovereign and worthy as an end in him- or herself.
Without this notion of the person it is not possible to claim that the human is any
different from an animal since both exist in their given environments and live in
accordance with the specific demands met there.
This links closely to the relationship between free will and personhood. To be
a person, and to have a personality, immediately conveys the idea that we have
some choice in the matter. Personality can be conceived by thinking in terms of
Persons and players 139
predetermined and narrow categories like introvert, extrovert, type A, type B, and
so on. In sport psychology, personality has typically been studied through the use of
specially adapted tests and questionnaires. Personality traits and dispositions have
been investigated in an effort to identify particular personality types and their
influence on success in competitive sport. However, personality can be understood
in a way much closer to the everyday use of this term. For example, when we say
that someone has a lot of personality, or that they are a real personality, we mean
something quite different from the approach taken by sport psychology. Using the
term in this sense immediately conveys the idea that our personality, and therefore
what type of person we are, is partly our choice, and that the greater the level of
inwardness we possess, which is the nature of spirit according to Pieper (1998), the
more of a personality we will be. Of course, this says nothing about whether this will
be a destructive and negative personality or a positive and constructive one. This
matter is related to ethics and morality and is therefore very important in sport
and elsewhere; however, a discussion of this is beyond the scope of this chapter.
It has been suggested that the best means of preventing the heavily spiritualised
personality from loosening itself from the bonds of reality and becoming a self-cen-
tred and debilitating force is to ensure that the person is deeply anchored in the
ballast of real life. This could be important physical, biological and psychological
factors and also include higher order demands, such as those emanating from our
personal relationships, vocational responsibilities, goals and ideals. In sport this
could relate to the need to adhere to training programmes, contribute to the team
effort and sometimes sacrifice personal goals to help team mates, or support family
and friends. In one sense, this point emphasises that personal growth and becom-
ing a personality requires both a life rich in the things and experiences of the world
and an ever-increasing openness to the spiritual dimension of human being.
Before leaving this consideration of what it means to be a person it is helpful to
examine the idea of personhood. This term is particularly well known and familiar
to person-centred approaches in psychology (Rogers 1961) and existential and
transpersonal psychology (Valle and Halling 1989). These approaches have criti-
cised the prevailing deterministic and mechanistic view of human beings. They
accuse behavioural psychology, in particular, of reducing personality to a series of
stimulus–response connections and ignoring ‘what is essential in human beings,
that is, their very personhood’ (Valle and Halling 1989, 182). The reductionist
account provided by much of natural science psychology has been challenged by
human science psychology (see Chapter 7). The human science approach has
focused on what they describe as the person-in-the-world. This means that their
view of personality is grounded in questions surrounding ‘what does it mean to be
human?’ (Fischer 1989, 164). Interest is directed at unique individual phenomena
and at studying general patterns. However, arguably the most important point
here is that, unlike the dominant natural science-based reductionist approaches
like the behaviourist and cognitive, the human science psychologist is not content
with unexamined philosophical accounts. In opposition to the main perspectives
encountered in the relatively young discipline of academic psychology and sport
psychology, they are prepared to confess to a philosophically derived account of
140 Mark Nesti
what it is to be a human person before proceeding to discuss personality and its
assessment.
The last word on this issue in many ways reveals both the challenge and the
opportunity facing those hoping for a move towards persons and away from indi-
viduals and research subjects in psychology and sport psychology. In commenting
on the excesses of the behaviourist approaches to the study of personality and
therapy, Halling and Nill (1989, 182) have noted that ‘Fortunately, in practice it is
impossible to treat people as if they were mere stimulus–response configurations’.
It seems that, despite the claims of behaviourists and other reductionist psycholo-
gists, when they work with clients and study subjects they inevitably develop rap-
port, respect for their individual autonomy, and include data from a broad range
of life experiences which do not fit the neat and tidy model of stimulus–response
behaviour. In other words, the person of the individual client, athlete or research
subject continually bursts through the façade of the detached, impersonal and
apparently objective world of the psychologist, sport psychologist or researcher!
to man having been considered by natural science as a being devoid of, and
outside, transcendental links. His spiritual life, and his freedom as the proper
sphere of that life, could not, as we have seen, be known by the means of
natural science.
(Caruso 1964, 122)
a highly respected Catholic theologian . . . His 1976 volume The Joy of Sports
was one of the very first books to deal extensively with the topic of the rela-
tionship between religion and sport, thus providing a major impetus to the
work of others that followed.
Although not dealing in any systematic way with the ideas of personhood,
persons and spirituality, these terms and those of freedom, play, courage, sacred
and spirit infuse his writing. One of the most stimulating chapters in Novak’s
book looks at the metaphysics of sport through a discussion around the depth and
reality of sport. In a brilliant analysis and reverse of the commonly held beliefs of
the past 300 years or so, Novak argues it is play that is serious and work that is an
illusion! In developing ideas expressed by Aristotle, St Thomas Aquinas and Josef
Pieper (whose approach we will consider later in this chapter), he points out that
in Protestant and Marxist cultures there is a belief that progress is fully achievable
through human effort and work. Novak challenges this particular prejudice by
arguing that, despite organisational, educational and material improvements, hu-
mans are not morally and ethically any better now than in earlier times. We have
been so conditioned to believe in the completeness of human progress that we
tend to overlook uncomfortable facts; such as the two world wars in the last cen-
tury which killed more people than all wars combined in the preceding centuries.
144 Mark Nesti
Novak claims it is this all-consuming belief in the myth of continual progress that
gives work its elevated status. Work to survive and produce the basics of life, which
was the view held by the ancient Greeks and in pre-Reformation Christendom,
was informed by a particular account of the human person. As Novak makes clear,
work was meant to serve play and it is when playing that the human being is most
fully him- or herself. Play is such an authentically personal experience because,
unlike work, its focus is not on ends but about means. In play the person experi-
ences freedom within set constraints and limits; the output is, materially speaking,
quite worthless. Play, like the person, finds its full justification in and of itself. This is
why we can describe play as a truly holistic mode of being, involving a synthesis
of mind, body and spirit. In more straightforward terms, we can say that, whereas
individuals work, only persons can really play! The spirit of playfulness is only
possible when we give ourselves wholly and completely over to the game, where
the immediate focus is on the task itself and nothing beyond this. There is much
similarity between this idea and Csikszentmihalyi’s (1992) concept of flow in sport.
Novak (1994/1967, 43) argues that ‘Sports are the highest products of civilization
and the most accessible, lived, experiential sources of the civilizing spirit.’ The
more that sport provides a vehicle for play the more it provides the environment
to encounter the world beyond mere work, the world of utilitarianism, of projects
and products. Of course for professional sport performers these experiences are
compromised since their occupation is sport. However, the existence of fair play,
playing to win and, at a more psychological level, peak experiences and flow states
suggests that, even in elite and paid sport, moments of pure play are desirable
and possible. Finally, and approaching the matter from a more sociological view,
Novak (1994/1967, 21) claims that ‘Sports are religious in the sense that they are
organised institutions, disciplines, and liturgies; and also in the sense that they
teach religious qualities of heart and soul’. It is this final quality that links sport to
notions of the person as a being composed of body, mind and spirit, or, as Novak
states, heart and soul. In this sense participation in sports could be said to nurture
persons and develop personality.
Objections to these claims for sport tend to highlight that this activity is only
another form of entertainment and is infected with corruption, greed and dishon-
esty like the rest of life. However, according to Pieper (1989), Novak (1994/1967)
and Nesti (2004) these criticisms have missed a very important point, which is
that sports are not merely entertainment for many people but represent something
much more serious, and are imbued with personal meaning. Again, the fact that
some sports have been over-commercialised, manipulated and abused does not
mean that moments of courage, beauty, creativity and testimony to human resil-
ience and spirit do not exist within them.
Playing sport
It may be helpful at this stage to offer a summary of the relationship between play,
persons and sport. It appears that the concept of play is inextricably linked to the
idea of human persons. Although it may sound unusual to those who see sport
Persons and players 145
as just another means of entertainment, sport is ultimately based on play and
this concept cannot be understood apart from human nature. From an existential
perspective, to be human is to play. Play is purposive, directed and, simultaneously,
spontaneous and free. Novak (1994/1967) and Pieper (1998) argue that it is a
form of behaviour that only humans pursue and develop. This is because ‘play
is not tied to necessity, except to the necessity of the human spirit to exercise
its freedom, to enjoy something that is not practical or productive, or required
for gaining food or shelter’ (Novak 1994/1967, 33). The person, as an embodied
spirit, is capable of playing sport. This is because to be a person is to be some-
one beyond pure matter (Hume) or pure mind (Kant) and to be more than a
psycho-physiological organism with a social identity! Slusher (1993) has claimed
that sport allows the individual to enter into personhood because engaged in a
spirit of play we come to know ourselves whole. This self-knowledge paradoxi-
cally reveals to the person that he or she can never completely understand or
control everything. Within sport this can be seen when, despite training, planning
and preparing methodically, competitive success is often attributed to something
beyond each of these elements. ‘They showed great spirit’, ‘put themselves on the
line’ and ‘were prepared to die for the cause’ are not simply melodramatic phrases
used by coaches, fans and sport performers but convey that something else, which
is not easy to express in words, contributed to the success. Slusher describes this in
terms of the potential for a person playing sport to experience the transcendental
and to be confronted with an awareness that we can never fully know anything.
This relates to the idea of hope, which, as we shall discuss, is intrinsic to sport and
personhood. Slusher (1993, 195–6) points out that:
to achieve in sport man must achieve his own awareness of personal horizons.
Anything requiring this depth assumes a communication with the self, requir-
ing the utmost of silence in order to be really heard, to be heard by powers
that, somehow, are more than human.
(Slusher 1993, 195–6)
Sport psychology
In their review of spirituality in sport psychology, Watson and Nesti (2005) have
identified that other fields such as medicine (Bernardi et. al. 2001), psychotherapy
and counselling (Richards and Bergin 1997) and psychiatry (Galanter et al. 1991)
have begun to consider the importance of spiritual and transcendental issues in
their work. Most of the research and practice investigating these topics draws on
146 Mark Nesti
humanistic, transpersonal and existential psychology accounts of human being.
Unfortunately, with the exception of Corlett (1996b), Ravizza (2002) and Nesti
(2002) in terms of practice, and Fahlberg et al. (1992), Csikszentmihalyi (1992)
and Dale (2000) in research, few in sport psychology have alluded to the spirit or
spiritual concepts. The most likely explanation for this is because sport psychology
has been based on a positivist natural science paradigm which does not recog-
nise elements like spirit, will, courage and other related concepts. In contrast,
existential–phenomenological psychology emphasises that personal meaning is an
important dimension that must be acknowledged if we are to understand human
being. The human person, as an inextricable intermixture (Merleau-Ponty 1962), ca-
pable of acting freely despite the limits set by individual biology and circumstance,
must confront the ultimate question around the meaning of their lives and life in
general. For some, meaning is found in God or commitment to a cause such as the
environment or world peace. Others affirm that there is no meaning in life beyond
the meaning they give it, and that this is always changing and individually chosen
(this is known as the postmodern position).
Sport has been praised as something capable of confronting human beings with
a reality beyond its very special physical and psychological demands. For example,
Pope John Paul II in his address to the Council for the International Amateur
Athletics Federation in 1987 stressed that sport, through its focus on developing
harmony of movement and action, ‘is also an important moment for guaranteeing
the balance and total wellbeing of the person’. He added that sport:
is an activity that involves more than the movement of the body; it demands
the use of intelligence and the disciplining of the will. It reveals, in other
words, the wonderful structure of the human person created by God as a
spiritual being, a unity of body and spirit. If sport is reduced to the cult of the
human body, forgetting the primacy of the spirit, or if it were to hinder your
moral and intellectual development, or result in you serving less than noble
aims, then it would lose its true significance and, in the long run, it would
become even harmful to your healthy full growth as human persons. You are
true athletes when you prepare yourselves not only by training your bodies
but also by constantly engaging the spiritual dimensions of your person for a
harmonious development of all your talents.
(John Paul II, quoted in Feeney 1995, 67)
In the sport psychology literature there are few examples where writers have
discussed the relationship between human persons, sport and the spirit in such
clear terms. Clearly, these notions do not fit neatly into the dominant cognitive,
behavioural and trait approaches, although it is surprising that recent work by
Balague (1999) dealing with values, identity and meaning in sport avoids any in-
depth discussion of persons and personhood. The exception to this is to be found
in the work of Ravizza and Fazzio (2002) and Nesti (2002, 2004). That these
three sport psychologists are writing about their applied work and drawing on
humanistic, existential and transpersonal approaches in psychology is of consider-
Persons and players 147
able importance. Their work argues that it is within the experience of one-to-one
work with sport performers in real sport settings that questions around what is
personality and what constitutes the human person are most keenly felt.
From a different perspective, recent work by Miller and Kerr (2002), investigat-
ing excellence and sport performance, has highlighted that sport psychology con-
sultants may be able to encourage personal development in athletes and coaches
through improving their self-awareness and self-knowledge. According to Corlett
(1996a, 88), self-knowledge and not mental skills training is the most important
element, and too often sport psychology has been relying only on ‘technique based
symptomatic relief’. In building on this critique of sport psychology, Nesti (2004)
claims that, through a process of self-examination, self-knowledge rather than the
more superficial concept of self-awareness will be developed. He adds that ‘it is
about the growth and development of the deepest core of being. This is the base
where our authentic self is located, this core must be constantly confronted and fed
for its growth’ (Nesti 2004, 91–92). Within sport, the athlete engages in a journey
filled with elation, despair, and highs and lows. Unlike in most other areas of hu-
man activity, these experiences are equally felt physically and mentally. Ultimately,
at least for those prepared to listen, these experiences can teach us something
about ourselves as persons that assists us within sport and the rest of life.
Corlett (1996b) has claimed that courage is an important virtue, rather than a
skill as such, which can be developed in sport. He views courage as did Aristotle,
Plato and Aquinas before him, as something both rational and emotional. The
courageous person tries to act in the best possible way to achieve desired ends
despite being uncertain and feeling anxious about the outcome. Another benefit
of increasing self-knowledge in the sport performer is that he or she learns about
the experience of anxiety and hope in human being. Competitive anxiety in sport
has received considerable attention within sport psychology, although most work
(Jones 1995) has adopted a narrow cognitive–behavioural and trait psychology
approach to the topic. Where sport anxiety has been conceived more holistically
(Nesti and Sewell 1999) or from a more ecological perspective (Lazarus 2000), it
is possible to understand how this concept relates to greater self-understanding.
For example, an existential psychology perspective in sport states that persons
expand and strengthen their sense of self by facing up to and moving through
the normal anxiety accompanying a challenge. By repeatedly going through this
process in sport the person learns more about him- or herself and grows in under-
standing. The competitive sport performer in particular will begin to recognise
that ‘knowing who they are and what they stand for’ (i.e. their core values) is vital
to being able to freely choose to subject themselves to the challenges and anxiety
encountered in sport.
These ideas of self-knowledge and existential anxiety cannot be understood
apart from a personalist account of psychology and sport psychology. The notion
of courage, as described by Corlett (1996b), depends on a definition of the person
as a spiritual being possessing free will. Again, sport performers experience anxiety
because they have chosen to place themselves in the competitive event or chal-
lenge. If persons were not free then there could not be any experience of anxiety,
148 Mark Nesti
although of course fear would be possible. Anxiety accompanies the possibility of
choice and the act of choosing. In this sense only the human person, as a partially
determined being with some measure of responsibility for his or her actions and
thoughts, can experience anxiety.
Freedom and the concept of free will has received very little attention in the
sport-related literature. Centrally to the idea of persons, scholars such as Clark
(1973) have argued that personal freedom without responsibility to others does
not represent true freedom but is licence. Within sport this position is represented
by some strands of existential psychology, according to Nesti (2004). Another view
of freedom and persons can be found in the sport research of Jackson and Csik-
szentmihalyi (1999) and the peak experience literature (Privette and Bundrick
1997; Ravizza 1977). Hill (2001, 129) contends that peak experiences in sport
have a mystical or transpersonal quality and ‘include joyfulness, transcendence
. . . that result in personal integration, growth, and expansion of personal identity’.
Sport psychologists drawing on humanistic psychology have described the poten-
tial for sport to provide peak experiences or flow states. Usually associated with
optional performance, athletes experience deeply enjoyable, absorbing moments
accompanied by feelings of mind, body and spirit integration. The almost reli-
gious and transcendental accounts of climbers, runners and many other athletes
in these states can only be adequately understood by researchers who conceive of
human beings in terms of the person. However, for humanistic sport psychologists
following the earlier work of Rogers (1961) and Maslow (1968), persons are un-
derstood as possessing complete freedom to become what they wish. This has been
challenged by some existential approaches, pointing out that participants are fully
aware from their engagement in sport that, although they have some measure of
control over what they do, they are limited by others and by their own physical and
psychological capabilities. A very important book by Murphy and White called In
the Zone: Transcendent Experience in Sports (1995) includes chapters on mystical,
transcendental, spiritual and philosophical accounts of exceptional occurrences in
sport. Unfortunately, despite being one of the most comprehensive accounts of al-
tered states and peak experiences in sport, this detailed and impressive work does
not examine the key notions of personhood, persons and personality. Arguably,
without this analysis it is difficult to convince the natural science and positivist
sport psychologist that these experiences in sport are signs of our spiritual natures,
rather than being merely examples of heightened emotional states.
Finally, the work of applied sport psychologists rests upon philosophical ac-
counts of human being. However, very few writers on sport psychology seem aware
of the need to articulate the underpinning philosophical assumptions of their work.
This is most likely because of a reluctance to mix questions of philosophy with
the (natural) science of sport psychology. This position has been challenged and
criticised in the work of Corlett (1996a), Ravizza (2002) and Nesti (2002, 2004).
They have pointed out that all techniques, for example mental skills training, also
rest on a particular philosophical base whether explicitly recognised or not.
Persons and players 149
Conclusion
As has been discussed, the clearest example of an approach that focuses on links
to philosophy is existential psychology. This is because it views psychology as a
human science which can trace its lineage to philosophy and the natural sciences
equally. Lavallee et al. (2000, 122) have noted that ‘existential psychology has
dared to declare its link with a school of philosophy and, by doing so, exposes
other psychologies in their refusal to examine their own philosophical roots and
metaphysical assumptions’. One such area where this has important implications
for applied sport psychologists is how they view the relationship between them-
selves and the client–athlete. Goldenberg and Isaacson (1996) have highlighted
that Buber’s (1937) notion of I–Thou encounters is important in explaining the
philosophy of persons and personhood that undergirds many approaches in exis-
tential psychology. When in the I–Thou mode the relationship between the sport
psychologist and the sport performer is much more than an impersonal encounter.
In contrast to the I–It mode, which involves personal distance and detached anal-
ysis, I–Thou communication is only possible where there is an ‘open, unguarded
self-giving of one person to another . . . a complete absorption and total focus in
another person as an end in themselves’ (Nesti 2004, 82).
Existential psychologists outside sport such as Spinelli (1996) stress that the
encounter itself is the most important part of a counselling or therapeutic experi-
ence. Some applied sport psychologists (Andersen 2000) have made similar claims,
although without providing a rigorous philosophical justification in support of this.
A notable exception to this is Ravizza (2002), and Ravizza and Fazio (2002), who
have claimed that their personal qualities and personalities have been a major
factor in their successful activities as consultants. Their view supports the posi-
tion advocated by existential psychology that authentic communication is only
possible when a meeting takes place between persons rather than individuals. In
order words, only when we approach the other as Thou (i.e. a person) can genuine
empathy, spontaneity and passion exist in our dialogue with someone else. The
idea is that the sport psychologist should ‘bring their personality along’ if they truly
hope to meet the sport performer as a fully human person in an encounter that is
real! This can be contrasted with an impersonal meeting, in which two individuals,
carrying out their respective roles and functions as sport psychologist and athlete,
discuss superficial, peripheral and often trivial matters.
Finally, it must be admitted that this emphasis on the person of the sport psy-
chologist and their personality is a controversial one and can easily be misun-
derstood. This view is not an attempt to argue for a narrowly defined personality
type. Nevertheless it is a demand that the sport psychologist has acquired personal
qualities arising out of self-reflection, engagement with a wide range of different
cultures and contextual settings, personal integrity, trust and a high level of self-
knowledge. Although not a psychologist or writing specifically about sport, Berdy-
aev (1937) has explained why notions of the person, personhood and personality
are so important. He ‘contends that a person can only grow, develop and learn
in relation to another personality’ (Nesti 2004, 80–81). In echoing the idea that
150 Mark Nesti
persons are integrated beings of mind, body and spirit, he claims that personality
itself is holistic and that it ‘is my whole thinking, my whole willing, my whole
feeling, my whole creative activity’ (Berdyaev 1937, 113). Such a spiritual view
of persons and personality could have a new, exciting and positive impact on the
playing of sport and our encounters with sport performers.
Study questions
1 What is the main difference between persons and individuals?
2 Try to summarise Pieper’s (1998) account of spirit.
3 Give examples of sport performers who you feel have personality. Explain
what it is about these performers that provides evidence of this.
4 How would a sport psychologist talk to an athlete when approaching them as
Thou? Can you see any problems that might arise in this situation?
5 What methodological approach and research methods would you advocate
for the study of personality in sport? How would your suggestions change if
personality was conceived as ultimately a spiritual concept?
6 Briefly summarise why the notion of play is related to the idea of persons.
7 Argue for and against the claim that ‘only persons can play to win in sport!’
9 Suffering, sacrifice, sport
psychology and the spirit
Mark Nesti
Introduction
Sport undoubtedly provides a vehicle for participants and spectators alike to ex-
perience moments of pure elation, ecstasy and even self-fulfilment. Performers
of varying levels and standards have reported positive mood states and emotions
whilst engaging in sport tasks and events. Research suggests that many athletes
discover a real sense of enjoyment through competitive sport (Balageur et al.
1999), develop higher levels of self-esteem and intrinsic motivation (Ntoumanis
and Biddle 1999) and achieve deeply satisfying moments of flow (Jackson and
Csikszentmihalyi 1999). Empirical evidence also exists to support the view that
health enhancing physical activity and exercise programmes (Crone-Grant et al.
2005) are associated with improvements in a number of psychological factors.
This tendency of sport and exercise psychology to emphasise the beneficial dimen-
sions of sport participation is consistent with the tenor of the parent discipline of
psychology during the past forty years. Following the acceptance and growth of
humanistic psychology in the 1960s, many psychologists became more interested
in positive concepts like love, creativity and self-actualisation, and there was less
attention given to negative behaviours and destructive emotions.
According to Maslow (1968) this represented a much needed change of direc-
tion, since he argued that psychology, and the psychoanalytical tradition in par-
ticular, had concentrated excessively on the pathological and disturbing elements
of mental life. The positive psychology approach advocated by Seligman and Csik-
szentmihalyi (2000) is the most recent attempt to counter the formerly pessimistic
mood within much of psychology. This perspective claims to build on the vision
of humanistic psychology but through use of more thorough empirical research
than in the past. Although this assertion has been vigorously challenged by some
within humanistic psychology, few voices have pointed out that, in not equally
concerning itself with the negative side of life, positive psychology represents a
one-sided account. This failure to consider the ugly and unattractive dimension
of our existence is especially unfortunate when one considers sport and exercise
as a whole and competitive sport in particular. For example, in Cockerill’s (2002)
applied text addressing the key areas facing sport psychologists there are chapters
on mental toughness, coach–athlete conflict, rehabilitation and severe injury,
152 Mark Nesti
therapeutic interventions and sport retirement. Other literature in the field deals
with anxiety, fear of failure, coping strategies, adherence, drop-out, and clinical
conditions such as burnout, eating disorders and depression. The need for this
more balanced account of the positive and negative aspects of sport participation
has been succinctly captured by Wolfson (2002). She has claimed that ‘The world
is a stimulating but puzzling place for sports participants, who regularly experience
the joys of success and the pains of failure’ (Wolfson 2002, 91).
Quite clearly then, sport and exercise cannot be understood as exclusively
positive experiences. Coaches and sport performers appear much more aware
than researchers that achievement in sport requires sacrifice, dedication, com-
mitment and resilience. The concept of mental toughness in sport psychology
relates very closely to this. Brennan (1998) has described mental toughness as
involving, among other factors, the ability to withstand pain, to persist in the face
of challenges and to accept responsibility for failures without excuses. Research
by Clough et al. (2002) with coaches and elite level players identified that mental
toughness is important in helping athletes deal with injuries, poor refereeing, ag-
gressive spectators, performance mistakes, getting substituted, negative media and
being dropped. These and several other uncomfortable moments and challenging
experiences are as much a feature of sport as the more positive and uplifting ones.
Given this capacity for sport to provide positive and negative elements in equal
measure, it may seem surprising that so many continue to engage in it, and often
for no obvious extrinsic reward.
This chapter intends to approach the problem of pain, suffering and sacrifice
in sport beyond any account of the merely physical and mental aspects associated
with this important cultural phenomenon. At one level it is possible to interpret
the trials and tribulations of the mind and body in sport as being an unfortunate
component; an unattractive obstacle on the way to achievement and success.
However, by adopting a more holistic and broader conception of the human being
as a person made up of mind, body and spirit, it is possible to view the anguish
and disappointments of sport from a different philosophical and psychological
framework.
The first section of this chapter will consider how researchers within sport
psychology have generally treated this topic. Brief consideration will be given to
studies investigating injury (Maddison and Prapavessis 2005) career transition,
termination and retirement (Lavallee and Wylleman 2000), and stress and coping
(Nicholls et al. 2005). The approach taken to anxiety in sport will also be dis-
cussed for two main reasons. First, the overarching theme of this body of research
has been to conceptualise anxiety for the most part as a negative emotion (Nesti
2004). This will be contrasted with the existentialist position that highlights the
potentially positive and constructive dimension of anxiety. Second, the experience
of anxiety is common to all those activities, including sport, in which individuals
strive to meet a challenge and achieve goals. Sport, whether explicitly competi-
tive or not, provides a perfect vehicle to encounter the uncomfortable emotion of
anxiety. This chapter looks at some of the implications of this for the sportsperson
and examines how anxiety links to concepts like courage, destiny, self-knowledge
and spiritual growth.
Suffering, sacrifice, sport psychology and the spirit 153
Courage is a very important and frequently used term in sport. Coaches often
talk about courageous fight-backs, brave tackling, strength of character and team
spirit. Unfortunately, with a few exceptions, these and other similar words are
rarely discussed in the coaching or sport psychology literature. However, in the
real world of sport, athletes and teams are lauded for their strong personalities and
for never giving up no matter what. Clearly then, these more traditional terms
and indeed that of personality itself, are connected to an individual’s capacity to
succeed in sport. Personality is a well-known topic in psychology and many dif-
ferent theories exist around this term. Very few approaches to personality theory
acknowledge that we are spiritual beings possessing a mind and body. One such
example that does conceive of personality in this way is the transpersonal existen-
tial psychology perspective (Valle 1989). This will be discussed and some sugges-
tions made about how such a paradigm could add to our understanding of the role
of suffering and sacrifice in sport.
Some writers and researchers have argued that sport psychology will remain
largely unable to make sense of the place of pain, suffering and sacrifice in sport
because of its inability to see these terms as anything other than negative. The
dominance of positivism means that, whereas it is possible to acknowledge that
the sport experience can lead to bad and difficult times, these can never be under-
stood as something potentially beneficial. However, by concentrating on individual
meaning (Nesti 2004) and the athletes’ lived experience (Dale 2000) it is possible
to generate data confirming that failure, loss, pain and hardship can help the over-
all development and spiritual growth of the person undergoing these experiences.
According to applied sport psychologists like Ravizza (2002) and Watson and
Nesti (2005) there are links between mental excellence, spiritual awareness and
enhanced performance. These connections are beginning to emerge more clearly
as the field increasingly adopts qualitative methodologies (Sparkes 2002) and ex-
istential–phenomenological methods (Czech et al. 2004) focusing on subjective
accounts and personal meaning.
Despite these promising advances, the discipline of sport psychology may be un-
able to make any further headway without recognition that it should be based on
a human science approach (Giorgi 1970) that can accommodate a transcendental
and personalist philosophy. The ideas behind this and the implications for sport
psychology research and practice have been addressed in an earlier chapter in the
book. This chapter will examine how recent literature in sport psychology has
dealt with such difficult terms for the contemporary individual as sacrifice, hard-
ship and despair. One approach to understanding these concepts is by considering
the idea of catharsis. Although commonly associated in modern times with Freud
and psychoanalysis, catharsis has much older and more philosophical roots. Pieper
(1995) has provided one of the most impressive and lucid accounts of catharsis.
His work draws on the writings of Plato, Socrates and the medieval theologian
and metaphysician St Thomas Aquinas. Beyond this, Pieper also considers the
relation between courage and fear, and despair and hope. These important and
familiar terms are scrutinised in this chapter alongside a Christian interpretation
of anxiety. The final section considers what this all means for competitive sport
and sport psychology. This chapter focuses on sport at all levels of performance to
154 Mark Nesti
reveal how personal sacrifice and the frustrations encountered in this growing and
important area of human activity can help develop the whole person, his or her
personality, and the important spiritual qualities of courage, integrity and hope.
Sporting courage
Courage has very rarely been discussed in the sport psychology literature. This
may be because it is seen as more of a philosophical concept and a rather old-fash-
ioned term. In contrast, sport psychology texts often include reference to mental
toughness (Clough et al. 2002) and self-belief and self-confidence (Moran, 1996).
Definitions of these and other similar constructs refer to resilience, commitment,
motivation, focus and dedication. Although courage clearly involves most, if not
all of these elements, it is not fully captured by this list. A further unusual aspect of
the exclusion of courage from the literature is that it has always been understood
in opposition to fear and anxiety. As has been discussed, anxiety in sport and fear
of failure has been extensively studied in the discipline. This has almost invari-
ably been done without any mention of the relationship between these terms and
bravery and courage. Exceptions to this are Corlett’s (1996b) philosophical work
and Nesti’s (2004) account from an existential psychology perspective. Corlett’s
work is especially important since it draws on the writings of Aristotle, Socrates
and St Thomas Aquinas and reconnects courage to the notion of virtue. He points
out that courage is not about ‘overcoming fear, it is the transformation of fear into
willing sacrifice’ (Corlett 1996b, 51). In arguing that sport provides an ideal op-
portunity to act courageously he defines it as ‘reason, passion and action in concert
. . . in the face of threats to one’s physical, mental, or social well being of the kind
perceived regularly by competitive athletes’ (Corlett 1996b, 52). Arguably, cour-
age can only be understood holistically and therefore is as much a spiritual idea as
it is psychological. The courageous athlete faces up to challenges, difficulties and
pain rather than seeking to avoid these moments or experiences. This requires
a high degree of self-knowledge and the capacity to suffer for some higher goal.
The accounts of athletes overcoming serious injury, training towards major events
and recovering lost form often reveal examples of courage in adversity. Courage is
much more than motivation, confidence or mental toughness because it demands
that the whole person place him- or herself ‘on the line’. The courageous act is
always deeply personal even though it may also help the team or squad in a sports
situation. To act courageously means at least that the person wills him- or herself
to do something for a greater good which may not be actualised in the end. Cour-
age cannot be imposed on someone and is best seen in sport where the performer
or team keeps doing the right thing even when they are vilified for this, or where
the situation seems hopeless. In this sense courage in sport does not fully make
sense in that it is the opposite of a clinical, calculating and utilitarian approach.
In addition, the courageous act testifies to the mystery of human existence in that
it is a clear example of voluntarily putting oneself in a difficult and even danger-
Suffering, sacrifice, sport psychology and the spirit 159
ous situation where failure may bring suffering, humiliation and even an end to a
particular stage of life. For example, the amateur sport performer may accept the
hardships and mental discomfort involved in trying to play within the rules in a
team facing relegation from the division. This could be despite injunctions from
the coaches and other players to win at any cost. Clearly this reveals, as Corlett
(following Aquinas) has argued, that courage has a moral dimension and it is this
which differentiates it from mere bravery and fearlessness.
It is quite common to hear coaches talking about the need to have courageous
performers who will not wilt under the anxiety of competition and the demands
of sport. In contrast, bravery is seen as an important attribute but one that is more
instinctual, habitual and not as freely expressed and personal as courage. The
courageous athlete is the one who keeps asking for the ball even after making a
mistake, or trains hard despite no recognition from the coaches, or tries to give
his or her best even in the worst moments, failures or defeats. In analysing the
notion of courage, Pieper (1989) highlights that, unlike the techniques favoured
by psychology and sport psychology, courage is not something we learn to allow
us to banish fear and control anxiety. He remarks that neither should courage be
equated with fearlessness. Particularly in its more extreme form this is the opposite
of courage, in that like bravery it does not originate from our deepest core but is
often more of a specific behaviour or psychological attribute.
In conclusion, it is possible to understand the reluctance of sport psychology
to include courage as a topic worthy of study because it is quite clearly a spiritual
category. Although a psychological investigation of its value, place in sport and
connection to other constructs in sport psychology is possible and attractive, this is
currently unlikely to occur because the discipline has largely removed all spiritual
concepts from its lexicon. A challenge to this is slowly beginning to emerge within
the work of Ravizza and Fazio (2002) and Watson and Nesti (2005), which calls
for the inclusion of spirituality in sport psychology consulting. Arguably, a deeper
understanding of courage as ultimately a spiritual idea cannot be developed in
sport psychology without a truly holistic account of the person.
Personhood, personality and persons have been discussed in Chapter 8 and
much of what was said there is equally important to a proper understanding of
courage in sport. Without some recognition that the person is capable of act-
ing freely beyond the constraints of his or her genes and particular environment,
courage becomes a meaningless term. Approaches to personality such as those
of Jung (1956) and Van Kaam (1969) include some reference to the transcen-
dental dimension of human experience. In their work, personality is conceived
as something forever unfinished and open. It is the core of who we are and is a
dynamic, involving our daily battles of striving for the good against the limitations
imposed on us by self and others. Courage has a special place in this since it is the
self-conscious act of the whole person in freely putting him- or herself forward to
grow in the many (often) small victories and (frequently) painful defeats of life.
In sport the courageous personality would be the spiritually aware athlete who
heroically holds nothing of him- or herself back and quite literally gives his or her
all, time and time again. Such heroes exist at all levels of sport and across different
160 Mark Nesti
nationalities, sex and age groups. In referring to heroic acts in sport, Saint Sing
(2003) uses the phrase ‘breakthrough kinesis’ to describe those special moments
when athletes somehow manage to overcome levels of performance previously
thought of as insurmountable. Bannister’s four-minute mile, the sub-ten-second
100 metres and, in football, Arsenal’s unbeaten run of games in 2003/4 are exam-
ples of this. These and many other feats cannot be understood adequately without
recourse to ideas of human spirit, courage and recognition of a transcendental ele-
ment in personality formation. This final point relates to the idea that without the
transcendental and spiritual notions of hope and love, ideas like sacrifice, suffering
and even joy in sport are impossible to understand, especially when these are expe-
rienced by the millions of people who engage in sport without significant extrinsic
rewards. Saint Sing (2004) captures this desire that athletes have to struggle to
achieve their goals in spite of setbacks. As an Olympic rowing coach she points
out that this spiritual task is not exclusive to the sport performer. She claims that
a major reason why coaches, leaders and others get involved in sport is to help
their athletes ‘use the tools and techniques of sport and training to overcome the
hurdles of life, to transcend’ (Saint Sing 2004, 115). Transcendence describes the
capacity to acknowledge that there will always be limits to human understanding
and knowledge, and that human beings are always oriented towards something not
yet achieved (Pieper 1989). The sport performer is a striking testimony to the real-
ity of this particular spiritual notion of transcendence, through his or her relentless
pursuit of the ultimate performance and by striving to achieve perfection on a task
despite knowing that this is ultimately unattainable.
It is easy to see the love of play and adventure exemplified in sport. But the
athlete’s love of pain and ordeal is more mysterious. One key to the mystery
comes with the ancient mystical insight that a fundamental delight exists
within or behind all suffering.
(Murphy and White 1995, 129)
This point highlights another important aspect of sport that defies rational
explanation; victory tastes sweetest after overcoming intractable obstacles and
apparently insurmountable challenges. If the aim is to win at all costs or in the
easiest way possible, the elation and ecstasy at winning despite the odds would
make no sense. The most striking testimony to this is that as sports fans, perform-
ers, or coaches we are most moved emotionally by teams or individuals who show
a spirit of defiance to emerge as winners. This relates as much to world champions
as to the 80-year-old completing his or her first marathon. The unifying bond
between these and all other athletes is that, although most have not broken world
records or set new standards of excellence, they have all passed by the way of
sacrifice, suffering and pain. This willingness to undergo physical hardship and
Suffering, sacrifice, sport psychology and the spirit 169
the mental torture of anxiety, stress and self-doubt clearly indicates that sport
has the potential to test our mind and body. But sport also provides a chance
for the person living in the apparently rational, planned and scientific modern
world to experience that sometimes success happens to those we least expect.
Although they may be physically and mentally shattered, great achievements are
still possible for the athletes whose spirit is not broken. This chapter has argued
that courage (Corlett 1996b), personality (Nesti 2004) and even some aspects of
mental toughness (Clough et al. 2002) represent more than simply psychological
skills that can be acquired through a mental skills training programme. These and
other qualities of the person can only be understood as evidence of our deeper
selves, our spiritual natures, and are best seen when the sport performer keeps
going when all seems lost, powered by the spiritual fuel of hope!
Study questions
1 Consider your own experience of suffering in sport. How closely does this
relate to the ideas on suffering and sacrifice discussed in this chapter?
2 How has the term ‘catharsis’ been used in psychology and sport psychology?
3 Why does this chapter argue that existential psychology allows for a more
complete understanding of pain and sacrifice in sport?
4 How can anxiety in sport be said to help develop spiritual growth in
athletes?
5 List three reasons why pain and suffering have been viewed negatively in
sport psychology and sport research.
6 Explain why you agree or disagree with the idea that courage is as much a
spiritual notion as a psychological construct.
Section IV
The adventures of the Leeds Parish Church into sport and character were striking.
First, there was a clear idea that virtues were developed through the practice of
sport. Second, there was the idea of virtues finding meaning within a community.
In this case the virtues would reflect the thought of the Christian church, which
in turn had a particular view of what these might be. The virtue would be the
embodiment of the ethos, and thus be connected to spirituality. Third, there were
major questions about leadership and education. How do you actually develop
virtues? Behind all this were also very big questions about purpose and culture.
Clearly, there were other virtues vying with the middle-class Anglican views,
ranging from professional virtues, focused on winning, to ‘working-class’ virtues,
frowned upon by the church, and those of the Jewish community. No one seems to
have asked the Jewish community what they thought.
In this chapter we will develop these issues, looking first at how the virtues
relate to spirituality and sport, and then explore different developments.
When athletes take to a starting line, or during the opening kick-off, tip-off,
or face-off of a game it is important that those athletes, their spectators, and
the live television audience believe the outcome to be undetermined. The
belief that an athlete can win is just as important as the knowledge that he or
she might lose, because if the outcome were predetermined by anything other
than a purely just god (as in the case of Odysseus), the purpose of the game
(not to mention its entertainment value) would be null and void.
Hence, if a contest is fixed in some way then this is an abuse of justice. The
virtue of justice involves something of these meanings focused in the character of
the sportsperson. This includes the desire for fairness and equality in the pursuit
of the sport and the capacity to embody that justice both by avoiding abuses and
by treating others justly. Justice also relates for Plato to knowing one’s place and
worth in the community, and thus by extension within the sport or team.
Several things can be noted about these virtues. First, as McIntyre (1981) sug-
gests of the virtues in general, they are embodied in the individual but have a so-
cial context. Community provides the shared meaning within which they are cul-
tivated. Hence, it is important to have the stories, ritual and codes which provide
that meaning. Second, actually determining whether one is living out a particular
virtue in a situation is a matter of individual judgement. Most often, though, it
requires the assistance of the community in some way to help that judgement. In
sport this may well be the coach. The influence of coaches in matters of spiritual
and moral meaning can be major. They can reflect back to the player how they see
their behaviour in context, and thus reinforce and assist in any judgement about
values and virtues. Third, and connected, the virtues reinforce each other at an
individual and community level. It is important, for instance, for courage to oper-
ate with justice. Equally, different members of a team may well embody different
virtues, reminding others of their importance in judgement.
Developments
These virtues begin to spell out some of the virtues in the Leeds Parish vision of
sport. But there are problems, focused largely around the question of just what we
mean by human excellence. Non-Western spirituality, religions and philosophies
may have a very different view of the end or purpose of humanity. The Buddhist
Spirituality, sport and virtues 177
philosophy, for instance, values mutuality, based on a view of interdependence, and
underlying empathy. Such a philosophy looks rather to develop spiritual meaning
through the development of responsive virtues. Confucianism on the other hand
(Twiss 1998) stresses communitarian values, including paternalism and respect for
authority, over freedom and equality. This leads to a stress on virtues such as loy-
alty and the capacity to maintain face and stay in one’s place. Similar virtues are at
the base of some forms of judo, for instance (Carr 1993). Many religious thinkers
suggest that much philosophy is eurocentric (Lovin 2005) and does not take into
account these different visions of the good. Theologians such as Hauerwas and
Wells (2004) argue for further differences. They suggest that reconciliation and
peace making is the core moral purpose, and thus that ‘peaceableness’ is the core
virtue.
Deciding what the value foundation of virtues might be becomes then quite
important. Arnold (1999) suggests that some virtues are instrumental in that they
are about enabling a purpose outside them and that others are not. However, it
would seem that all Plato’s are in fact instrumental. One can have courage, piety
and temperance and still pursue a morally dubious end. Even justice can be used
to bad ends, depending on where one draws the boundaries of the application of
justice.
Sport can embody the basic moral good, as Reid notes, but the nature of that
good still has to be articulated and the way in which sport can embody that good
has to be clarified.
The fact that there may be different views of the end of humanity, and thus
different views of the ground of any moral meaning, does not prevent reflection
on that good and coming to some view of it. Hence, Aristotle argues that the most
important virtue is phronesis. Aristotle refers to two intellectual virtues, sophia and
phronesis. The first of these is scientific knowledge and the capacity to understand
nature and the laws of nature. Phronesis involves the capacity to reflect on and de-
cide what the good end (telos) is, and put that end into practice. Phronesis enables
eudaimonia, happiness or well-being, to be embodied in the particular. Aristotle
argues that phronesis is both necessary and sufficient for being virtuous, and that
with that it is not possible to be akratic (intemperate or not in control).
Phronesis came to be included amongst the cardinal virtues, along with justice,
temperance and courage. It is precisely this virtue that becomes critical for any
sportsperson to ensure that winning does not become the only ‘end’ of sport, but
rather that winning is seen as in the context of the wider spiritual perspective of
an awareness and appreciation of the other, and the capacity to respond and find
meaning in these relationships. Ironically, this was one virtue that was markedly
missing from the endeavours of the Leeds Parish Church. They had above all an
intellectual awareness of the good end but failed completely to articulate that in
terms of sport or to find a practical way of embodying it. There was an assumption
that the simple practice of sport would bring out the character development they
so desired. They found, however, that the practice of sport was not necessarily the
same as the practice of the virtues.
Arnold (2001) suggests that phronesis is important in relating core concepts
178 Simon Robinson
of justice to practice. This involves both knowing how the rules apply to practice
and what the good behind those rules is. He also notes that phronesis can apply to
behaviour beyond rules and codes. There is no rule, for instance, behind the prac-
tice in soccer of kicking the ball out of play if a player is badly injured. From the
subsequent throw-in the ball is given to the defensive side, so that no advantage
is gained from the throw-in. The goods behind this practice are justice and care.
In one famous case, in a football cup-tie between Arsenal and Sheffield United,
advantage was taken from the throw-in by an Arsenal player that led to a goal.
The player was from a different country and was not aware of the meaning behind
this practice. Though Arsenal won, it was agreed to replay the game, precisely
because unfair advantage had been taken.
Important as clear thinking about purpose and practice is, there are other
candidates for virtues that would seem to be important. McIntyre (1999, 122ff)
moves from Aristotle to Aquinas in suggesting the importance of misericordia. This
involves an awareness of others and their needs, regardless of who they are or
whether they are a member of the community. This seems to indicate a form of
empathy, the capacity to identify with the other and so be aware of both the vul-
nerability and limitation as well as the potential of the other. In this sense it could
be seen as an affective virtue that sits alongside phronesis, affective in the sense of
awareness of the feelings of the other.
Empathy differs from sympathy in that it has a degree of distance that is es-
sential in perceiving the other and being able to respond appropriately to them.
In sport empathy enables sportspersons to see beyond the narrow circle of the
team or core community and be aware of the need surrounding them. The work
of teams and clubs in developing community work can enable the growth of such
empathy. However, empathy can enable the awareness of limitations in the self
and others and thus can be seen as a more worked out version of piety. Empathy
comes into play especially in dealing with loss and failure experienced both by any
sportsperson of his or her opponents. McIntyre suggests that misericordia includes
a sense of responsibility that is inclusive, beyond the local community. Hence, as
noted in Chapter 3, empathy requires the underpinning of agape. That sense of
inclusivity, and even shared responsibility for the other, takes us into what have
been referred to as the theological virtues.
Theological virtues
The so-called theological virtues are faith, hope and love (1 Corinthians 13:13).
Arnold (2001) refers to them as supernatural virtues, i.e. virtues that arise from
a relationship with part of the Christian godhead, the Holy Spirit. However, as
noted above, they have a generic meaning (Fowler 1996). Faith as a generic virtue
is about the capacity to have faith in a person, group, idea or thing such that one
can base one’s life or part of one’s life on that. Hence, although faith involves
trust it is more than that. Many people see sport itself as a ground of faith, or a
way of life rather than simply discrete activity. How that is worked out will once
more depend upon reflecting on the underlying good. Putting one’s faith in that
Spirituality, sport and virtues 179
good or the person or group that embodies that good then takes its place alongside
phronesis.
Hope involves the capacity to envision the future in a positive and creative way.
Hope, in one sense, is important to that view of justice and sport that states that
all teams have a chance on the day. Hope for most sportspersons has to operate in
a difficult world that seems anything but hopeful, but can still provide significant
meaning, even when the team has not won for most of the season. In all this the
sportsperson and the club can still find hope even when relegated. Hope in all this
is more profound and proactive than simple optimism.
The third spiritual virtue is love. In its Judaeo-Christian form this is known as
agape, an unconditional love for all (Robinson 2001). It is this that provides the
basis of inclusive concern. The great pull in any sports context, as supporter, club
or sportsperson, is to focus purely on the solidarity of the club itself, viewing out-
siders or other club members as adversaries. Agape is a virtue that accepts others
regardless of their difference, and enables a continued commitment to the other.
The anti-racist initiatives and community work that have swept sport in recent
years both embody this attitude. They embody a sense that responsibility for the
other is shared by everyone (Bauman 1993). This basic ethical stance is then seen
as core to the meaning of sport. Of course, this is a key attitude that the Leeds
Parish wanted to embed, but failed to articulate. As noted in Chapter 3, shared
responsibility demands that shared responsibility is negotiated. This can lead to all
kinds of interesting partnerships. At one level this relates strongly to the idea of
sporting institutions as corporate citizens who work out their responsibility to soci-
ety together with other stakeholders. At another level agape invites the individual
sportsperson to view his or her life as beyond the pitch or the game, and consider
what his or her responsibilities are in relation to the broadly defined ‘other’. All
this points to an experience of sport that both finds meaning in its community or
practice but is also facing outward.
This also takes into account respect for sporting officials. As the Leeds Parish
example amply showed, referees are everyone’s favourite target. However, they
attempt to administer justice, and also have their limitations. Respect for their
decisions has to take into account those limitations.
Agape in all this can be seen as the core moral virtue (cf. Aquinas), providing
both a baseline of moral value and meaning, and also the motivation to respond.
However, once again there is need for balance, with a care for the other which is
conditional.
Eros
This is summed up in another form of love, eros, which is based on the attraction
of the other. Although eros is often seen in terms of the erotic, it is much broader
than that. It has two dynamics. First, it involves existential joy and pleasure (Flor-
man 1976). This could be in music, or art, or even engineering. In sport it is the
delight:
180 Simon Robinson
• in experiencing sporting action, when all the training and planning comes
together in creating something special;
• in succeeding, seeing the action achieved;
• in seeing the focused and harmonious action of another;
• in contributing towards a wider social well-being (Florman 1976).
For theologians it is based in the creative act of God who turned to his creation
and saw that it was good. Once again this is an outward-facing virtue, because it
recognises and appreciates excellence, ability and significant experience in the
other, be that other the self, a team-mate or an opponent. Eros enables one to
transcend a limited view of sport. Eros also balances agape in its concern for the
self as much as the other, and thus for what the self needs.
Integrity
There is perhaps one virtue that needs to be mentioned, one that in some ways
brings the others together, or provides a framework for them. That is integrity.
Integrity involves several aspects, such that Solomon (1992) suggests that it
involves several virtues:
Humility
In his Socratic dialogues, Plato identified particular virtues associated with areté
to be piety, temperance, courage and justice. Piety involves awareness of or obedi-
ence to a god, or something or someone that is greater than oneself, and actions
or ritual that demonstrate this awareness. Reid (1998) suggests that this can be
recast as self-knowledge or awareness. This relates closely to the virtue of humility,
defined as an awareness of the limitations as well as the strengths of the self. The
point about piety is that awareness of something greater than oneself puts the self
into perspective, thus enabling a realistic assessment of the self. This also involves
a proper appreciation and acknowledgement of the contribution of the group, the
practice or the profession and of its authority.
The virtue of humility, often seen as irrelevant to professions, is tied to these.
The virtue of humility in one sense is an important corrective if the expertise of
the professional becomes a raison d’être or the basis of status or identity. Humility
is often seen as a nervous doubting of competence, self-deprecation, quite the
opposite of the professional image. Tangney, however, summarises a very different
view of humility, reminding us that all virtues rest between extremes:
Underlying such virtues are the traditional virtues, associated with Aristotle
and Plato (May 1994):
• Temperance. This does not involve abstinence – from drink or anything else
182 Simon Robinson
– but rather moderation, balance and self-control. This is important for
effective judgement, self-reliance and the acceptance of responsibility. Plato’s
sophrosunê, temperance or self-control, Reid (1998) suggests corresponds to
discipline. Discipline, in the sense of keeping to training or eating regimes,
is, however, only part of this virtue. It also includes a sense of balance, of not
moving to extremes, and is therefore critical to the exercise of judgement.
• Justice. This involves both the capacity to maintain contracts (commutative
justice) and the capacity to give equal regard and respect for all groups and
issues in any situation, but also includes restorative justice.
• Fortitude/courage. This involves courage and resilience and the capacity to
withstand a variety of pressures. Like all Aristotle’s virtues this involves the
mean, in this case between the extremes of foolhardiness and cowardice.
Courage for Plato is quite a complex idea. It is not about thoughtless bravery.
It includes a capacity to persevere with an aim, whilst also holding a critical
relationship to that aim, enabling one to modify it as and when it is right
to do so. Again there is tension in this virtue, between the courage to stick
something out, literally going the extra mile, surviving perhaps great suffering,
and knowing when to stop.
The precise definition of any of the virtues may differ and an important part
of professional training can be to invite the student and practitioner to reflect on
these and describe their own. Several things are, however, clear:
• The virtues are not simply individualistic. They are related to the whole and
thus can be used and practised only in the light of the support of the wider
community. Similarly, no individual could embody all the virtues. Hence, team
members might embody different ones, enabling the whole team to embody
the virtues. This also means accepting the limitations of team members. It is
also possible to see the community as a whole as the bearer of virtues. Hence,
we can speak, for instance of structural or group empathy.
• Virtues need to be maintained, encouraged and practised. They do not
develop without such disciplines. The development of virtues is a lifelong
process. Hence the concern for continual professional reflection (Schoen
1983).
• Virtues are not context-specific. Nor are they the virtues of expertise. On the
contrary, as we noted above, they are the virtues of humanity per se, which
can then be applied to different contexts.
• Virtues are interrelated and interdependent. Hence, although no one person
can embody all the virtues, Aristotle believed that one could not develop the
virtues singly.
• The virtues tend to be the same across different disciplines, practices and
professions. Phronesis, empathy, integrity and moderated love in particular
are core to professional competence and care. Different professions will work
these through in distinct intentional relationships, but they remain important
to all.
Spirituality, sport and virtues 183
• The development of virtues provides the balance between freedom and
autonomy and acceptance of authority. The development of the virtues
enables good decision-making and good practice, with the practitioner taking
responsibility for both. They also enable balanced judgement and acceptance
of the authority of the community, including coaching staff. Such authority is
both institutional, involving a recognition of the role and skills of the coach,
and also relational, involving recognition of qualities and virtues.
The first of these can involve both doctrinal and affective meaning. The second
sets skills in their context of meaning. The third involves identity. The final cat-
egory is precisely the reflective capacity that enables self-transcendence and with
that the ability to see how one thinks, feels (in relation to thought) and learns.
These connections suggest that virtues such as empathy and phronesis look
‘both ways’, into underlying meaning and values but also that awareness is impor-
tant for competent practice.
Conclusion
In this chapter we have suggested that virtues are central to any understanding of
spirituality as well as morality. It is the virtues that enable awareness and apprecia-
tion of the other, the capacity to respond and the development of significant life
meaning. It is they that enable settled characters than can continually learn and
reflect on the good internal to practices. Such virtues are also the fruits of those
practices and relationships. Mustakova-Possardt (2004, 245) refers to the idea of
critical moral consciousness, which brings together much of these insights. She
sums this up as involving four dimensions: ‘A moral sense of identity, a sense of
responsibility and agency, a deep sense of relatedness on all levels of living, and a
sense of life meaning or purpose.’
It is precisely that critical moral consciousness based in spirituality that the
Leeds Parish failed to focus on. For all their splendid intentions they did not en-
able real reflection, or responsibility for reflection. Indeed, far from enabling or
empowering the ‘working man’ in this, they judged ‘him’ to be lacking in the vir-
tues and in need of development. However, spirituality is based in the individual
taking responsibility for critical reflection on his or her life meaning, in the context
Spirituality, sport and virtues 185
of his or her community and wider relationships. Hence, virtue development is
about empowerment in their reflection and response.
Aristotle in particular associates virtues with the mean between extremes. This
chapter suggests a more dynamic model in which the virtues are continuously
holding together several different tensions, including:
It is precisely the virtues of phronesis, empathy, agape, eros and integrity that
enable all those to remain in creative tension.
Study questions
1 Consider Plato’s four virtues. How applicable do you consider them to be to
modern sports participation?
2 What ‘virtues’ do you think are important to sport?
3 What kind of personal and ‘spiritual’ qualities do you think would contribute
to success in sport, and to getting satisfaction from sport?
4 What was lacking in the approach of the Leeds Parish?
5 Explain the relation between the virtues and spirituality.
11 Sport, ethos and education
Jim Parry
The British climber David Sharp suffered a slow, painful death on Everest in May.
As he lay dying, 40 climbers passed him by. Did their lust for the summit override
their humanity? Peter Gillman investigates
A few days before Christmas last year, David Sharp sent an e-mail to a climbing
friend in Kathmandu, saying: “I’m (stupidly) contemplating a final (final) attempt
on Everest.” The friend, the New Zealander Jamie McGuinness, had been on Ever-
est with Sharp when he failed in an attempt in 2003. Sharp had failed again in
2004, vowing not to return. Yet McGuinness was not surprised that Sharp was
intent on a third try: “David knew he could do it, but he still had to prove it.”
Another climbing friend, Richard Dougan, says that where Everest was concerned,
“David had stars in his eyes.”
For Sharp to consider a third attempt says much about both the lure of the
world’s highest peak and a streak of stubbornness in Sharp himself, particularly
as frostbite had cost him several toes in 2003. In May, Sharp, 34, paid a far higher
price. He almost certainly reached the summit. But during his descent he died of
cold, exhaustion and lack of oxygen in the scant shelter of a rock alcove on the
crest of the mountain’s northeast ridge.
There have been numerous deaths on Everest – almost 200 at the last count
– but this was a spectacularly public one. Some 40 climbers, bidding to reach the
summit via the north side of Everest that day, all passed Sharp during their ascent
and descent, stepping within a few feet of his prostrate but still sentient body.
It was a desolate place to die, ravaged by wind and cold, overlooking the slopes
of Everest’s monumental northwest flank. The manner of his death was equally
disturbing. Climbers describe how his hands and arms were deformed by frostbite;
how, when he was hauled to his feet, he was unable to stand; and how he was
finally left to die alone.
Sharp’s death led to anguished debate in the climbing world and the
international press. Mountaineers of the stature of Sir Edmund Hillary have
weighed in, complaining of the “horrifying” attitudes it revealed. The 40 or so
Sport, ethos and education 187
climbers involved stand accused of putting their own summit ambitions ahead of
saving Sharp’s life. Such is the draw of Everest that the climbers involved are drawn
from nations across the world, including Australia, New Zealand, Lebanon, Turkey
and the US. Interviews with many of them, however, present a more complex
picture than the accusations allow.
From one interested party, meanwhile, there has been only pained silence. That
is David’s family – his parents, both in their sixties, and his younger brother, Paul
– who have recoiled from the media furore as they contend with their grief. From
the accounts of friends, David emerges as a personable young man, close to his
parents. He relished new challenges and, crucially, he was a loner who backed his
own judgments.
There are contradictions too: a trained scientist renowned for his analytical
thinking who, despite himself, was lured back time and again to Everest. So is this
a parable of climbers passing by on the other side? What do the climbers have to
say for themselves? To those questions may be added a third: was Sharp so blinded
by the stars in his eyes that he took a risk too far?
The story that Peter Gillman begins to tell was one that many found shocking,
not least because there was amongst many climbers a view that there was a settled
ethos in their community. Spirituality and ethics come together perhaps most
strongly in the idea of ethos. Ethos can be summed up as the distinctive character,
spirit and attitudes of a group or community. As such it is something about the
distinctive values and meaning of that community, but also the actual practice
of those values. It is thus summed up not just in concepts but also in how people
behave to each other, including the tone of communication. The ethos is discov-
ered in relationship; in attention given, or not given, to the other, in concern for
key values and purposes in practice, and so on.
For the climbers the ethos was one that was worked out within and around an
environment of risk shared by all. At its centre was the belief that, however good
any climber might be, he or she might at any time depend upon other climbers
to survive. From that awareness of physical vulnerability, danger and need came
the core principle that one always helped another climber in need. Ethicists as
different as McIntyre (1999) and Levinas (1998) both agree on this point, that
concern for the other arises from an awareness of vulnerability. Hence, for Levinas
ethics begins with the face of the other, that which sums up the limitations, and
ultimately the mortality of the other.
Such was the strength of this ethos for the climbing community that figures
such as Edmund Hillary immediately condemned what they saw as its erosion in
the Sharp case. Two things seemed to threaten this ethos. The first was the quest
for excellence and achievement. Why was Sharp so determined to make it by him-
self and with limited resources? The irony was that Sharp had more than enough
money on him to have paid for a Sherpa to accompany him. The people who
walked past did not even do so ‘on the other side’. They had to unclip themselves
from the safety line to get round Sharp. These included Mark Inglis, a remark-
able New Zealand climber with two artificial legs. Inglis had himself suffered in
188 Jim Parry
climbing accidents and seems to have been driven in his desire to overcome his
handicap.
The second challenge to the ethos was from the commercial operation. Everest
increasingly represents significant financial opportunities, with companies provid-
ing Sherpa support, and even fixed safety lines most of the way up. The argument
runs that this focuses the concern of the company on the profits, and purely the
care of their clients, ignoring the wider ethos of inclusive care for fellow climbers.
The Sharp case is complex, and many of the factual details are disputed. It is
argued by some that the company who had climbers on Everest that day knew of
the Sharp situation and had the capacity to effect a rescue, but did not.
Much analysis has followed this case, including the view that at such extreme
heights exhaustion and lack of oxygen make it very difficult to think through ethi-
cal challenges. However, it is precisely the point of an ethos that it enables ethical
response at a very basic level. In this case the inclusive concern would come first,
provided that there were the resources to effect a rescue.
In relation to education ethos becomes central. Any corporate activity express-
es value, tells us something about what that group or community find important.
In the case of education, ethos will be connected to the core purpose of learning
and the conditions that enable that learning, including mutual respect, a safe en-
vironment for mutual critique, and the practice of academic freedom. Education,
however, can provide an ethos that has a much wider focus, and this chapter will
explore first how the ethos of sport itself can be central to the education process
and experience, and then will suggest that Olympism provides an ethos that con-
nects to broader values, such as fairness, justice and peace. It will then focus on
how such an ethos can be sustained and how this involves an ongoing develop-
ment of meaning. In one sense this will move from the commitment to an ethos
to the contract or compact that can articulate that ethos and sustain it. Finally,
in relation to education, it will examine the ethos and spirituality of the learning
organisation.
Games are laboratories for value experiments. Students are put in the position
of having to act, time and time again, sometimes in haste, under pressure or
provocation, either to prevent something or to achieve something, under a
structure of rules. The settled dispositions which it is claimed emerge from
Sport, ethos and education 189
such a crucible of value-related behaviour are those which were consciously
cultivated through games in the public schools in the last century.
(Parry 1986, 144–145)
Part of Fraleigh’s case is that the internal values of sport itself, as exhibited by
its rules, impose upon us certain ethical requirements for its successful practice.
But this is only part of the story, since these rules are interpreted and applied from
within a context of the more broadly understood values of a community which
supports the practice. (Later we will look at the philosophy of Olympism as an
example of a proposed set of such community values, which provides an account
of sport at its best, together with an ethics and politics within which sport can
flourish and to which it can contribute.)
It could be argued that the idea of ethos is not in itself fixed or settled, but that
it provides the basis of embodied values that are and always must be tested. In
other words the testing is critical to sustaining the ethos. Indeed, it might further
be argued that such critical testing is in itself a part of any ethos. An ethos that
is not open to interpretation or dispute is one that embodies some form of exclu-
sion.
Looked at in another way this begins to show the different ways in which spir-
ituality and ethics relate. At one level ethics grows out of spirituality. Holistic
awareness of the other leads to an awareness of the needs of the other, a sense of
interdependence and with that a sense of shared responsibility (Robinson 2007).
Hence, an irreducible moral concern grows from spirituality.
At another level, the development of life meaning is being constantly tested by
a variety of things, from conflicting values to set ethical principles. The story of the
Abraham’s challenge of God in Genesis 18:25 illustrates this. God has determined
that he will destroy Sodom. Abraham challenges God as to how he could kill the
‘righteous with the wicked’. Abraham is challenging God based on a simple view of
justice, or perhaps even on the basis of what he saw as God’s inclusive spirituality.
Fasching and Dechant (2001) suggest that this story illustrates a Jewish tradition
of ‘audacious’ challenge, and how such challenge was a core part of spirituality.
So the ethos of the sport can embody core and settled dispositions, but it also
takes place within the laboratory ‘for value experiments’ where individuals and
the team as a whole have to continuously respond to challenges under great pres-
sure.2 The more the ethos is challenged through practice, the more it is articulated
and clarified.
[P]articular practices like sport can offer arenas where ethical discourse can
flourish and where a morally and psychologically binding consensus, based on
both tradition and the more or less tacit knowledge of how to play the game,
can come under the scrutiny of all practitioners. Moreover, we believe that
the morality of particular sporting games is being presented, challenged and
negotiated, not always in articulate forms, but in terms of embodied interac-
tion throughout sports performances.
(Loland and McNamee 2003, 75)
192 Jim Parry
Character education
The virtues are what constitute the so-called ‘character’, in the sense of a par-
ticular identity and the capacity to relate. How then are the virtues developed?
Aristotle suggests that they have to be developed in practice, through habituation.
This is not about mindless conditioning. On the contrary it involves getting used
to, and practising, phronesis. This means that it enables the person to take respon-
sibility for performing moral actions. As Burnyeat (1980) puts it, this is the sort of
person ‘who does virtuous things in full knowledge of what he is doing, choosing
to do them for their own sake.’
As McIntyre (1981) notes, the virtues, such as justice and courage, are embod-
ied as internal goods in a community of practice.3 So it is through these practices
that we learn just what the meaning of justice or courage is in the particular, and
begin to embody it ourselves, simply in the doing. We can contrast that with didac-
tic teaching that simply sets out rules or principles, known only in their generality.
However, acquiring virtues through practice does not mean that we have to ignore
the written articulation of meaning – on the contrary, as McIntyre argues, there
is a need for stories and other discourses that can communicate meaning in the
tradition of the community, and also for broad statements of value. Nor does it
mean that we must reject reflection upon moral matters – on the contrary, it is the
dialectic of ‘testing’ between practice and thoughtfulness that produces wisdom
in virtue.
It must not be forgotten, however, that none of this is simply about getting
across values accepted by the community, but about the individual developing a
personal and practical understanding of those values and the capacity to respond
to others in the light of them. The development of virtues looks to a settled char-
acter that can reflect on internal goods, and this takes place not just within the
practice, but also through continued reflection and debate within the community.
Moreover, such debate will not end simply where the community ends. If sport is
an outward-facing community it will embody in its practices values and virtues
that are more universal, and which resonate (or not) with wider communities.
Indeed, sport may contribute insights about values (such as equality, fairness,
justice, respect for others) beyond sport itself. Hence, there is much talk of the
example given by sportspersons to wider society and especially to young children.
Important in the development of such awareness is inter-textual dialogue – dia-
logue that takes into account different views of the good. Van der Ven (1998)
suggests that this is critical to moral development, not least because it causes one
to look again more closely at one’s own values and beliefs, and their coherence.
Modelling of the virtues is clearly an important part of learning in and through
practice (and this should cause us to reflect upon the virtues-in-role of the PE
teacher and the sports coach). However, such learning is not simply about discrete
actions but rather about actions in relationship. It is the relationality of the prac-
tice that actually enables the development of virtues. Players and clubs develop
relationships that build up an inclusive attitude. Players relate to each other in
ways that develop trust and thus faith in each other, and in the club. Players feel
Sport, ethos and education 193
valued through the response of the club. As such relationships build up, so the af-
fective as well as cognitive awareness of moral and spiritual meaning is developed
(Robinson 2001), and the person is empowered through developing their role and
responsibility and the underlying meaning that they give to and find within their
activity.
• tolerance;
• generosity;
• solidarity;
• friendship;
• non-discrimination;
• respect for others.
I have suggested elsewhere (Parry 2006, 191) that this echoes the basis of Ol-
ympism in liberal humanism, stressing as it does the values of equality, justice,
194 Jim Parry
fairness, respect for persons and excellence. Underlying such values and principles
there is a holistic philosophical anthropology of sport, first sketched by Coubertin.
He speaks (1966/1894a) of the human not as a simple dualism of body and soul,
but as a more complicated mix of body, mind and character, with character seen
as formed primarily by the body.
[T]here are not two parts to a man – body and soul: there are three – body,
mind and character; character is not formed by the mind, but primarily by the
body. The men of antiquity knew this, and we are painfully relearning it.
I prefer to harness a foursome and to distinguish not only body and soul, . . .
but muscles, intelligence, character and conscience.
In these reforms physical games and sports hold, we may say, the most promi-
nent place: the muscles are made to do the work of a moral educator. It is the
application to modern requirements of one of the most characteristic princi-
ples of Greek civilisation: to make the muscles the chief factor in the work of
moral education.
(Coubertin 1896, 11)
Sport, then, not only provides a context of equality and fairness within which
the individual can strive for excellence, but also forms a community within which
friendships are developed and sustained and through which a wider vision of
peace is articulated and pursued. The idea of pursuing peace through the Olympic
Movement will be more thoroughly explored in the next chapter, but it is partly
about bringing together different nationalities and transcending different national
concerns in collaborative endeavour. At one level this involves a concerted ef-
fort by the Olympic Movement to bring nations together and to influence future
generations through education.
Reid (2006) begins to focus this international framework into peace-making
through sport in the community. She connects three elements to this peace-mak-
ing in practice that sport provides. First, ‘we must deliberately set aside a time and
place’ for sport. This is both a sanctuary and a truce, in which differences are put
to one side and the focus of the activity is for that time shared. In spiritual terms
this is an experience which enables the participants to transcend the particular in
Sport, ethos and education 195
disputes and differences. Reid (2006, 208) suggests that the ancient Greeks associ-
ated a strong inclusive idea, with this coming together of difference, through the
concept of xenia, or hospitality to the stranger. The practice of ekecheiria, a truce
enabling safe travel to the Games, extends this hospitality to the enemy.
The second element is the establishing of equality and fair play. No matter
what the differences, coming together in sport demands equality before the rules,
or law, the Greek concept of isonomia. I would add to Reid that the experience of
that equality is another part of the lived ethos of sport, and that the different con-
testants come together to share that meaning. It is thus both a lived experience of
shared meaning, reinforced by the sporting rituals, and a lived experience of being
perceived of as equal value. Hence, once more, the meaning operates cognitively,
affectively and somatically. The true power of this lived experience comes when,
as Reid suggests, sport can show aggression and even anger, expressed within a
context of equality. As Robinson notes (2001), when equal respect is offered in the
context of difference and emotion, this further develops awareness and accept-
ance of the other. Hence, in the relationships developed through sport, a level of
empathy and commitment to the other can begin to emerge.
Reid’s final element extends from this. The ethos of Olympism enables an eval-
uation of the other based on their personal qualities and how these relate to the
situation. This develops respect for the other in the context of a shared commu-
nity. At one level it focuses on personal and positive difference. At another level it
enables the person to operate in the shared community which is different from his
or her own. This can raise great challenges in terms of spiritual and moral develop-
ment. In itself, it enables a transcendence of the community. However, this does
not simply involve going beyond the community, it involves espousing values that
either are in a very different context or may have points of direct difference from
the home community. This sets up a real ‘inter-textual dialogue’ between different
communities and thus the possibility of critique of the home or other community,
which nonetheless respects differences globally. Handled properly this sets up the
development of forms of internationalism or even cosmopolitanism, the possibility
of a world community, which is aware of and appreciates differences.
Cosmopolitanism is about being aware of difference and being at ease with it.
However, this does not mean that we must accept difference that is unjust, and
the Olympic Movement has in the past challenged such behaviour. When the
International Olympic Committee took action to withdraw the recognition of the
South African Olympic Committee on 15 May 1970 (see Mbaye 1995, 116–117),
it was not simply because the IOC disagreed with its government’s politics. IOC
President Avery Brundage’s letter (reproduced in Mbaye 1995, 279) makes clear
his view that the IOC could not penalise a National Olympic Committee simply
because it disagreed with some policy or another of its government, otherwise ‘we
will not have any left.’ Rather, it was because, in the case of the South African
government, its policies produced an apartheid sport which was unjust sport – the
laws and local rules of the apartheid system were racially discriminatory, making
it impossible for different sectors of the community to compete fairly, and thus
violating Article 1 of the Olympic Charter (Mbaye 1995, 115.)
196 Jim Parry
All of this reinforces the ethic, espoused by Coubertin, that although winning
is important it is taking part in fair and ethical sport that is critical.
This ethos fits well into the stages of spiritual development suggested by Fowler
(1996). His first two stages involve a generic faith that is determined by the family.
The next two are determined by the community. Stage 5 then has the individual
taking responsibility for his or her own faith in relation to the communities of
which he or she is a part. He or she is still part of a community but understands its
limitations, and is also part of and appreciates other communities.
Two central ideas begin to sum up the virtues that Olympism strives for, kalos
k’agathos and areté. Nissiotis (1984, 64) sees the Olympic ideal as a means of edu-
cating ‘the whole man as a conscious citizen of the world’. He defines this ideal
as:
Areté is the idea of excellence, with the Olympian striving to better him- or
herself. If the focus of education is on the development of transcendence beyond
one’s home community, then areté looks at another aspect of transcendence, be-
yond physical and intellectual limits. Hence, Nissiotis (1984, 66) writes,
The Olympic ethos thus provides a real focus for wider education. With the
core ideas of fair play, the value of competition, the nature of a good contest
(including equality before the law and equality of opportunity), the very activity
of sport in education provides a focus for the presentation of and reflection on val-
Sport, ethos and education 197
ues. This can be part of any school’s approach to sport education. The pedagogy
would focus on the ethical practice of sport, and there would also be opportunities
for reflecting on its ethos and values, and how this allows us to connect with other
groups.
Too often, sport or other activity at school is seen as meaningless beyond its
simple activity. However, where a group, in school or higher education, is taken to
outdoor activity weeks (for example), it is possible to begin the process of reflect-
ing on the interdependence required for success and how this shapes core values
of that community. Here we could see ethics and spirituality come together, focus-
ing on meaning at cognitive, affective and somatic levels. There might also be a
greater focus on Olympism per se. This can include:
Education
There are, however, two issues that need to be noted with respect to education,
spirituality and ethos.
First, no ethos can be set for all time and, as noted above, there has to be a
continual reflection on and debate about the meaning and tone of the ethos. The
very idea of generic spirituality is built around a learning or journey model which
seeks to articulate meaning and to reflect on practice, both for the individual and
the group. Hence, attention then has to be paid to what Hawkins (1991) refers to
as the spiritual dimension of the learning organisation.
Hawkins argues that beyond the level of operations and strategy the developing
organisation needs to attend to questions of underlying identity and purpose. At
this level there is the development of ‘integrative awareness’ which ensures that
there is transparency and participation such that all involved recognise shared
life meaning and begin to accept mutual responsibility and interdependence. This
may be the function of good planning, which allows wide participation in reflec-
tion on purpose aims and objectives. It may also enable the learning process to
occur in any organisation. One example of this is the provision of whistle-blowing
and anti-bullying procedures which enable transparency such that conflict can be
dealt with constructively (Armstrong et al. 2006).
However this also raises the second issue, which questions how the ethos at
the centre of sport might relate to the ethos of the wider learning organisation, for
example the school or higher education institution. Should there be an effort to
make them the same or, given the multicultural context of sport and the Olympic
ideal, should the two be in dialogue? Should there be a stress on discourse which
is not just within the sport, but also with the other institutions that sport part-
ners? One way of setting this question is to ask how ethical principle and ethical
198 Jim Parry
practice can cohere in sports practice in an educational situation? At this point,
let us remind ourselves of a thought of Coubertin’s (1966/1894a):
character is not formed by the mind, but primarily by the body. The men of
antiquity knew this, and we are painfully relearning it.
And let us recall the idea of games and sports as laboratories for value experi-
ments, in which participants are forced to react to opportunity and circumstance
in the pursuit of some goal in a rule-structured environment. The idea here is that
sport, properly conducted, might be capable of developing character, the virtues
and moral behaviour, especially if we set out consciously to do so in pursuit of
some rationale, or ideal, such as Olympism.
In discussing such a possibility (Parry 1988a, 117) I have argued that we
should:
It is those practices that can constitute a flourishing life that I now consider
fundamental to education
(1993, 6)
Sport, ethos and education 199
and he goes on to suggest that a curriculum should be organised in terms of ‘sig-
nificant practices’. However, just which practices constitute a flourishing life, or
just which practices are to be deemed significant, remains opaque in his account.
Above, I have tried to sketch out some considerations in favour of sport, under the
umbrella of Olympism, as a significant practice.
Practices, then, promote those human excellences and values that constitute
a flourishing life. But, more than that, practices are the very sites of development of
those dispositions and virtues, for it is within practices that opportunities arise for
(e.g.) moral education, including the nurturing and development of the virtues
discussed in the last chapter. It is by participating in a practice (and by practising its
skills and procedures) that one begins to understand its standards and excellences,
and the virtues required for successful participation.
As Piers Benn puts it (1998, 167–168):
The suggestion here is that the practice of sport, informed by the philosophical
anthropology and ethos of Olympism, offers a context and a route for us to achieve
a number of important aims relating to moral education:
• to further our traditional concern for the whole person whilst working at the
levels both of activity and of ideas (because the practical work can be seen as
a kind of laboratory for value experiments);
• to show coherence between approaches to practical and theoretical work
(because the physical activity is designed as an example and exemplar of the
ideas in practice);
• to explore in later years ideas implicit in work in earlier years (because the
practical work encapsulating the values and ideas can be taught well before
the children are old enough to grasp the full intellectual content of the
ideas).
I would wish to commend to teachers and coaches the values of Olympism, not
just not just as historical anachronisms or moralising dogmas, nor as inert ideas to
be passed on unthinkingly to students and athletes, but as living ideas which have
the power to remake our notions of sport in education, seeing sport not as mere
physical activity but as the purposeful physical activity of an educated and ethical
200 Jim Parry
individual, infused by an ethical ethos, and aiming at the cultivation of virtuous
dispositions.
Study questions
1 Do you think that games and sports bring out the best of people? Do they
have the capacity to make people morally better?
2 What are the ‘internal’ values of sport?
3 How would you describe the ‘good sports contest’? (Think of the best games
you have ever seen, or taken part in – what made them the best?)
4 What, if anything, is gained by seeing sports as social ‘practices’?
5 What is the relation between practices and the virtues?
6 What is the ideology of Olympism, and how might it help us to view sports?
Acknowledgement
Thanks are due to Peter Gillman for permission to use the introduction to his
extended and careful discussion of the issues surrounding David Sharp’s death on
Everest. The full article was published in The Sunday Times, 24 September 2006.
12 The religio athletae, Olympism
and peace
Jim Parry
Introduction
I therefore invite you . . . to come and sit on the wooded slopes of Mount Kronion
at the hour when beyond the Alpheus the rising sun begins to touch the swelling
hills with gold and to lighten the green meadows at their feet.
I have drunk in this spectacle twice at an interval of thirty-three years. On a
morning in November 1894 I became aware in this sacred place of the enormity of
the task which I had undertaken in proclaiming five months earlier the restoration
of the Olympic Games after an interruption of fifteen hundred years; . . . On a
morning in April 1927 I waited there in a kind of devout contemplation for the
hour when the hand of the minister of education would draw back the Greek and
French flags veiling the dazzling marble erected to attest success.
From this lovely pine forest which climbs Mount Kronion . . . it is possible to
recreate in imagination the long avenues of plane trees along which there once
came the athletes and pilgrims, the embassies and the commerce, all the traffic and
all the ambition, all the appetites and all the vainglories of a civilisation both more
complex and more strictly defined than any which have followed it.
Altis – the sacred precinct – immediately reveals itself as a religious focus, the
centre of a cult. Among this people and above all at this time it is difficult to
imagine a religion not based upon a positive philosophical conception.
Let us therefore look for this basis. And if there really was a religion of athletics
. . . let us find out why it is in Greece that it took shape, and whether the Greek
ideal . . . is still suited to the rest of humanity.
(Coubertin 1966/1929, 107–108)
Whilst teaching at the International Olympic Academy some years ago I first ac-
cepted Coubertin’s invitation, and jogged with other staff and students to the
top of Mount Kronion, overlooking the archaeological site of Ancient Olympia,
with the stadium in clear view, to wait for the dawn. I read out this passage from
Coubertin’s essay Olympia as the sun rose, and later the same day gave a lecture
on ethical aspects of the Olympic Idea.
It is clear that Coubertin’s ‘devout contemplation’ of the idea of a ‘religion of
athletics’ (the ‘religio athletae’) was central to his project to revive the Olympic
Games at the end of the nineteenth century. The last chapter examined the ethi-
202 Jim Parry
cal core of sport as exhibited by its rule structures and by the notion of ethos. This
chapter will explore the place of religion, religious sentiment and ceremonial in
ancient and modern sport, and will extend the discussion from ethical into politi-
cal considerations.
With the twelve labours depicted by the bas-reliefs on the two metopes of
the Temple (of Zeus), the world is presented with the content of the moral
teachings which Olympia intended with the Games.
The idea is that the sculptures of the demigod Hercules in Olympia performed
a morally educative function, standing as role models, especially for the athletes
who were there to train for the Games, of physical, moral and intellectual virtue:
This prefigures the modern Olympic idea, which translates into a few simple
phrases which capture the essence of what an ideal human being ought to be
and to aspire to (see Parry 1998). The philosophical anthropology of Olympism
promotes the ideals of:
My friends and I have not laboured to restore the Olympic Games to you
in order to make them a fitting object for a museum or a cinema; nor is it
our wish that mercantile or electoral interests should seize upon them. Our
object in reviving an institution twenty-five centuries old was that you should
become new adepts of the religion of sports, as our great ancestors conceived
it.
(Coubertin 1966/1927, 100)
I must explain the term ‘religious’, which has here a special significance. The
true religion of the athlete of antiquity did not consist in sacrificing solemnly
before the altar of Zeus; this was no more than a traditional gesture. It con-
sisted in taking an oath of honour and disinterest, and above all striving to
keep it strictly. A participant in the Games must be in some manner purified
by the progression and practice of such virtues. Thus were revealed the moral
beauty and the profound scope of physical culture.
Now, there may well be a problem in translation from the French in these texts
(and the opening text of this chapter), but let us notice the references to both a
‘religion of the athlete’ and a ‘religion of athletics’, or a ‘religion of sports’. The
first, of course, is translated as religio athletae – the second would be religio ath-
letica. (We should also notice, in passing, that perhaps the term is not Coubertin’s,
but was in fact coined by an Irishman, A.A. Lynch, in 1895 – see Kruger (1993,
95–96).)
Coubertin did not distinguish the two, and uses them interchangeably. How-
ever, they bring with them different emphases. The first refers to the moral princi-
ples and precepts espoused by the athlete, and the virtues pursued and practiced.
The second refers to the moral basis, in principle and ethos, which is immanent in
sporting practice. The moral core of sport is exhibited both by the constitutive and
regulative rules from which each sport is composed, and also by the commitment
of athletes to the ‘contract to contest’, without which there could be no contest.
(This is what is formalised by the Olympic Oath.)
However, both are important to our understanding of the significance of sport
in culture, for it is the very nature of sport, as ethical and equal contest, that
provides the logical basis for the moral practice of the athlete.
206 Jim Parry
Sport as a religion
On the question whether Coubertin saw sport as a ‘modern religion’, he is incon-
sistent on the matter. Occasionally he writes as if it were. In his Olympic Memoirs,
Coubertin states that sports were ‘a religion with its church, dogmas, service . . .
but above all a religious feeling’ (1997, 115).
And again in 1935:
Certainly, too, some of his followers used similar language, and it might have
seemed that the claim was being made that sport was set to take over from or-
ganised religion as a focus of spirituality for the masses. After all, scientism and
secularism were beginning to make inroads into traditional forms of observance.
However, we should notice that both of the above quotes emphasise the im-
portance for Olympism of religious feeling or sentiment, as distinct from religion
itself. Roesch (1979, 199–200), argues that the ‘pseudo-cultic’ expressions of Ol-
ympism, consciously created by Coubertin, do not qualify Olympism (or sport) as
a religion:
Religious life and cultic expressions take part in other forms and contents,
such as gesture, attitude, ritual dance, prayer, speech and rites. The individual
athlete, no matter what his religion, denomination or ideology, lives and acts,
according to his religious conviction as a Christian, Moslem, Buddhist, Jew
and so on . . . ‘Olympism’ can’t take the place of that.
But art will inhabit there continuously, and religion, too. We do not mean by
this that a church must be erected there, or places of worship, or even one of
those temples . . .
In no case, therefore, should there be any question of providing any sort
of building to be consecrated to the performance of religious rites. We have
The religio athletae, Olympism and peace 207
used the term ‘religious’ in a different sense. Olympia derived this adjective
not merely because it contained temples and altars and priests. The city
drew its sanctity from the sentiment of patriotic piety that hovered over it,
impregnating its atmosphere and investing its monuments.
(1966/1910, 22)
Roesch creates his contrast only by failing to take account of what Coubertin
means by ‘religion’ in its wider senses, and of what he repeatedly says about ‘the re-
ligio athletae’, with its basis in both ethics and sentiment, which he sees as aspects
of religiosity. Especially, we should notice that the core of Coubertin’s concern
here is the moral value of sport.
But first I must discuss this term ‘religious’, which has here a special meaning.
The true religion of the classical athlete consisted . . . in the swearing of an
oath of fidelity to the rules and unselfishness, and above all in compelling
themselves to strict adherence thereto . . . We must find our way back to a
similar phenomenon . . . firstly the acceptance of a wiser, wider, and above all
more precise definition of the amateur; secondly the re-establishment of a
preliminary oath.
(1966/1906, 17)
The Olympiad calls for a solemnity and a ceremonial which would be quite
out of keeping were it not for the prestige which accrues to it from its titles
of nobility.
[. . .]
There is one which existed then and could be transposed almost unchanged.
It is the oath. Before the opening of the Games those athletes who had been
admitted as competitors went to the Temple of Zeus and vowed to observe
in every particular the law of the Games. They declared themselves without
taint and worthy to appear in the Stadium.
(1966/1910, 34)
The Olympic Oath was spoken for the first time in 1920 in Antwerp by Vic-
tor Boin, Olympic competitor in sword-fighting in Stockholm in 1912, and later
President of the Belgian Olympic Committee. From 1920 to 1960 the wording of
the oath was as follows:
We swear that we will take part in the Olympic Games in loyal competition,
respecting the regulations which govern them and desirous of participating in
them in the true spirit of sportsmanship for the honour of our country and for
the glory of sport.
Coubertin introduced this Olympic oath with great deliberation and in the
face of much criticism. Its aim was to announce that this Olympic contest
arose from the most sacred feelings of youth and would be conducted with
the highest moral seriousness in devotion to the most honourable sentiments
that move young people.
it is a festival in which man celebrates his humanity, that is the part of life
which is not exhausted in the struggle for existence, but seeks to share in the
transcendental and the spiritual, in that eternal forward movement by which
we men become men.
Ceremony characterises a solemn event, the presence of form, a
religious content, a symbolic value. Ceremony is the governing framework
of the . . . Olympic festival. Ceremony alone confers upon the event its
inner consecration; it has the quality of a rite . . . The ceremony can still
be understood today in its original sense as a compulsion to reflection, to
dedication, and to participation.
As we have already seen, the Olympic Oath ceremony involves the personal
commitment of each individual participating athlete. The medal ceremonies
honour the victors by elevating them onto the podium into the public eye and
heralding their achievement, and honour their countries by displaying their flag
and anthem to the world.
These two ceremonies go back to ancient times, and so does the tradition of
the torch relay. Diem, whose idea it was to take the Olympic flame, kindled by the
sun’s rays in the sacred Altis in Olympia, to Berlin in 1936, said in 1946 that this
ceremony:
The Olympic rings, the Olympic flag, the Olympic anthem, the Olympic ad-
dress, the Olympic Oath, the carillon of bells, fanfares, ritual processions, choir-
singing, banners, pigeons, symbolic light, architecture, and the opening and
closing ceremonies, are all designed to heighten the feelings and experiences of
participants and observers alike, to exploit symbolic meaning, and to elevate the
importance and significance of the occasion.
In Chapter 2, Simon Robinson develops a working definition of spirituality,
involving three elements: awareness and appreciation of the other, the capacity to
respond to the other, and the development of significant life meaning based upon
210 Jim Parry
all aspects of awareness and appreciation of and response to the other. This sec-
tion tries to show that Coubertin did not really see Olympism as a religion in the
formal sense – as a competitor with Christianity and Buddhism for the allegiance
of the people – but as a moral and spiritual movement in the above senses, with
the capacity to promote moral commitment and communal seriousness of purpose
in the significant effort to achieve human excellence.
In Olympic sport, we have the example of the ancient transition from barba-
rism to humanism – the civilising and unifying influence of sport for the ancient
Greeks. We also see the athlete transcending himself in a performance which is
both competitive and collaborative. And in the Olympic Games we see a festival
of celebration which exhibits transcendent religiosity within an ethical structure
of equal competition and mutual respect.
Modern truce
In pursuit of the aim, stated in the Olympic Charter, of promoting peace through
sport and the Olympic ideal, the International Olympic Committee (IOC) de-
cided to revive the ancient concept of the Olympic Truce.
The first initiatives were launched by the International Olympic Committee
(IOC) in 1992. In order for the project to have a greater impact, the IOC relayed
it to the United Nations (UN). Since 1993, the UN General Assembly has repeat-
edly expressed its support for the IOC by unanimously adopting, every two years,
one year before each edition of the Olympic Games, a resolution entitled ‘Building
a peaceful and better world through sport and the Olympic ideal’.
212 Jim Parry
Olympic ideals are also United Nations ideals: tolerance, equality, fair play
and, most of all, peace. Together, the Olympics and the United Nations can
be a winning team. But the contest will not be won easily. War, intolerance
and deprivation continue to stalk the earth. We must fight back. Just as ath-
letes strive for world records, so must we strive for world peace
(Kofi Annan, United Nations Secretary General, September 2000,
quoted at: www.olympic.org/uk/organisation/missions/truce/)
1992 The IOC launched an appeal for the observance of the Olympic Truce
and negotiated with the United Nations to allow individual athletes of
the former Republic of Yugoslavia to participate as ‘independent Olympic
participants’ in the Games of the XXIII Olympiad in Barcelona; and Croatia,
Slovenia and Bosnia-Herzegovina could compete as separate nations for
the first time.
1993 The first resolution on the observance of the Olympic Truce was adopted
by the 48th session of the UN General Assembly.
1994 The year was proclaimed the International Year of Sport and the Olympic
Ideal by the UN. The appeal for the observance of the Olympic Truce
allowed the participation of athletes from the former Republic of Yugoslavia
in the Olympic Winter Games in Lillehammer. An IOC delegation visited
Sarajevo, which was at war, to extend its solidarity with the city that hosted
the XIV Olympic Winter Games in 1984.
1995 The IOC president attended the UN General Assembly for the first time in
history.
1998 The Olympic Truce was taken into consideration by member States during
the Olympic Winter Games in Nagano and contributed, to a certain extent,
to avoid war in Iraq and to set up a mediation mission by the UN Secretary
General, which led to the signature of a memorandum of understanding
between the UN and the Iraqi government.
1999 A record number of 180 member States were co-sponsors of the resolution
on the Olympic Truce.
2000 The United Nations Millennium Summit, held in New York with the
participation of more than 150 heads of state and government, adopted
a Millennium Declaration that included a paragraph on the observance
of the Olympic Truce. During the Opening Ceremony of the Games of
the XXVII Olympiad in Sydney, the South and North Korean delegations
paraded in the stadium together under the flag of the Korean peninsula.
2000 The IOC established an International Olympic Truce Foundation (IOTF),
with the following objectives:
The flying of the United Nations flag at all Olympic events is a visible re-
minder of the purpose shared between the UN and the International Olympic
Committee . . . I call upon all nations to observe the Olympic Truce. I am
convinced that in this observance, and by working with the International
Olympic Committee to promote the Olympic ideal, we will draw the world’s
attention to what humanity can achieve in the name of international under-
standing.
Conclusion
Whether or not the Olympic Truce brings significant political change, we must
further consider the educative value of example (as with all issues within sports
ethics). As well as the idea of the moral laboratory, in which people, especially
children, learn to consider moral choices and to act morally, Nissiotis raises the
idea of a ‘school of peace’:
Study questions
1 Some people say that sport is a kind of modern religion. What do you think
they might mean by that? Are they right to say so?
2 To what extent might we take the ancient tradition of truce as an example of
how sport could contribute to a better world?
3 What do you think of the ethical ideals of the Olympic Movement? Are they
capable of being implemented in practice, or are they just empty words and
slogans?
4 Do you think that sport is capable of helping us to see our way in the world
– to develop ethical, political and spiritual ideas?
Notes
Acevedo, E.O., Dzewaltowski, D.A., Gill, D.L. and Noble, J.M. (1992) ‘Cognitive Orienta-
tions of Ultra-Marathoners’, The Sport Psychologist, 6: 242–252.
Ackerman, D. (1997) Deep Play, New York: Vintage.
Agassi, J.B. (ed.) (1999) Martin Buber on Psychology and Psychotherapy: Essays, Letters, and
Dialogue, Syracuse, NY: Syracuse University Press.
Aitken, B.W.W. (1992) ‘Sport, Religion, and Well-Being’, in S.J. Hoffman (ed.), Sport and
Religion, Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics, pp. 237–244.
Albom, M. (1997) Tuesdays with Morrie, New York: Doubleday.
Alderson, D. (1996) ‘An Anatomy of the British Polity: Alton Locke and Christian Manli-
ness’, in R. Robins and J. Wolfreys (eds), Victorian Identities: Social and Cultural Forma-
tions in Nineteenth-Century Literature, New York: St. Martin’s Press, pp. 43–61.
Aldridge, D. (2000) Spirituality, Healing and Medicine, London: Jessica Kingsley.
Allen, D.W. (1994) ‘Young England: Muscular Christianity and the Politics of the Body
in “Tom Brown’s Schooldays” ’, in D.E. Hall (ed.), Muscular Christianity: Embodying the
Victorian Age, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 114–132.
Alsup, R. (1995) ‘Existentialism of Personalism: A Native-American Perspective’, in K.J.
Schneider and R. May (eds), The Psychology of Existence: An Integrative, Clinical Perspec-
tive, New York: McGraw-Hill, pp. 247–254.
Alves, C. (1991) ‘Just a Matter of Words? The Religious Education Debate in the House of
Lords’, British Journal of Religious Education, 13 (3): 14–22.
American Association of Colleges of Nursing (AACN) (1986) Essentials of College and Uni-
versity Education for Nursing, Washington, DC: AACN.
Ampleforth College (2004) Mission Statement: Ampleforth College. Online. Available at:
www.ampleforthcollege.york.sch.uk/ (accessed 5 April 2004).
Andersen, M.B. (2000) Doing Sport Psychology, Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
Andersen, M.B. (2005) Sport Psychology in Practice, Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
Anderson, D. (2001) ‘Recovering Humanity: Movement, Sport, and Nature’, Journal of the
Philosophy of Sport, 27: 140–150.
Annan, K. (1999) ‘Olympic Truce’, Olympic Review, 26: 27.
Argyle, M. and Beit-Hallahmi, B. (1975) The Social Psychology of Religion, London: Routledge
& Kegan Paul.
Armstrong, C. (2003) College Sports: Prodigal Son of ‘Muscular Christianity’. Online. Avail-
able at: www.christianitytoday.com/history/newsletter/2003/ (accessed 3 September
2003).
228 Bibliography
Armstrong, J., Dixon, R. and Robinson, S. (2006) The Decision Makers: Ethics in Engineering.
London: Telford.
Arnold, P. (1999) ‘The Virtues, Moral Education and the Practice of Sport’, Quest, 51:
39–54.
Arnold, P. (2001) ‘Sport, Moral Development and the Role of the Teacher’, Quest, 53:
135–150
Arytom, I. (2005) ‘Philosophy of Extreme Sports’, in Proceedings of the 33rd Annual Meet-
ing of the International Association for the Philosophy of Sport: Palacky University,
Olomouc, Czech Republic, 15–18 September. Online. Available at: www.iaps.paisley.
ac.uk/
Ashley, M. (2000) ‘Secular Spirituality and Implicit Religion: The Realisation of Human
Potential’, Implicit Religion, 3 (1): 31–50.
Avis, P. (1989) Eros and the Sacred, London: SPCK.
Baird, M. (2002) On the Side of the Angels: Ethics and Post Holocaust Spirituality. Leuven:
Peeters.
Baker, W.J. (2000) ‘Questioning Tom Brown: Sport and the Character Game’, in J. Squires
(ed.), A Fair Go for All? Current Issues in Australian Sport Ethics, Sydney: New College
Institute for Values Research, pp. 7–18.
Balageur, I., Duda, J.L. and Crespo, M. (1999) ‘Motivational Climate and Goal Orientations
as Predictors of Perceptions of Improvement, Satisfaction and Coach Ratings among
Tennis Players’, Scandinavian Journal of Medicine and Science in Sports, 9: 381–388.
Balague, G. (1999) ‘Understanding Identity Value and Meaning when Working with Elite
Athletes’, The Sport Psychologist, 13: 89–98.
Ballou, R.B. (1973) ‘Analysis of the Writings of Selected Church Fathers to A.D. 394 to
Reveal Attitudes regarding Physical Activity’, in E.F. Zeigler (ed.), History of Sport
and Physical Education to 1900: Selected Topics, Champaign, IL: Stipes Publishing, pp.
187–199.
Balthasar, H. (2000) The Christian and Anxiety, San Francisco: Ignatius Press.
Banks, R. and Stevens, P. (1997) The Complete Book of Everyday Christianity, Downers
Grove, IL: Intervarsity Press. Available online at: www.ivmdl.org/
Barnes, L.P. (2003) ‘Dispensing with Christian Mysticism’, in C. Partridge and T. Gabriel
(eds), Mysticisms East and West: Studies in Mystical Experience, Waynesboro, GA: Pater-
noster Press, pp. 278–305.
Barth, K. (1969/1933) The Epistle to the Romans (trans. E.C. Hoskyns), New York: Oxford
University Press.
Bauckham, R. (2003) ‘Creation Mysticism in Matthew Fox and Francis of Assisi’, in C.
Partridge and T. Gabriel (eds.), Mysticisms East and West: Studies in Mystical Experience,
Waynesboro, GA: Paternoster Press, pp. 182–208.
Baudrillard, J. (1973) Simulations. New York: Semiotext.
Bauman, Z. (1989) Modernity and the Holocaust. London: Polity.
Bauman, Z. (1993) Postmodern Ethics. Oxford: Blackwell.
Beck, J. (1999) ‘ “Spiritual and Moral Development” and Religious Education’, in A.
Thatcher (ed.), Spirituality and the Curriculum, London: Cassell, pp. 153–180.
Becker, E. (1973) The Denial of Death, New York: The Free Press.
Beckford, J. (1989) Religion and Advanced Industrial Society. London: Unwin Hyman.
Begbie, J. (ed.) (2000) Beholding the Glory: Incarnation through the Arts, London: Darton,
Longman and Todd.
Bellamy, J. (1998) ‘Spiritual Values in a Secular Age’, in M. Cobb and V. Renshaw (eds),
The Spiritual Challenge of Health Care, London: Churchill Livingstone, pp. 183–197.
Bibliography 229
Benn, P. (1998) Ethics, London: UCL Press.
Benner, D. (1998) Care of Souls, Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Books.
Benson, H. (1996) Timeless Healing, New York: Scribner.
Berdyaev, N.A. (1937) The Destiny of Man, London: Duddington.
Berdyaev, N. (1947) The Divine and Human (trans. R.M. French), London: G. Bles.
Berger, P. (1970) A Rumour of Angels, Garden City, NY: Doubleday.
Bernardi, L., Sleight, P., Bandinelli, G., Cencetti, S., Fattorini, J.W. and Lagi, L. (2001)
‘Effect of Rosary Prayer and Yoga Mantras on Autonomic Cardiovascular Rhythms: A
Comparative Study’, British Medical Journal, 323: 1446–1449.
Berryman. J. (1985) ‘Children’s Spirituality and Religious Language’, British Journal of Reli-
gious Education, 7 (3): 109–119.
Bertman, M.A. (2000) ‘Buber: Mysticism without Loss of Identity’, Judaism, 49 (1): 80–
92.
Biggar, N. (1997) Good Life, London: SPCK.
Birrell, S. (1981) ‘Sport as Ritual: Interpretations from Durkheim to Goffman’, Social Forces,
60: 354–376.
Bloomfield, A. (1994) ‘Muscular Christian or Mystic? Charles Kingsley Reappraised’, The
International Journal of the History of Sport, 11 (2): 172–190.
Booth, D. (2004) ‘Surfing From One (Cultural) Extreme to Another’, in B. Wheaton (ed.),
Understanding Lifestyle Sports: Consumption, Identity and Difference, London: Routledge,
pp. 94–109.
Boyd, J. (1995) ‘The Soul as Seen through Evangelical Eyes, Part 1: Mental Health Profes-
sionals and the “Soul” ’, Journal of Psychology and Theology, 25 (3): 151–160.
Bradshaw, A. (1994) Lighting the Lamp; The Spiritual Dimension of Nursing Care, London:
Scutari Press.
Brennan, S. (1998) ‘Mental Toughness Wins Out’, Christian Science Monitor, 90: 173.
Bridges, W. (1980) Transitions: Making Sense of Life’s Changes, Reading, MA: Addison Wes-
ley.
Brown, E. (1880) True Manliness: From the Writings of Thomas Hughes, Boston, MA: D.
Lothrop.
Bruce, S. (1995) Religion in Modern Britain, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Brueggemann, W. (1984) The Message of the Psalms, Minneapolis, MN: Augsburg.
Brueggemann, W. (1997) Theology of the Old Testament, Nashville, TN: Abingdon.
Buber, M. (1937) I and Thou, Edinburgh: T. and T. Clark.
Buber, M. (1952) Eclipse of God, Atlantic Highlands, NJ: Humanities Press.
Bunting, C.F., Tolson, H., Kuhn, C., Suarez, E. and Williams, R.B. (2000) ‘Physiological
Stress Response of the Neuroendocrine System during Outdoor Tasks’, Journal of Leisure
Research, 32 (2): 191–207.
Burke, E. (1990/1757) A Philosophical Enquiry into the Origin of our Ideas of the Sublime and
Beautiful, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Burleigh, M. (2000) The Third Reich, London: Macmillan.
Burnyeat, M. (1980) ‘Aristotle on Learning to be Good’, in A.O. Rorty (ed.), Essays on
Aristotle’s Ethics, Berkeley, CA: University of California Press, pp. 69-92.
Byl, J. and Visker, T. (eds) (1999) Physical Education, Sports, and Wellness: Looking to God as
We Look at Ourselves, Sioux Center, IA: Dordt College Press.
Campbell, A. (1984) Moderated Love: A Theology of Professional Care, London: SPCK.
Campbell, A. (1995) Health as Liberation, Cleveland, OH: The Pilgrim Press.
Campolo, T. (1988) ‘Should Preachers Start Preaching against Sports?’, in T. Campolo,
230 Bibliography
20 Hot Potatoes Christians are Afraid to Touch, Nashville, TN: Word Publishing, pp.
122–131.
Camus, A. (1955) The Myth of Sisyphus and Other Essays (trans. Justin O’Brien), New York:
Vingate.
Carey, P. (2004) ‘Fixing Kids in Sport’, U.S. News and World Report, 7 June: 45–54.
Carr, D. (2003) ‘Character and Moral Choice in the Cultivation of Virtue’, Philosophy, 78,
219–232
Carr, K. (1993) ‘War, Philosophy and Sport in Japanese Judo’, Journal of Sport History, 20
(2): 167–189.
Carr, W. (1987) ‘What is an Educational Practice?’, Journal of Philosophy of Education, 21
(2): 163–175.
Carroll, J.C. (1983) ‘Two Sociological Perspectives on Sport Heroism’, American Baptist
Quarterly, 2 (1): 43–50.
Carter, R. (1985) ‘A Taxonomy of Objectives for Professional Education’, Studies in Higher
Education, 10 (2): 135–149.
Caruso, I.A. (1964) Existential Psychology: From Analysis to Synthesis, London: Darton,
Longman and Todd.
Caute, D. (1988) Sixty-eight: The Year of Barricades, London: Hamish Hamilton.
Chambers Dictionary (2004) Edinburgh: Chambers.
Chandler, T.J.L. (2002) ‘Manly Catholicism: Making Men in Catholic Public Schools,
1954–80’, in T. Magdalinski and T.J.L. Chandler (eds), With God on their Side: Sport in
the Service of Religion, London: Routledge, pp. 99–119.
Clark, M.J. (1973) The Problem of Freedom, New York: Meredith Corporation.
Clark, S.H. (1996) The Development of Leisure in Britain after 1850. Online. Available at:
www.65.107.211.206/history/ (accessed 25 January 2004).
Clifford, C. and Feezel, R.M. (1997) Coaching for Character, Champaign, IL: Human Kinet-
ics.
Clinebell, H.J. (1968) Understanding and Counseling the Alcoholic, Nashville, TN: Abing-
don.
Clough, P., Earle, K. and Sewell, D. (2002) ‘Mental Toughness: The Concept and its Meas-
urement’, in I. Cockerill (ed.), Solutions in Sport Psychology, pp. 32–48.
Coakley, J.J. (2003) Sport in Society, eighth edition, Boston: Irwin McGraw-Hill.
Cobb, M. (2001) The Dying Soul, Buckingham: Open University Press.
Cockerill, I. (2002) Solutions in Sport Psychology, London: Thomson.
Cohen, S.R., Mount, B.M., Bruera, E., Provost, M., Rowe, J. and Tong, K. (1997) ‘Validity
of the McGill Quality of Life Questionnaire in the Palliative Care Setting: A Multi-Cen-
tre Canadian Study Demonstrating the Importance of the Existential Domain’, Palliative
Medicine, 11: 3–20.
Collins, T. (2004) ‘How Muscular Christianity Met its Match: The Curious Rise and Fall of
Leeds Parish Church’, unpublished paper.
Comstock, G.W. and Partridge, K.B. (1972) ‘Church Attendance and Health’, Journal of
Chronic Diseases, 25: 665–672.
Connor, S. (1989) The Post Modern Culture, Oxford: Blackwell.
Cooper, A.(1998) Playing in the Zone, Boston: Shambhala.
Cooper, M. (2003) Existential Therapies, London: Sage.
Corlett, J. (1996a) ‘Sophistry, Socrates and Sport Psychology’, The Sport Psychologist, 10:
84–94.
Corlett, J. (1996b) ‘Virtues Lost: Courage in Sport’, Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 23:
45–57.
Bibliography 231
de Coubertin, P. (1966/1894) ‘Athletics in the Modern World and the Olympic Games’, in
Carl-Diem-Institut (ed.), The Olympic Idea: Pierre de Coubertin – Discourses and Essays,
Stuttgart: Olympischer Sportverlag, pp. 7–10.
de Coubertin, P. (1966/1896) ‘The Olympic Games of 1896’, in Carl-Diem-Institut (ed.),
The Olympic Idea: Pierre de Coubertin – Discourses and Essays, Stuttgart: Olympischer
Sportverlag, pp. 10–14.
de Coubertin, P. (1966/1906) ‘Opening Address to the Conference of Arts, Letters and
Sports’, in Carl-Diem-Institut (ed.), The Olympic Idea: Pierre de Coubertin – Discourses
and Essays, Stuttgart: Olympischer Sportverlag, pp. 16–18.
de Coubertin, P. (1966/1910) ‘A Modern Olympia’, in Carl-Diem-Institut (ed.), The Olym-
pic Idea: Pierre de Coubertin – Discourses and Essays, Stuttgart: Olympischer Sportverlag,
pp. 21–25.
de Coubertin, P. (1966/1918) ‘Olympic Letters III’, in Carl-Diem-Institut (ed.), The Olym-
pic Idea: Pierre de Coubertin – Discourses and Essays, Stuttgart: Olympischer Sportverlag,
p. 54.
de Coubertin, P. (1966/1927) ‘Address from Olympia to the Youth of the World’, in Carl-
Diem-Institut (ed.), The Olympic Idea: Pierre de Coubertin – Discourses and Essays, Stutt-
gart: Olympischer Sportverlag, pp. 101–104.
de Coubertin, P. (1966/1929) ‘Olympia’, in Carl-Diem-Institut (ed.), The Olympic Idea:
Pierre de Coubertin – Discourses and Essays, Stuttgart: Olympischer Sportverlag, pp.
106–119.
de Coubertin, P. (1966/1935) ‘The Philosophic Foundations of Modern Olympism’, in
Carl-Diem-Institut (ed.), The Olympic Idea: Pierre de Coubertin – Discourses and Essays,
Stuttgart: Olympischer Sportverlag, pp. 130–134.
de Coubertin, P. (1997) Olympic Memoirs, Lausanne: IOC.
Crepeau, R.C. (2001) Playing with God: The History of Athletes Thanking the ‘Big Man Up-
stairs’. Online. Available at: www.poppolitics.com/articles/ (accessed 9 March 2004).
Crone-Grant, D., Smith, A. and Gough, B. (2005) ‘I Feel Totally at One, Totally Alive
and Totally Happy: A Psycho-Social Explanation of the Physical Activity and Mental
Health Relationship’, Health Education Research, 5: 600–611.
Csikszentmihalyi, M. (1975) Beyond Boredom and Anxiety, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Csikszentmihalyi, M. (1990) Flow: The Psychology of Optimal Performance, New York: Har-
perCollins.
Csikszentmihalyi, M. (1992) Flow: The Psychology of Happiness, London: Rider Publica-
tions.
Csikszentmihalyi, M. and Csikszentmihalyi, I.S. (1988) Optimal Experience: Psychological
Studies in Flow Consciousness, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Cunningham, H. (1980) Leisure in the Industrial Revolution c. 1780–1880, London: Croom
Helm.
Czech, D.R., Wisberg, C., Fisher, L. Thompson, C., and Hayes, G. (2004) ‘The Experience
of Christian Prayer in Sport – An Existential–Phenomenological Investigation’, Journal
of Psychology and Christianity, 2: 1–19.
Dale, G. (1996) ‘Existential-Phenomenology: Emphasizing the Experience of the Athlete in
Sport Psychology Research’, The Sport Psychologist, 10: 158–171.
Dale, G. (2000) ‘Distractions and Coping Strategies of Elite Decathletes during their Most
Memorable Performance’, The Sport Psychologist, 10: 17–41.
Davie, G. (1994) Religion in Britain since 1945: Believing without Belonging, Oxford: Black-
well.
Davie, G. (2004) ‘A Reply to Francis and Robbins’, Implicit Religion, 7 (1): 55–58.
232 Bibliography
Deadorff, D. and White, J. (ed.) (manuscript in preparation) A Christian Theology of Sport,
Lewiston, NY: Edwin Mellen Press.
Deci, E.L. and Ryan, R.M. (1985) Intrinsic Motivation and Self-Determination of Human Be-
haviour, New York: Plenum Press.
Della-Fave, A., Bassi, M. and Massimini, F. (2003) ‘Quality of Experience and Risk Percep-
tion in High-Altitude Rock Climbing’, Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 15: 82–98.
Department of Health (DOH) (2001) Your Guide to the NHS, London: Department of
Health.
Diem, L. (1964) ‘The Ceremonies – A Contribution to the History of the Modern Olympic
Games’, Proceedings of the International Olympic Academy, 4: 120–136.
Dobbs, B. (1973) Edwardians at Play: 1890–1914, London: Pelham.
Dobre-Laza, M. (2003) Victorian and Edwardian Sporting Values. Online. Available at:
http://elt.britcoun.org.pl/ (accessed 5 February 2004).
Doyle, D. (1992) ‘Have we Looked beyond the Physical and Psychosocial?’, Journal of Pain
Symptom Management, 7 (5): 301–311.
Dubay, T. (1999) The Evidential Power of Beauty: Science and Theology Meet, San Francisco:
Ignatius Press.
Dupré, Louis (1987) ‘Mysticism’, in M. Eliade (ed.), The Encyclopaedia of Religion, New
York: Macmillan, 245–247.
Edwards, D.L. (1999) After Death? London: Cassell.
Eisen, G. (1975) ‘Physical Activity, Physical Education and Sport in the Old Testament’,
Journal of History of Sport and Physical Education, 6: 45–65.
Eitzen, D.S., Sage, C. and Brown, G.H. (1993) Sociology of North American Sport, Madison,
WI: Brown and Benchmark.
Eldridge, J. (2001) Wild at Heart: Discovering the Secret of a Man’s Soul, Nashville, TN:
Thomas Nelson.
Elliott, P. (2004) Super God: ‘Jock Idolatry’ Gives Evangelical Athletes a Forum at the Super
Bowl. Online. Available at: www.myinky.com/ecp/religion/ (accessed 30 March 2004).
Ellison, C. (1983) ‘Spiritual Well-Being: Conceptualization and Measurement’, Journal of
Psychology and Theology, 11 (4): 11–21.
Erikson, E.H. (1964) Insight and Responsibility, New York: Norton.
Erikson, E. (1977) Toys and Reasons, New York: Norton.
Ewert, A.E. (1994) ‘Playing the Edge: Motivation and Risk Taking in a High-Altitude Wil-
derness Like Environment’, Environment and Behavior, 26(1): 3–24.
Fahlberg, L.L., Fahlberg, L.A. and Gates, K.W. (1992) ‘Exercise and Existence: Exercise
Behaviour from an Existential–Phenomenological Perspective’, The Sport Psychologist,
6: 172–191.
Farmer, R.J. (1992) ‘Surfing: Motivations, Values and Culture’, Journal of Sport Behaviour,
15 (4): 241–257.
Fasching, D. and Deschant, D. (2001) Comparative Religious Ethics, Oxford: Blackwell.
Faulkner, T. (2001) ‘A Puckish Reflection on Religion in Canada’, in J.L. Price (ed.), From
Season to Season: Sports as American Religion, Mercer Macon, GA: University Press, pp.
185–202.
Feeney, R. (1995) A Catholic Perspective: Physical Exercise and Sports, Minneapolis, MN:
Aquinas Press.
Finch, J. and Mason, J. (1993) Negotiating Family Responsibilities, London: Routledge.
Firshein, J. (1997) ‘Spirituality in Medicine Gains Support in the USA’, The Lancet, 349:
1300.
Bibliography 233
Fischer, C.T. (1989) ‘Personality and Assessment’, in R.S. Valle and S. Halling (eds), Existen-
tial–Phenomenological Perspectives in Psychology, New York: Plenum Press, pp. 157–178.
Fischer, W. (1970) Theories of Anxiety, New York: Harper & Row.
Florman, S. (1976). The Existential Pleasures of Engineering, New York: St. Martin’s.
Fludernik, M. (2001) ‘Sublime (1650)’, in Robert Clark (ed.), The Literary Encyclopaedia.
Online. Available at: www.litencyc.com/ (accessed 21 December 2005).
Folley, M. (2001) A Time to Jump: The Authorized Biography of Jonathan Edwards, London:
HarperCollins.
Fontana, D. (2003) Psychology, Religion, and Spirituality, Oxford: BPS Blackwell.
Forster, E.M. (1936) Abinger Harvest, New York: Harcourt, Brace and Co.
Fowler, J. (1990) ‘Faith/Belief’, in R.J. Hunter (ed.), Dictionary of Pastoral Care and Coun-
seling, Nashville, TN: Abingdon, pp. 394–397.
Fowler, J. (1996) Faithful Change. Nashville, TN: Abingdon.
Fox, M. (2003) Religion, Spirituality and the Near-Death Experience, London: Routledge.
Fraleigh, W. (1984) Right Actions in Sport, Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
Frankels, B.G. and Hewitt, W.E. (1994) ‘Religion and Well Being amongst Canadian Uni-
versity Students’, Journal for the Scientific Study of Religions, 33: 62–73.
Frankena, W. (1986) ‘The Relations of Morality and Religion’, in John MacQuarrie (ed.),
A New Dictionary of Christian Ethics, London: SCM, pp. 400–403.
Frankl, V. (1984) Man’s Search for Meaning: An Introduction to Logotherapy, New York: Si-
mon & Schuster.
Freeman, M. (1993) Rewriting the Self, London: Routledge.
Fromm, E. (1994) The Art of Listening, London: Constable.
Frost, J. (2002) Experiencing the Father’s Embrace: Finding Acceptance in the Arms of a Loving
God, Florida: Charisma House.
Gaita, R.(2000) A Common Humanity, London: Routledge.
Galanter, M., Larson, D. and Rubenstone, E. (1991) ‘Christian Psychiatry: The Impact of
Evangelical Beliefs on Clinical Outcomes’, American Journal of Psychiatry, 148: 90–95.
Galli, M. (2005) The Grace of Sports: If Christ Can’t be Found in Sports, He Can’t be Found in
the Modern World. Online. Available at: www.christianitytoday.com/ct/2005/ (accessed
8 April 2005).
Gallwey, T. (1979) The Inner Game of Golf, London: Random House.
Gardiner, N.E. (1925) Olympia, its History and Remains, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
Gay, P. (1992) ‘The Manliness of Christ’, in R.W. Davis and R.J. Helmstadter (eds), Religion
and Irreligion in Victorian Society, London: Routledge, pp. 102–116.
Geertz, C. (1973) The Interpretation of Cultures, New York: Basic Books.
George, L. Larson, D. Koenig, H. and McCullough, M. (2000) ‘Spirituality and Health:
What we Know, What we Need to Know’, Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 19
(1): 102–116.
Gibran, K. (1995) The Prophet, London: Penguin.
Gillham, J. (ed.) (2000) The Science of Optimism and Hope, Radnor: Templeton Foundation
Press.
Giorgi, A. (1970) Psychology as a Human Science, New York: Harper & Row.
Giorgi, A. (1985) Phenomenology and Psychological Research, Pittsburgh, PA: Duquesne
University Press.
Girard, R. (1987) Things Hidden Since the Foundation of the World (trans. Stephen Bann and
Michael Metter), Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
Gire, K. (1996) Windows of the Soul: Experiencing God in New Ways, Grand Rapids, MI:
Zondervan Publishing House.
234 Bibliography
Glasser, W. (1976) Positive Addictions, New York: Harper and Row.
Glatz, C. (2004) ‘Sports Office Speeds Out of the Blocks’, The Catholic Times, 15 August:
12.
Goddard, N. (1995) ‘Spirituality as Integrative Energy’, Journal of Advanced Nursing, 22:
808–815.
Goldenberg, H. and Isaacson, Z. (1996) ‘Between Persons: The Narrow Ridge where I and
Thou Meet’, Journal of the Society for Existential Analysis, 7: 118–130.
Goodhart, P. and Chataway, C. (1968) War without Weapons, London: W.H. Allen.
Gould, D., Tuffey, S., Urdy, E. and Loehr, J. (1996) ‘Burnout in Competitive Junior Tennis
Players: III Qualitative Analysis’, The Sport Psychologist, 10: 341–366.
Grace, D.J. (2000) ‘Values, Sport and Education’, Journal of Christian Education, 43 (2):
7–17.
Grainger, R. (2003) ‘Believing and Belonging: A Psychological Comment on a Paper Given
by E.I. Bailey at Windsor, 1990’, Implicit Religion, 6 (1): 53–58.
Greeley, A.M. (1974) Ecstasy: A Way of Knowing, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Greenfield, K.T. (1999) ‘Life on the Edge’, Time, 6 September: 29–36.
Grimshaw, M. (2000) ‘I Can’t Believe My Eyes: The Religious Aesthetics of Sport as Post-
modern Salvific Moments’, Implicit Religion, 3 (2): 87–99.
Gutkind, S.M. (2004) ‘Using Solution-Focused Brief Counselling to Provide Injury Sup-
port’, The Sport Psychologist, 18: 75–88.
Guttman, A. (1994) Games and Empires: Modern Sports and Cultural Imperialism, New York:
Columbia University Press.
HM Government, England and Wales (1944) Education Act 1944, London: HMSO.
Hager, P.F. (2002) ‘Can Athletic Actions be Heroic?’, paper presented at the Thirtieth In-
ternational Association of Philosophy of Sport Conference, Penn State University, PA,
23–27 October. Online. Available at: www.iaps.paisley.ac.uk/ (accessed 20 April 2006).
Haley, B. (1978) The Healthy Body and Victorian Culture, Cambridge, MA: Harvard Uni-
versity Press.
Hall, D.E. (1994) ‘On the Making and Unmasking of Monsters: Christian Socialism,
Muscular Christianity, and the Metaphorization of Class Conflict’ in D.E. Hall (ed.),
Muscular Christianity: Embodying the Victorian Age, Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, pp. 46–65.
Hall, H.K., Kerr, A.W. and Mathews, J. (1998) ‘Precompetitive Anxiety in Sport: The
Contribution of Achievement Goals and Perfectionism’, Journal of Sport and Exercise
Psychology, 20: 194–217.
Halling, S. and Nill, J.D. (1989) ‘Demystifying Psychopathology: Understanding Disturbed
Persons’, in R.S. Valle and S. Halling (eds), Existential–Phenomenological Perspectives in
Psychology, New York: Plenum Press, pp. 179–192.
Hamel, S., Leclerc and Lefrançois, R. (2003) ‘A Psychological Outlook on the Concept of
Transcendent Actualization’, The International Journal of the Psychology of Religion, 13
(1): 3–15.
Hamilton, M. (2003) ‘Disordering of Affections: An Augustinian Critique of our Rela-
tionship to Sport’, paper presented at the Thirty-First International Association of Phi-
losophy of Sport Conference, University of Gloucestershire, Cheltenham, UK, 18–21
September.
Hamilton, M. (2006) ‘Elective Performance Enhancement Surgery for Athletes: Should it
be Resisted?’, Gymnica, 36 (2): 39.
Hargreaves, J.E.R. (1986) Sport, Power and Culture: A Social and Historical Analysis of Popu-
lar Sports in Britain, London: Polity Press.
Bibliography 235
Harrington, H.R. (1971) Muscular Christianity: The Study of the Development of a Victorian
Idea, unpublished doctoral dissertation: Stanford University, CA.
Harris, S. (1990) ‘The “Muscular Novel”: Medium of a Victorian Ideal’, Tennessee Philologi-
cal Bulletin, 27: 6–13.
Harris, R.C., Dew, M.A. and Lee, A. (1995) ‘The Association of Social Relationships and
Activities with Mortality’, American Journal of Epidemiology, 116: 123–140.
Hart, D.B. (2003) The Beauty of the Infinite: The Aesthetics of Christian Truth, Cambridge:
William B. Eerdmans.
Hauerwas, S. (2002) With the Grain of the Universe, London: SCM Press
Hauerwas, S. and Wells, S. (eds) (2004) The Blackwell Companion to Christian Ethics, Ox-
ford: Blackwell.
Hawkins, P. (1991) ‘The Spiritual Dimension of the Learning Organisation’, Management,
Education and Development, 22 (3): 172–187.
Hay, M. (1989) ‘Principles in Building Spiritual Assessment Tools’, American Journal of
Hospice Care, September/October, 25–31.
Heino, R. (2000) ‘What is So Punk about Snowboarding?’, Journal of Sport and Social Issues,
24 (2): 176–191.
Heintzman, P. (2003) ‘The Wilderness Experience and Spirituality: What Recent Research
Tells Us’, Journal of Physical Education Leisure and Dance, 74 (6): 27–31.
Held, B.S. (2004) ‘The Negative Side of Psychology’, Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 44:
9–46.
Helminiak, D. (1998) ‘Sexuality and Spirituality: A Humanist Account’, Pastoral Psychol-
ogy, 47 (2): 119–126.
Herrigel, E. (1999/1971) Zen in the Art of Archery, New York: Random House.
Herzog, R.J. (1953) Annapurna, New York: Dutton.
Hiatt, J. (1986) ‘Spirituality, Medicine and Healing’, Southern Medical Journal, 79 (6):
736–743.
Higgs, R.J. (1982) Sports: A Reference Guide, Westport, CN: Greenwood Press.
Higgs, R.J. (1986) ‘The Sublime and the Beautiful: The Meaning of Sports in Collected
Sketches of Thomas B. Thorpe’, Southern Studies: An Interdisciplinary Journal of the South,
25 (3): 235–256.
Higgs, R.J. (1992) ‘Muscular Christianity, Holy Play, and Spiritual Exercises: Confusion
about Christ in Sports and Religion’, in S.J. Hoffman (ed.), Sport and Religion, Cham-
paign, IL: Human Kinetics, pp. 89–103.
Higgs, R.J. (1995) God in the Stadium: Sports and Religion in America, Lexington, KT: Uni-
versity Press of Kentucky.
Higgs, R.J. and Braswell, M.C. (2004) An Unholy Alliance: The Sacred and Modern Sports,
Macon, GA: Mercer University Press.
Highfield, M. (1992) ‘Spiritual Health of Oncology Patients. Nurse and Patient Perspec-
tives’, Cancer Nursing, 15 (1): 1–8.
Hill, D. (2005) Walking with God: Physically and Spiritually, Abilene, TX: Coach Book Com-
pany.
Hill, K.L. (2001) Frameworks for Sport Psychologists: Enhancing Sport Performance, Cham-
paign, IL: Human Kinetics.
Hirst, P.H. (1993) ‘Education, Knowledge and Practices’, in Robin Barrow and P. White
(eds), Beyond Liberal Education: Essays in Honor of Paul H. Hirst, London: Routledge.
Hoffman, S.J. (ed.) (1992) Sport and Religion, Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
Hoffman, S.J. (1992a) ‘Sport as Religious Experience’, in S.J. Hoffman (ed.), Sport and Reli-
gion, Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics, pp. 63–81.
236 Bibliography
Hoffman, S.J. (1992b) ‘Recovering the Sacred in Sport’, in S.J. Hoffman (ed.), Sport and
Religion, Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics, pp. 153–159.
Hoffman, S.J. (2003) ‘Toward Narrowing the Gulf between Sport and Religion’, Word and
World, 23 (3): 303–311.
Hoffman, S.J. (manuscript in preparation), Unintentional Fouls: Christians and the Sport Prob-
lem, Waco, TX: Baylor University Press.
Hollander, D.B. and Acevedo, E.O. (2000) ‘Successful English Channel Swimming: The
Peak Experience’, The Sport Psychologist, 14: 1–16.
Hollander, Z., and Zimmerman, P. (1967) Football Lingo, New York: Norton.
Holt, R. (1990) Sport and the British: A Modern History, Oxford: Clarendon Press.
Hood, R.W. Jr (1977) ‘Eliciting Mystical States of Consciousness with Semistructured Na-
ture Experiences’, Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 16: 155–163.
Hood, R.W. Jr. (1978) ‘Anticipatory Set and Setting: Stress Incongruities as Elicitors of
Mystical Experience in Solitary Nature Situations’, Journal for the Scientific Study of Re-
ligion, 17: 279–287.
Hood, R.W. Jr. (1995) ‘The Facilitation of Religious Experience’, in R.W. Hood, Jr. (ed.),
Handbook of Religious Experience, Birmingham, AL: Religious Education Press, pp.
569–597.
Hood, R.W., Spilka, B., Hunsberger, B. and Gorsuch, R. (1996) The Psychology of Religion,
second edition, New York: The Guilford Press.
Hornby, N. (2000) Fever Pitch, London: Penguin.
Hoverd, William (2005) Working out My Salvation: The Contemporary Gym and the Promise
of “Self” Transformation, Sydney: Meyer and Meyer Sport.
Howe, P.D. (2004) Sport, Professionalism and Pain, London: Routledge.
Hughes, T. (1861) Tom Brown at Oxford, London: Macmillan.
Hughes, Robert and Coakley, Jay (1991) ‘Positive Deviance Among Athletes: The Implica-
tions of Overconformity to the Sport Ethic,’ Sociology of Sport Journal, 8: 307–325.
Huizinga, Johan (1950) Homo Ludens: A Study of the Play Element in Culture, Boston, MA:
Beacon.
Hull, J. (1991) What Prevents Christian Adults from Learning?, Philadelphia, PA: Trinity Press
International.
Hull, J.M. (2001) ‘Competition and Spiritual Development’, International Journal of Chil-
dren’s Spirituality, 6 (3): 263–275.
Husserl, E. (1970) The Crisis of European Sciences and Transcendental Phenomenology (trans.
D. Carr), Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Press.
Hutch, R. (2005) ‘Under Sail Alone at Sea: A Study of Sport as Spiritual Practice’, Austral-
ian Religion Studies Review, 18 (1): 3–24.
Hutch, R. (2006) Lone Sailors and Spiritual Insights: Cases of Sport and Peril at Sea, Lewiston,
NY: The Edwin Mellen Press.
Huxley, A. (1954) The Doors of Perception, London: Chatto and Windus.
Hyland, D. (1978) ‘Competition and Friendship’, Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 5 (Fall):
27–37.
Hyland, D.A. (1988) ‘Opponents, Contestants, and Competitors: The Dialectic of Sport’,
in W.J. Morgan and K.V. Meier (eds) Philosophic Inquiry in Sport, second edition, Cham-
paign, IL: Human Kinetics, pp. 177–182.
Idler, E. and Kasl, S. (1992) ‘Religion, Disability, Depression and the Timing of Death’,
American Journal of Sociology, 116: 1052–1079.
Illich, I. (1977) Medical Nemesis, New York: Penguin.
Ilundain, J. (2002) ‘Kant and his Philosophical Brethren Go Skydiving: Understanding
Bibliography 237
Extreme Sports and the Culture of Risk by Way of the Sublime’, paper presented at
the Thirtieth Annual Meeting of the International Association for the Philosophy of
Sport, Penn State University, PA, 27–30 October. Online. Available at www.iaps.paisley.
ac.uk/.
International Bible Society (ed.) (2002) Bible: New International Version, London: Hodder
and Stoughton.
International Olympic Committee (2006) The Olympic Charter, Lausanne: IOC.
Jackson, P. (2006) ‘My Rugby Obsession Has Left Me in Agony’, Daily Mail, 7 March: 80.
Jackson, S.A. and Csikszentmihalyi, M. (1999) Flow in Sports: The Key to Optimal Experi-
ences and Performances, Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
Jacobs, M. (1998) ‘Faith as the “Space Between” ’, in M. Cobb and V. Renshaw (eds), The
Spiritual Challenge of Health Care, London: Churchill Livingstone, pp. 57–72.
James, E. (ed.) (1968) Spirituality for Today, London: SCM.
James, W. (1902) The Varieties of Religious Experience, in R. Coles (ed.), William James: Se-
lected Writings, New York: Book-of-the-Month Club, pp. 23–540.
Jantzen, G.M. (1990) ‘Could There be a Mystical Core of Religion?’, Religious Studies, 26:
59–71.
John of the Cross, St (1922) The Ascent of Mount Carmel (trans. David Lewis), Grand
Rapids, MI: Christian Classics Ethereal Library.
John Paul II (1994) Letter to Families, Oxford: Family Publications.
John Paul II (1995/1979) ‘Sport as Training Ground for Virtue and Instrument of Union
Among People’, in R Feeney (ed.), A Catholic Perspective: Physical Exercise and Sport,
Minneapolis, MN: Aquinas Press, pp. 59–62.
John Paul II (1995/1980) ‘Human and Sporting Qualities Make Men Brothers’, in R Feeney
(ed.), A Catholic Perspective: Physical Exercise and Sport, Minneapolis, MN: Aquinas
Press, pp. 62–67.
John Paul II (1995/1986) ‘Sports Can Help Spread Fraternity and Peace’, in R Feeney (ed.),
A Catholic Perspective: Physical Exercise and Sport, Minneapolis, MN: Aquinas Press, pp.
78–81.
John Paul II (1998) Fides et Ratio, Boston, MA: Pauline Books.
Johnson, K.K. (2005) ‘Christian Theology as Depicted in The Lord of the Rings and Harry
Potter Books’, Journal of Religion and Society, 7. Online. Available at http://moses.
creighton.edu/JRS/2005/.
Jones, C. (2005) ‘Character, Virtue and Physical Education’, European Physical Education
Review, 11 (2): 139–151.
Jones, G. (1995) ‘More than Just a Game: Research Developments and Issues in Competi-
tive Anxiety in Sport’, British Journal of Psychology, 86: 449–478.
Jones, G and Hardy, L. (1990) Stress and Performance in Sport, Chichester: Wiley.
Jones, G., Hanton, S. and Swain, A.B.J. (1994) ‘Intensity and Interpretation of Anxiety
Symptoms in Elite and Non-Elite Sports Performers’, Personality and Individual Differ-
ences, 17: 657–663.
Jones, G., Swain, A. and Harwood, C. (1996) ‘Positive and Negative Affect as Predictors of
Competitive Anxiety’, Personality and Individual Differences, 20: 107–114.
Jones, R. (1909) Studies in Mystical Religion, London: Macmillan.
Joseph, M. (1998) ‘The Effect of Strong Religious Beliefs on Coping with Stress’, Stress
Medicine, 14: 219–224.
Jung, C.G. (1956) Two Essays on Analytical Psychology, New York: Meridian Books.
Jung, C.G. (1964) Man and His Symbols, New York: Doubleday.
K2 (1991) Frank Roddam, Trans Pacific Films.
238 Bibliography
Kant, E. (1952/1790) The Critique of Judgement, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Kark, J., Shemi, G. and Friedlander, Y. (1996) ‘Does Religious Observance Promote Health?’,
American Journal of Public Health, 86: 341–346.
Kelly, T. (1990) A New Imagining: Towards an Australian Spirituality, Melbourne: Collins
Dove.
Kemp, D. (2001) ‘Christaquarianism: A New Socio-Religious Movement of Postmodern
Society’, Implicit Religion, 4 (1): 27–40.
Kerry, D.S. and Armour, K.M. (2000) ‘Sport Sciences and the Promise of Phenomenology:
Philosophy, Method and Insight’, Quest, 52: 1–17.
Kierkegaard, S. (1844/1980) The Concept of Anxiety, Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton
University Press.
Kierkegaard, S. (1989/1849) The Sickness Unto Death: A Christian Exposition of Edification
and Awakening (trans. Alastair Hannay), London: Penguin Books.
King, M and Dean, S. (1998) ‘The Spiritual Variable in Psychiatric Research’, Psychological
Medicine, 28: 1259–1262.
Kingston, F. (1961) French Existentialism: A Christian Critique, London: Oxford University
Press.
Klapp, O.E. (1962) Heroes, Villains, and Fools: The Changing American Character, Engle-
wood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
Klein, D. (1971) The Vince Lombardi Story, New York: Lion Books.
Koenig, H. (1997) Is Religion Good for your Health? The Effects of Religion on Physical and
Mental Health, New York: Howarth Press.
Kohlberg, L. (1984) Essays on Moral Development Vol. 2: The Psychology of Moral Develop-
ment, San Francisco: Harper and Row.
Kohn, A. (1992) No Contest: The Case against Competition, revised edition, New York:
Houghton Mifflin.
Kolb, D. (ed.) (1984) Organisational Psychology, New York: Prentice-Hall.
Kretchmar, S.R. (2005) ‘Understanding Games, Competition, and Winning’, in S. Kretch-
mar, Practical Philosophy of Sport, Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics, pp. 159–180.
Kruger A. (1993) ‘The Origins of Pierre de Coubertin’s “Religio Athletae” ’, Olympika, 2:
91–102.
Kung, H. (1991) Global Responsibility, London: SCM.
Ladd, T. and Mathisen, J.A. (1999) Muscular Christianity: Evangelical Protestants and the
Development of American Sport, Grand Rapids, MI: Baker Books.
Laing, R.D. (1969) The Divided Self: An Existential Study in Sanity and Madness, Harmonds-
worth: Penguin.
Lämmer, M, (1982) ‘The Peace Philosophy of the Olympic Movement: A Historical Per-
spective’ [in German], Stadion, 8–9: 47–83.
Landis, B. (1996) ‘Uncertainty, Spiritual Well-Being, and Psychosocial Adjustment to
Chronic Illnesses’, Issues in Mental Health Nursing, 17: 217–231.
Lane, A. and Terry, P. (1998) ‘Mood States as Predictors of Performance: A Conceptual
Model’, Journal of Sports Sciences, 16: 93–94.
Lane, A.M., Sewell, D.F., Terry, P.C., Bartram, D. and Nesti, M.S. (1999) ‘Confirmatory
Factor Analysis of the Competitive State Anxiety Inventory’, Journal of Sports Sciences,
17 (6): 505–512.
Larson, D., Koenig, H., Kaplan, B., Levin, J. (1989) ‘The Impact of Religion on Men’s Blood
Pressure’, Journal of Religion and Health, 28: 165–278.
Lartey, E. (1997) In Living Colour, London: Cassell.
Bibliography 239
Lash, N. (1988) Easter in Ordinary: Reflections on Human Experience and the Knowledge of
God, London: SCM.
Lavallee, D. and Wylleman, P. (2000) Career Transitions in Sport: International Perspectives,
Morgantown, WV: Fitness Information Technology.
Lavallee, D., Nesti, M., Borkoles, E., Cockerill, I. and Edge, A. (2000) ‘Intervention Strate-
gies for Athletes in Transition’, in D. Lavallee and P. Wylleman (eds), Career Transitions
in Sport: International Perspectives, Morgantown, WV: Fitness Information Technology,
pp. 111–130.
Lazarus, R.S. (2000) ‘How Emotions Influence Performance in Competitive Sports’, The
Sport Psychologist, 14: 229–252.
Leech, K.(1997) Soul Friend, London; Sheldon Press.
Leonard, G. (1974) The Ultimate Athlete: Re-visioning Sports, Physical Education, and the
Body, New York: Avon.
Lesniak, V. (2005) ‘Contemporary Spirituality’, in P. Sheldrake (ed.), The New Dictionary of
Christian Spirituality, London: SCM Press, pp. 7–12.
Lester, J.T. (1983) ‘Wrestling with the Self on Mount Everest’, Journal of Humanistic Psychol-
ogy, 23 (2): 31–41.
Lester, J.T. (2004) ‘Spirit, Identity, and Self in Mountaineering’, Journal of Humanistic Psy-
chology, 44 (1): 86–100.
Levin, J. and Vanderpool, H. (1989) ‘Is Religion Therapeutically Significant for Hyperten-
sion?’, Social Science and Medicine, 29: 69–78.
Levinas, E. (1998) Entre Nous: On Thinking-of the-Other. New York: Columbia University
Press.
Lewis, C.S. (1942) The Screwtape Letters, London: The Centenary Press.
Lewis, C.S. (1988/1944) ‘Myth Became Fact’, in C.S. Lewis, ed. W. Hooper, God in the Dock:
Essays in Theology, London: HarperCollins, pp. 31–37.
Lewis, C.S. (1960) The Four Loves, London: Fontana Books.
Lewis, C.S. (1997/1952) Mere Christianity, New York: HarperCollins.
Lewis, C.S. (2001/1946) The Great Divorce, New York: HarperCollins.
Lewis, C.S. (2001/1949) The Weight of Glory, New York: HarperCollins.
Lewis, C.S. (2001/1950) The Lion the Witch and the Wardrobe, London: HarperCollins.
Liddell, E. (1985) The Disciplines of the Christian Life, Nashville, TN: Abingdon Press.
Lipscombe, N. (1999) ‘The Relevance of the Peak Experience to Continued Skydiving
Participation: A Qualitative Approach to Assessing Motivations’, Leisure Studies, 18:
267–288.
Lofton, K. (2004) ‘The Man Stays in the Picture: Recent Works in Religion and Masculin-
ity’ (book review), Religious Studies Review, 30 (1): 23–28.
Loland, S. (2002) Fair Play in Sport: A Moral Norm System, London: Routledge.
Loland, S. and McNamee, M. (2000) ‘Fair Play and the Ethos of Sport: An Eclectic Philo-
sophical Framework’, Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 28: 63–80.
Lovin, R. (2005) ‘Moral Theories’, in W. Schweiker (ed.), The Blackwell Companion to Reli-
gious Ethics, Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 19–26.
Lumpkin, Angela, Stoll, Sharon Kay and Beller, Jennifer M. (2003) Sport Ethics: Applica-
tions and Fair Play, New York: McGraw-Hill.
Lyotard, J.-F. (1979) The Postmodern Condition, Manchester: Manchester University Press.
Lysens, R., Steverlynch, A., Van de Auweele, Y., Lefevre, J. Renson, L., Classens, A. and
Ostyn, M. (1984) ‘The Predictability of Sports Injuries’, Sports Medicine, 1: 6–10.
Lysens, R., Van de Auweele, Y. and Ostyn, M. (1986) ‘The Relationship between Psycho-
240 Bibliography
social Factors and Sports Injuries’, Journal of Sport Medicine and Physical Fitness, 26:
77–84.
McCullough, M.E. (1995) ‘Prayer and Health: Conceptual Issues, Research Review and
Research Agenda’, Journal of Psychology and Theology, 23: 15–29.
McFadyen, A. (1990) The Call to Personhood: A Christian Theory of the Individual in Social
Relationships, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
McFague, S. (1997) Super, Natural Christians, London: SCM.
McFee, G. (2004) Sport, Rules and Values, London: Routledge.
McGinn, B. (2005) ‘Mysticism’, in P. Sheldrake (ed.), The New Dictionary of Christian Spir-
ituality, London: SCM Press, pp. 19–25.
McGlynn, H. (ed.) (1999) The Hutchinson Encyclopaedia, Oxford: Helicon Publishing Ltd.
McGown, L. and Gin, V.J. (2003) Focus on Sport in Ministry, Marietta, GA: 360° Sports.
McIntyre, A. (1981) After Virtue, London: Duckworth.
McIntyre, A. (1999) Dependent Rational Animals, London: Duckworth.
Macquarrie, J. (2004) Two Worlds are Ours: An Introduction to Christian Mysticism, London:
SCM Press.
Maddison, R. and Prapavessis, H. (2005) ‘A Psychological Approach to the Prediction and
Prevention of Athletic Injury’, Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 27: 289–310.
Mangan, J.A. (1982) ‘Philathlete Extraordinary: A Portrait of the Victorian Moralist Ed-
ward Bowen’, Journal of Sport History, 9 (3): 23–40.
Mann, T. (1954) The Magic Mountain (trans. H.T. Lowe-Porter), New York: Random
House.
Manning, B. (2004) The Ragamuffin Gospel: Embracing the Unconditional Love of God, Mil-
ton Keynes: Authentic Media.
Marcel, G. (1948) The Philosophy of Existence, London: Harvill.
Margulis, A. (1998) The Empathic Imagination, New York: W.W. Norton.
Markham, I. (1994) Plurality and Christian Ethics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Markos, L.A. (2001) ‘Myth Matters’, Christianity Today. Online. Available at: www.chris-
tianitytoday.com/.
Marlatt, G. and Kristeller, J. (2003) ‘Mindfulness and Meditation’, in W. Miller (ed.), In-
tegrating Spirituality into Treatment, Washington, DC: American Psychological Associa-
tion, pp. 67–84.
Marsh, H.W. and Kleitman, S. (2003) ‘School Athletic Participation: Mostly Gain with
Little Pain’, International Journal of Sport and Exercise Psychology, 25: 205–228.
Martens, R. (1987) ‘Science, Knowledge, and Sport Psychology’, The Sport Psychologist, 1:
29–55.
Marx, Jeffrey (2003) Season Life: A Football Star, a Boy, a Journey to Manhood, London:
Simon & Schuster.
Maslow, A. (1968) Toward a Psychology of Being, New York: Van Nostrand Company.
Mason, B. (2003) Into the Stadium: An Active Guide to Sport Ministry in the Local Church,
Milton Keynes: Authentic Lifestyle.
Mathisen, J. (1994) ‘Towards an Understanding of Muscular Christianity: Religion, Sport
and Culture in the Modern World’, in P. Heintzman, G.E. Van Andel and T.L. Visker
(eds), Christianity and Leisure, Dordt, IA: Dordt College, pp. 192–205.
Mathisen, J. (1998) ‘ “I’m Majoring in SPORT Ministry”: Religion and Sport in Christian
Colleges’. Online. Available at: www.goodnewssports.com/support/.
Mathisen, J. (2002) ‘Toward a Biblical Theology of Sport’, paper presented at the An-
nual Meeting of the Association for Christianity, Sport, Leisure and Health (ACSLH),
Wheaton, IL, 7–9 June.
Bibliography 241
Mathisen, J. (2005a) ‘Sport’, in Helen R. Abaugh (ed.), Handbook of Religion and Social
Institutions, New York: Springer, pp. 279–299.
Mathisen, J. (2005b) ‘The Paradox of Living in Culture while Transforming it: Meeting
Needs of and Affecting Change within the World of Sport’, paper presented at Think
Tank on the Integration of Christian Faith and Sport, Sponsored by Athletes in Action,
Xenia, OH, 13–16 March.
May, R. (1967) Psychology and the Human Dilemma, New York: Van Nostrand Company.
May, R. (1975) The Courage to Create, New York: Norton.
May, R. (1995) ‘The Therapist and the Journey into Hell’, in K.J. Schneider and R. May,
The Psychology of Existence: An Integrative, Clinical Perspective, New York: McGraw-Hill,
pp. 19–29.
May, W. (1994) ‘The Virtues in the Professional Setting’, in J. Soskice (ed.), Medicine and
Moral Reasoning, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 83–96.
Mayocchi, L. and Hanrahan, S.J. (2000) ‘Transferable Skills for Career Change’, in D.
Lavallee and P. Wylleman (eds), Career Transitions in Sport: International Perspectives,
Morgantown, WV: Fitness Information Technology, pp. 95–110.
Mbaye, K. (1995) The IOC and South Africa, Lausanne: IOC
Mbiti, J. (1990) African Religions and Philosophy, London: Heinemann.
Mead, M. (ed.) (1937) Cooperation and Competition among Primitive Peoples, New York:
McGraw-Hill.
Mechikoff, R.A and Estes, S.G. (1998) A History and Philosophy of Sport and Physical Educa-
tion: From Ancient Civilisations to the Modern World, second edition, London: McGraw-
Hill.
Medalie, J., Kahn, H., Neufeld, H., Riss, E. and Goldbourt, U. (1972) ‘ Five Year Myocardial
Infarction Incidence II’, Journal of Chronic Disease, 26: 329–349.
Meehan, C. (1999) ‘Spiritual Development’ and ‘Developing spirituality’ in Relation to the Dis-
tinctiveness of Catholic Sixth Form Schools, unpublished PhD thesis: University of Leeds.
Mendelson Center and Neumann College (2003) Mendelson Centre: Ministry through Sports
Initiative. Online. Available at: www.nd.edu/ (accessed 12 August 2003).
Merleau-Ponty, M. (1962) The Phenomenology of Perception, London: Routledge.
Merton, T. (1961) New Seeds of Contemplation, New York: New Directions.
Metaphysical: Surfing on a Higher Level (1997) video, Sydney: Quicksilver International.
Miah, A. (2004) Genetically Modified Athletes: Biomedical Ethics, Gene Doping and Sport,
London: Routledge.
Middleton, J.R and Walsh, B.J. (1995) Truth is Stranger than it Used to Be: Biblical Faith in a
Postmodern Age, London: SPCK.
Miller, P.S. and Kerr, G.A. (2002) ‘Conceptualising Excellence: Past Present and Future’,
Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 14: 140–153.
Miller, W. and Thoresen, C. (2003) ‘ Spirituality and Health’, in W. Miller (ed.) Integrating
Spirituality into Treatment, Washington, DC: American Psychological Association, pp.
3–18.
Mitchell, R.G. Jr (1983) Mountain Experience: The Psychology and Sociology of Adventure,
Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.
Moltmann, Jürgen (1972) Theology of Play, New York: Harper.
Moltmann, J. (1974) The Crucified God, London: SCM Press.
Moltmann, J. (1985) God in Creation. London: SCM.
Moore, C.E. (ed.). (1999) Provocations: The Spiritual Writings of Kierkegaard, Farmington,
PA: The Plough Publishing House.
242 Bibliography
Moraglia, G. (2004) ‘On Facing Death: Views of Some Prominent Psychologists’, Journal of
Humanistic Psychology, 44 (3): 337–357.
Moran, A. (1996) The Psychology of Concentration in Sport Performances: A Cognitive Analy-
sis, Hove: Psychology Press.
Morea, P. (1997a) In Search of Personality: Christianity and Modern Psychology, London: SCM
Press.
Morea, P.M. (1997b) ‘Thomas Merton’s Christian Self-Actualization’, in P.M. Morea, In
Search of Personality, London: SCM Press, pp. 63–92.
Morgan, W.J. (1993) ‘An Existential Phenomenological Analysis of Sport as a Religious
Experience’, in C.S. Prebish (ed.), Religion and Sport: The Meeting of Sacred and Profane,
Westport, CT: Greenwood Press, pp. 119–150.
Muirhead, D. (1962) Surfing in Hawaii, Flagstaff, AZ: Northland.
Murdoch, I. (1993) Metaphysics as a Guide to Morals, London: Vintage.
Murphy, M. (1995) ‘Adventure and Sport’, in M. Murphy, The Future of the Body: Explo-
rations into the Further Evolution of Human Nature, New York: Jeremy P. Tarcher, pp.
415–447.
Murphy, M. and White, R.A. (1995) In the Zone: Transcendent Experience in Sports, London:
Penguin.
Murray, A. (1982) Humility, New Kensington, PA: Whitaker House.
Murray, A. (2005) Absolute Surrender, Bridge-Logos Publishers.
Mustakova-Possardt, E. (2004) ‘Education for Critical Moral Consciousness’, Journal of
Moral Education, 33 (3): 245–270.
Myers, B. (1997) Young Children and Spirituality, London: Routledge.
Nathanson, P. (1999) ‘I Feel Therefore I Am: The Princess of Passion and the Implicit
Religion of Our Time’, Implicit Religion, 2 (2): 59–88.
Nesti, M. (2002) ‘Meaning Not Measurement: Existential Approaches to Counselling in
Sport Contexts’, in D. Lavallee and I. Cockerill (eds), Counselling in Sport and Exercise
Contexts, Leicester: British Psychological Society, Sport and Exercise Psychology Sec-
tion, pp. 38–47.
Nesti, M. (2004) Existential Psychology and Sport: Theory and Application, London:
Routledge.
Nesti, M. (2006) ‘Existential, Humanistic and other Person Centred Approaches to Sport
Psychology Consulting: Stories of Real World Practice and their Implications for the
Discipline’, workshop conducted at Second International Conference in Qualitative
Research in Sport and Exercise, Liverpool, UK.
Nesti, M. and Sewell, D. (1999) ‘Losing It: The Importance of Anxiety and Mood Stability
in Sport’, Journal of Personal and Interpersonal Loss, 4: 257–268.
Newman, J. (1989) Competition in Religious Life, Waterloo, Ont.: Wilfrid Laurier University
Press.
Newsome, D. (1961) Godliness and Good Learning: Four Studies on a Victorian Ideal, London:
Cassell.
Nicholls, A.R., Holt, N.L. and R.C.J. Polman (2005) ‘A Phenomenological Analysis of Cop-
ing Effectiveness in Golf’, The Sport Psychologist, 19: 111–130.
Niebuhr, R. (1964) The Nature and Destiny of Man: A Christian Interpretation, Vol. 1, New
York: Scribner.
Nissiotis, N. (1976) ‘Olympism and Religion’, Proceedings of the International Olympic Acad-
emy, 16: 59–70.
Nissiotis, N. (1984) ‘Olympism and Today’s Reality’, Proceedings of the International Olympic
Academy, 24: 57–74.
Bibliography 243
Nissiotis, N. (1985) ‘The Olympic Movement’s Contribution to Peace’, Proceedings of the
International Olympic Academy, 25: 54–63.
Nordenfelt, L. (1987) On the Nature of Health: An Action-Theoretic Approach, Boston, MA:
D. Reidel.
Norman, E. (1987) ‘Victorian Values: Stewart Headlam and the Christian Socialists’, His-
tory Today, April: 27–32.
Novak, M. (1994/1967) The Joy of Sports: End Zones, Bases, Baskets, Balls and Consecration
of the American Spirit, New York: Basic Books.
Ntoumanis, N. and Biddle, S. (1999) ‘A Review of Motivational Climate in Physical Activ-
ity’, Journal of Sport Sciences, 17: 643–665.
Nye, R.D. (1973) Conflict among Humans, New York: Springer.
O’Connor, F. (1970) Mystery and Manners, New York: Noonday Press.
Odibat, A.A. (1989) ‘The Mind–Body Relationship as Related to Theories of Sport and
Physical Education: The Islamic Philosophy in Comparison to Others’, Islamic Quar-
terly, 33 (4): 263–276.
Olivier, S. (2006) ‘Moral Dilemmas of Participation Dangerous Sports’, Leisure Studies, 25
(1): 95–109.
Orlick, T. (1998) Embracing Your Potential: Steps to Self-Discovery, Balance and Success in
Sports, Work and Life, Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
Otto, R. (1968/1923) The Idea of the Holy: An Inquiry into the Non-Rational Factor in the Idea
of the Divine and its Relation to the Rational, London: Oxford University Press.
Otto, R. (1957) Mysticism East and West, New York: Meridian Books.
Outka, G. (1972) Agape: An Ethical Analysis, New Haven, CT: University of Yale Press.
Overman, S.J. (1999) ‘ “Winning isn’t Everything. It’s the Only Thing”: The Origin, At-
tributions, and Influence of a Famous Football Quote’, Football Studies 2 (2): 77–99.
Overman, S.J. (1997) The Influence of the Protestant Ethic on Sport and Recreation, Sydney:
Ashgate.
Oxman, T., Freeman, D. and Manheimer, E. (1995) ‘Lack of Social Participation or Re-
ligious Strength and Comfort as Risk Factors for Death after Cardiac Surgery in the
Elderly’, Psychosomatic Medicine, 57: 5–15.
Palaeologos, C. (1964) ‘The Ancient Olympics’, Proceedings of the International Olympic
Academy, 4: 61–78.
Palaeologos, C. (1965) ‘The Institution of the “Truce” in the Ancient Olympic Games’,
Proceedings of the International Olympic Academy, 5: 203–210.
Palaeologos, C. (1982) ‘Hercules, the Ideal Olympic Personality’, Proceedings of the Interna-
tional Olympic Academy, 22: 54–71.
Palaeologos, C. (1985) ‘Olympia of Myth and History’, Proceedings of the International Ol-
ympic Academy, 25: 64–70.
Palmer, C. (2004) ‘Death, Danger and the Selling of Risk in Adventure Sports’, in B. Whea-
ton (ed.), Understanding Lifestyle Sports: Consumption, Identity and Difference, London:
Routledge, pp. 55–69.
Papadopoulos, I. (1999) ‘Spirituality and Holistic Caring: An Exploration of the Literature’,
Implicit Religion, 2 (2): 102–108.
Parks, S. (1992) ‘Fowler Evaluated’, in Jeff Astley and Leslie Francis (eds), Christian Perspec-
tives on Faith Development, Leominster: Gracewing, pp. 92–106.
Parry, J. (1986) ‘Values in Physical Education’, in P. Tomlinson and M. Quinton (eds), Values
across the Curriculum, Brighton: Falmer Press, pp. 134–157.
Parry, J. (1988a) ‘Olympism at the Beginning and End of the Twentieth Century’, Proceed-
ings of the International Olympic Academy, 28: 81–94.
244 Bibliography
Parry, J. (1988b) ‘Physical Education, Justification and the National Curriculum’, PE Re-
view, 11 (2): 106–118.
Parry, J. (1998) ‘The Justification of Physical Education’, in K. Green and K. Hardman
(eds), Physical Education – a Reader, Stuttgart: Meyer & Meyer, pp. 36–68.
Parry, J. (2006) ‘Sport and Olympism: Universals and Multiculturalism’, Journal of the Phi-
losophy of Sport, 33: 188–204.
Parsons, G. (ed.) (1988) Religion in Victorian Britain, Vol. II, Manchester: Manchester Uni-
versity Press.
Pattison, S. (2001) ‘Dumbing Down the Spirit’, in H. Orchard (ed.), Spirituality in Health
Care Contexts, London: Jessica Kingsley.
Perry, M. (1992) Gods Within, London: SPCK.
Perry, M. (1995) ‘Idealism and Drift’, in J. Watt (ed.), The Church, Medicine and the New
Age, London: The Churches’ Council for Health and Healing.
Petitpas, A., Champayne, D., Chartrand, J., Danish, S. and Murphy, S. (1997) Athletes
Guide to Career Planning, Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
Pfitzner, V.C. (1967) Paul and the Agon Motif: Traditional Athletic Imagery in the Pauline Lit-
erature, Leiden: E.J. Brill.
Pieper, J. (1989) Josef Pieper: An Anthology, San Francisco: Ignatius Press.
Pieper, J. (1995) Divine Madness; Plato’s Case against Secular Humanism, San Francisco:
Ignatius Press.
Pieper, J. (1998) Leisure: The Basis of Culture, South Bend, IN: St Augustine’s Press.
Piltz, G.A. (1995) ‘Performance Sport: Education and Fair Play?’, International Review for
the Sociology of Sport, 30: 391–418.
Poloma, M.M. (2003) Main Street Mystics: The Toronto Blessing and Reviving Pentecostalism,
New York: Altamira Press.
Pontifical Council of the Laity (ed.) (2006) The World of Sport: A Field of Christian Mission,
Libreria Editrice Vaticana, International Seminar, Vatican, Italy, 11–12 November 2005.
Prebish, C.S. (1993) Religion and Sport: The Meeting of Sacred and Profane, Westport, CT:
Greenwood Press.
Price, J.L. (1996) ‘Naturalistic Recreations’, in P.H. Van Ness (ed.), Spirituality and the Secu-
lar Quest, London: SCM Press, pp. 414–444.
Price, J.L. (2001) From Season to Season: Sports as American Religion, Mercer Macon, GA:
University Press.
Privette, G. and Bundrick C.M. (1997) ‘Psychological Process of Peak, Average, and Failing
Performance in Sport’, International Journal of Sport Psychology, 28: 323–334.
Putney, C. (2001) Muscular Christianity: Manhood and Sports in Protestant America 1880–
1920, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Quanz, D.R. (1994) ‘The Formative Power of the IOC’s Founding: The Birth of a New
Peace Movement’, Proceedings of the International Olympic Academy, 34: 121–129.
Quinn, C.H. (1965) ‘The Readers Take Over’, Sports Illustrated, 23 (18): 18.
Rahner, Hugo (1972) Man at Play (trans. B. Battershaw), New York: Herder and Herder.
Randels, G.D. and Beal, B. (2002) ‘What Makes a Man? Religion, Sport and Negotiating
Masculine Identity in the Promise Keepers’, in T. Magdalinski and T.J.L. Chandler (eds),
With God on their Side: Sport in the Service of Religion, London: Routledge, pp. 160–176.
Randolph-Horn, D. and Paslawska, K. (2002) Spirituality at Work, Leeds: Leeds Church
Institute.
Ravizza, K. (1977) ‘Peak experiences in Sport’, Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 17: 35–
40.
Bibliography 245
Ravizza, K. (1984) ‘Qualities of the Peak Experience in Sport’, in J. Silva and R. Weinberg
(eds), Psychological Foundations of Sport, Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics, pp. 452–461.
Ravizza, K. (2002) ‘A Philosophical Construct: A Framework for Performance Enhance-
ment’, International Journal of Sport Psychology, 33: 4–18.
Ravizza, K. and Fazio, J. (2002) ‘Consulting with Confidence: Using Who You Are to Evoke
Excellence in Others’, workshop conducted at the Annual Conference of the American
Association of Applied Sport Psychology, Tucson, Arizona.
Rawnsley, H.D. (1889) Edward Thring, Teacher and Poet, London: T. Fisher Unwin.
Reader, J. (1997) Beyond All Reason, Cardiff: Aureus.
Reddiford G. (1982) ‘Playing to Win’, Physical Education Review, 5 (2): 107–115.
Redmond, G. (1978) ‘The First Tom Brown’s Schooldays: Origins and Evolution of “Mus-
cular Christianity” in Children’s Literature’, Quest, 30: 4–18.
Reed, P. (1987) ‘Spirituality and Well-Being in Terminally Ill Hospitalised Adults’, Research
in Nursing and Health, 10 (5): 335–344.
Reed, P. (1998) ‘The Re-enchantment of Health Care: A Paradigm of Spirituality’, in M.
Cobb and V. Renshaw (eds), The Spiritual Challenge of Healthcare, London: Churchill
Livingstone, pp. 125–137.
Reid, H. (2006) ‘Olympic Sport and its Lessons for Peace’, Journal of the Philosophy of Sport,
33: 205–214.
Reid, H. (1998) ‘Sport, Education, and the Meaning of Victory’, in Proceedings of the Twen-
tieth World Congress of Philosophy, Paideia.
Reid, H.L. (2002) ‘Taking Responsibility for Life and Death’, in H. Reid, The Philosophical
Athlete, Durham, NC: Carolina Academic Press, pp. 97–117.
Ricoeur, P. (1992) Oneself as Another, Chicago: Chicago University Press.
Richards, P.S. and Bergin, A.E. (1997) A Spiritual Strategy for Counselling and Psychotherapy,
Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.
Richardson, A. (1969) A Dictionary of Christian Theology, London: SCM Press
Rinehart, R. (2000) ‘Emerging Arriving Sport: Alternatives to Formal Sport’, in J. Coakley
and E. Dunning (eds), Handbook of Sport Studies, London: Sage, pp. 504–519.
Robinson, S. (2001) Agape, Moral Meaning and Pastoral Counselling, Cardiff: Aureus.
Robinson, S. (2005) Ethics and Employability, York: Higher Education Academy.
Robinson, S. (2007) Spirituality, Ethics and Care, London: Jessica Kingsley.
Robinson, S. and Dixon, J.R. (1997) ‘The Professional Engineer: Virtues and Learning’,
Science and Engineering Ethics, 3 (3): 339–348.
Robinson, S. and Katulushi, C. (eds) (2005) Values in Higher Education, Cardiff: Aureus.
Robinson, S., Kendrick, K. and Brown, A. (2003) Spirituality and the Practice of Healthcare,
Basingstoke: Palgrave.
Robinson, S.J. (1998) ‘Helping the Hopeless’, Contact, 127: 3–11.
Roesch, H.E. (1979) ‘Olympism and Religion’, Proceedings of the International Olympic Acad-
emy, 19: 192–205.
Rogers, C. (1983) Freedom to Learn for the 80s, Columbus, OH: Charles E. Merrill.
Rogers, C.R. (1961) On Becoming a Person: A Therapist’s View of Psychotherapy, Boston,
MA: Houghton Mifflin.
Rolston, Holmes III (1989) Philosophy Gone Wild: Environmental Ethics, Buffalo, NY: Pro-
metheus Books.
Rosen, D. (1994) ‘The Volcano and the Cathedral: Muscular Christianity and the Origins
of Primal Manliness’, in D.E. Hall (ed.), Muscular Christianity: Embodying the Victorian
Age, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 17–44.
Ross, L. (1995) ‘The Spiritual Dimension: Its Importance to Patients’ Health, Well Being
246 Bibliography
and Quality of Life and its Implications for Nursing Practice’, International Journal of
Nursing Studies, 32 (5): 457–468.
Ross, L. (1997) ‘Elderly Patients’ Perceptions of their Spiritual Needs and Care: A Pilot
Study’, Journal of Advanced Nursing, 26: 710–715.
Russell, J.S. (2005) ‘The Value of Dangerous Sports’, Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 32:
1–19.
Ryan, T. (1985) ‘Towards a Spirituality for Sports’, International Journal for Theology, 5
(205): 110–118.
Saint Sing, S. (2003) ‘Breakthrough Kinesis’, Quest, 55: 306–314.
Saint Sing, S. (2004) Spirituality of Sport: Balancing Body and Soul, Cincinnati, OH: St.
Anthony Messenger Press.
Salter, D. (1997) ‘Measure, Analyse and Stagnate: Towards a Radical Psychology of Sport’,
in R.J. Butler (ed.), Sports Psychology in Performance, Oxford: Reed Educational and
Professional Publishing, pp. 248–260.
Samaranche, J.A. (1995) ‘Olympic Ethics’, Olympic Review, 25 (1): 3.
Sartre, J.P. (1956) Being and Nothingness (trans. Hazel E. Barnes), New York: The Philo-
sophical Library.
Saunders, M. (2003) ‘New Course Combines Sport and Theology’, Christian Renewal, May:
7.
Savage, S.B. (2000) Through Dance: Fully Human, Fully Alive, in J. Begbie (ed.), Beholding the
Glory: Incarnation through the Arts, London: Darton, Longman and Todd, pp. 64–82.
Schleiermacher, F. (1928/1830) The Christian Faith, Edinburgh: T. and T. Clark.
Schmitt, R.L. and Leonard, W.M. II (1986) ‘Immortalizing the Self through Sport’, Ameri-
can Journal of Sociology, 91 (5): 1088–1111.
Schneider, K.J. and May, R. (eds) (1995) The Psychology of Existence: An Integrative Clinical
Perspective, New York: McGraw-Hill.
Schoen, D. (1983) The Reflective Practitioner, New York: Basic Books.
Schroeder, P.J. and Scribner, J.P. (2006) ‘To Honor and Glorify God: The Role of Religion in
One Intercollegiate Athletics Culture’, Sport, Education and Society, 11 (1): 39–54.
Schultheis, R. (1996) Bone Games: Extreme Sports, Shamanism, Zen, and the Search for Tran-
scendence, New York: Breakaway Books.
Segrave, J.O. (1997) ‘A Matter of Life and Death: Some Thoughts on the Language of
Sport’, Journal of Sport and Social Issues, 21 (2): 211–220.
Selby, P. (1983) Liberating God, London: SPCK.
Seligman, M.E.P. and Csikszentmihalyi, M. (2000) ‘Positive Psychology: An Introduction’,
American Psychologist, 55: 5–14.
Sheehan, George (1978) Running and Being, New York: Warner books
Sherif, C.W. (1976) ‘The Social Context of Competition’, in Daniel M. Landers (ed.), Social
Problems in Athletics: Essays in the Sociology of Sport, Chicago: University of Illinois Press,
pp. 18–36.
Shuler, P. Gelberg, L. and Brown, M. (1994) ‘The Effects of Spiritual/Religious Practices
on Psychological Well-Being among Inner City Homeless Women’, Nurse Practitioner
Forum, 5: 106–113.
Shvartz, E. (1967) ‘Nietzsche: a Philosopher of Fitness’, Quest, 8: 83–89.
Siegel, A. (1986) Love, Medicine and Miracles, New York: Harper.
Silk, M.L., Andrews, D.L., and Cole, C.L. (eds) (2005) Sport and Corporate Nationalisms,
New York: Berg.
Simon, B. and Bradley, I. (1975) The Victorian Public School, Dublin: Gill and Macmillan.
Bibliography 247
Simon, R.L. (1991) ‘The Ethics of Competition’, in R.L. Simon (ed.), Fair Play: Sports,
Values and Society, Oxford: Westview Press, pp. 13–36.
Simpson, H.P. (ed.) (1970) Selected Writings of Jonathan Edwards, New York: Fredrick Un-
gar.
Sims, A. (1994) ‘ “Psyche” – Spirit as Well as Mind?’, British Journal of Psychiatry, 165:
441–446.
Slusher, H. (1967) Man, Sport and Existence: A Critical Analysis, Philadelphia, PA: Lea and
Febiger.
Smart, N. (1978) ‘Understanding Religious Experience’, in S. Katz (ed.), Mysticism and
Philosophical Analysis, London: Oxford University Press, pp. 10–21.
Smedes, L.B. (1998) ‘Stations on the Journey from Forgiveness to Hope’, in E. Worthington
(ed.), Dimensions of Forgiveness, Philadelphia, PA: William Templeton Foundation, pp.
341–354.
Smith, T. and Smith, A. (2004) ‘Endurance Athletes in Pain: A Hermeneutic Phenomeno-
logical Inquiry’, Journal of Sports Sciences, 2: 172–173.
Solomon, R. (1992) Ethics and Excellence, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Speck, P. (1998) ‘The Meaning of Spirituality in Illness’, in M. Cobb and V. Renshaw (eds),
The Spiritual Challenge of Health Care, London: Churchill Livingstone, pp. 21–34.
Spencer, A.F. (2000) ‘Ethics, Faith and Sport’, Journal of Interdisciplinary Studies, 12 (1/2):
143–158.
Spiegel, D. Bloom, J. and Kraemer, H. (1989) ‘Effects of Psychosocial Treatment on Survival
of Patients with Metastatic Breast Cancer’, The Lancet, 142: 888–891.
Spilka, B. (1993) ‘Spirituality: Problems and Directions in Operationalising a Fuzzy Con-
cept’, paper presented at the 101st American Psychological Association Annual Con-
vention, Toronto, Ont., 20–24 August.
Spilka, B., Hood, R.W., Hunsberger, B. and Gorsuch, R. (2003) ‘Mysticism’, in B. Spilka,
R.W. Hood Jr., B. Hunsberger and R. Gorsuch, The Psychology of Religion: An Empirical
Approach, third edition, London: The Guilford Press, pp. 290–340.
Spinelli, E. (1989) The Interpreted World, London: Sage.
Spinelli, E. (1996) ‘The Existential–Phenomenological Paradigm’, in R. Woolfe and W.
Dryden (eds), Handbook of Counselling Psychology, London: Sage Publications, pp.
180–200.
Spohn, W. (1997) ‘Spirituality and Ethics: Exploring the Connections’, Theological Studies.
58, 109–122.
Stace, W.T. (1960) Mysticism and Philosophy, Philadelphia, PA: J.B. Lippencott.
Standish, P. (1998) ‘In the Zone: Heidegger and Sport’, in M. McNamee and J. Parry (eds),
Ethics and Sport, London: Routledge, pp. 256–269.
Steele, R.B. (2000) ‘Devotio Post-Moderna: On Using a “Spiritual Classic” as a Diagnostic
Tool in a Freshman Christian Formation Course’, Horizons, 27 (1): 81–97.
Stern, D. (1985) The Interpersonal World of the Infant, New York: Basic Books.
Stranger, M. (1999) ‘The Aesthetics of Risk: A Study of Surfing’, International Review for the
Sociology of Sport, 34 (3): 265–276.
Strawbridge, W., Cohen, R., Shema, S. and Kaplan, G. (1997) ‘Frequent Attendance at
Religious Services and Mortality over 28 Years’, American Journal of Public Health, 87:
957–961.
Swaddling, J. (1980) The Ancient Olympic Games, London: British Museum.
Swinton, J. (2001) Spirituality and Mental Health Care, London: Jessica Kingsley.
Tace, D. (2004) The Spirituality Revolution: The Emergence of Contemporary Spirituality, New
York: Brunner-Routledge.
248 Bibliography
Tangney, J. (2000) ‘Humility: Theoretical Perspectives, Empirical Findings and Directions
for Future Research’, Journal of Social and Clinical Psychology, 19 (1): 70–82.
Taylor, C. (1996) Sources of the Self, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Teasdale, J. (1997) ‘Preventing Depressive Relapse’, paper presented at the Twenty-Fifth
Annual Conference of the British Association of Behaviour and Cognitive Therapy,
Canterbury, July.
Theresa, St (1930) Interior Castle, London: Thomas Baker.
Thomas, C.B. (1982) ‘Cancer in Families of Former Medical Students Followed in Midlife’,
Johns Hopkins Medicine, 151: 193–202.
Thomas, C.E. (1996) ‘Sports’, in P.H. Van Ness (ed.), Spirituality and the Secular Quest,
London: SCM Press, pp. 498–519.
Thompson, D. (1997) Beneath Mulhollan: Thoughts on Hollywood and its Ghosts, New York:
Alfred A. Knopf.
Thoresen, C.E. (1990) Long-Term 8-year Follow up of Recurrent Coronary Prevention, Upp-
sala: International Society of Behavioural Medicine.
Thoresen, C. and Hoffman Goldberg, J. (1998) ‘Coronary Heart Disease: A Psycho-Social
Perspective’, in S. Roth-Roemer, S. Kurpius Robinson and C. Carmin (eds.), The Emerg-
ing Role of Counseling Psychology in Health Care, New York: Norton, pp. 94–136.
Tomlinson, J. (1999) The Ultimate Encyclopaedia of Extreme Sports, New York: Carlton
Books.
Tournier, P. (1965) The Healing of Persons, San Francisco: Harper and Row Publishers.
Twiss, S. (1998) ‘Religion and Human Rights: A Comparative Perspective’, in S. Twiss and
B. Grelle (eds), Explorations in Global Ethics, Boulder, CO: Westview Press, pp. 78–91.
UKCC (2000) Requirements for Pre-registration Nursing Programmes, London: UKCC.
Underhill, E. (1955/1911) Mysticism, twelfth edition, New York: Meridian Books.
Valle, R.S. (1989) ‘The Emergence of Transpersonal Psychology’, in R.S. Valle and S. Hal-
ling (eds), Existential–Phenomenological Perspectives in Psychology, London: Plenum Press,
pp. 255–256.
Valle, R.S. and Halling, S. (1989) Existential–Phenomenological Perspectives in Psychology,
London: Plenum Press.
Valle, R.S. and King, M. (1978) Existential–Phenomenological Alternatives for Psychology,
New York: Oxford University Press.
Van Andel, G., Heintzman, P. and Visker, T. (eds) (2005) Christianity and Leisure: Issues in a
Pluralistic Society, Sioux Center, IA: Dordt College Press.
Van Kaam, A. (1969) Existential Foundations of Psychology, New York: Image.
Van Kaam, A. (1975) In Search of Spiritual Identity, Pittsburgh, PA: Dimension Books.
Vance, N. (1985) The Sinews of the Spirit: The Ideal of Christian Manliness in Victorian Litera-
ture and Religious Thought, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Vanier, J. (2001) Becoming Human, London: DLT.
Vanstone, W.H. (1977) Love’s Endeavour, Love’s Expense, London: Darton, Longman and
Todd.
Veblen, T. (1970/1899) Theory of the Leisure Class: An Economic Study of Institutions, Lon-
don: Allen and Unwin.
van der Ven, J. (1998) Formation of the Moral Self, Grand Rapids, MI: Eerdmans.
Visker, T. (1994) ‘Play, Game, and Sport in a Reformed, Biblical Worldview’, in Paul Heintz-
man, Glen A. Van Andel and Thomas Visker (eds), Christianity and Leisure: Issues in a
Pluralistic Society, Dordt, IA: Dordt College Press.
Vitz, P. (1994/1977) Psychology as Religion: The Cult of Self-Worship, Grand Rapids, MI: Wil-
liams Eerdmans Publishing.
Bibliography 249
Volkwein, K.A.E. (1995) ‘Ethics and Top-Level Sport – A Paradox?’, International Review
for Sociology of Sport, 30 (3/4): 311–319.
Walker, A. (1996) Telling the Story: Gospel, Mission and Culture, London: SPCK.
Walker, S.H. (1980) Winning: The Psychology of Competition, New York: W.W. Norton.
Watson, N., Smith, A. and Nesti, M. (2004) ‘A Qualitative Investigation of the Psychologi-
cal and Spiritual Dynamics of Surfing and Snowboarding’, poster presentation at the
First International Conference for Qualitative Research in Sport and Exercise, Liver-
pool John Moores University, 18–19 May.
Watson, N.J and Nesti, M. (2005) ‘The Role of Spirituality in Sport Psychology Consulting:
An Analysis and Integrative Review of Literature’, Journal of Applied Sport Psychology,
17: 228–239.
Watson, N.J. (manuscript to be submitted for consideration) ‘Identity in Sport: A Christian
Theological Analysis’, International Journal of Religion and Sport.
Watson, N.J. and Czech, D. (2005) ‘The Use of Prayer in Sport: Implications for Sport
Psychology Consulting’, Athletic Insight: The Online Journal of Sport Psychology, 17 (4).
Available at: www.athleticinsight.com/.
Watson, N., Weir, S. and Friend, S. (2005) ‘The Development of Muscular Christianity
in Victorian Britain and Beyond’, Journal of Religion and Society, 7. Available at: http://
moses.creighton.edu/JRS/.
Watt, J. (ed.) (1995) The Church Medicine and the New Age, London: The Churches’ Coun-
cil for Health and Healing.
Weir, S. (manuscript in preparation) Christianity and Sport, 1830–2000.
Weiss, P. (1969) Sport: A Philosophic Inquiry, Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University
Press
Wenzel, D. and Allison, G. (1998) ‘Teaching them Sports: An Evangelical Theology and
Psychology of Sports’, paper submitted for the Fiftieth Annual Meeting of the Evangeli-
cal Theological Society, 19 March. Online. Available at: http://sportsoutreachusa.com.
Wertz, F.J. (2005) ‘Phenomenological Research Methods for Counseling Psychology’, Jour-
nal of Counseling Psychology, 2: 167–177.
Wheaton, B. (ed.) (2004) Understanding Lifestyle Sports: Consumption, Identity and Differ-
ence, London: Routledge.
White, C. (2004). ‘Kierkegaard and Sport: Willing One thing in Competitive Sports’, paper
presented at the First International Conference, Sport and Religion: An Inquiry into
Cultural Values, St. Olaf College, MN, 24–26 June.
Wilkinson, R. (1964) Gentlemanly Power – British Leadership and Public Schools Tradition,
London: Oxford University Press.
Williams, B. (2004) ‘Competing Rightly: Applying Christian Ethical Thinking to Competi-
tive Sport’. Online. Available at: www.sportsoutreachusa.com/ (accessed 2 May 2006).
Williams, B. (2005a) Discipleship through Competitive Sport. Online. Available at: http://
sportsoutreachusa.com.
Williams, B. (2005b) Theological Perspectives on Sport Parachurch Ministries and the Church.
Online. Available at: http://sportsoutreachusa.com
Wilson, M.V. (1989) Our Father Abraham: Jewish Roots of the Christian Faith, Grand Rapids,
MI: Wm. B. Eerdmans Publishing Company.
Winn, W.E. (1960) ‘Tom Brown’s Schooldays and the Development of “Muscular Christi-
anity” ’, Church History, 29: 66.
Wittmer, M. (2005) ‘The Christian Perspective on Sport’, paper presented at Think Tank
on the Integration of Christian Faith and Sport, Sponsored by Athletes in Action, Xe-
nia, OH, 13–16 March.
250 Bibliography
Wolfson. S. (2002) ‘Sports Participants’ Reflections on Past Events: The Role of Social
Cognition’, in I. Cockerill (ed.), Solutions in Sport Psychology, London: Thomson, pp.
91–107.
Woods, R. (1980) Understanding Mysticism, London: The Athlone Press.
Worthington, E. (1989) Dimensions of Forgiveness, Radnor: Temple Foundation Press.
Wulff, D.M. (1991) Psychology of Religion: Classic and Contemporary Views, New York: Wi-
ley.
Wyschogrod, E. (1973) ‘Sport, Death and the Elemental’, in E. Wyschogrod (ed.), The
Phenomenon of Death: Faces of Morality, New York: Harper and Row Publishers, pp.
166–197.
Yalom, I. (1999) Momma and the Meaning of Life: Tales of Psychotherapy, London: Piatkus.
Yancey, P. (2003) Rumours of Another World: What on Earth are we Missing? Grand Rapids,
MI: Zondervan.
Yorke, M. and Knight, P. (2004) Embedding Employability in the Curriculum, York: LTSN.
Young, D.C. (2005) ‘Mens Sana in Corpore Sano? Body and Mind in Ancient Greece’, The
International Journal of the History of Sport, 22 (1): 22–41.
Zaehner, R.C. (1961) Mysticism: Sacred and Profane: An Inquiry into Some Varieties of Praeter-
natural Experience, London: Oxford University Press.
Index